• * '«>■■■*« 'VSfe ^-.' eT-j 'VA',' jY^.gO&Uu'CUO.gClw"laUuO O^j j,„ l i.|,fJ '-""-'^S i Surgeon General's Offics 1 "^IMM^ ■i k- iO t„.&/444 j DUE *wn Mrrifi ■■im .. " wir"1 UOIM LAST DATE SEP 1 1959 GP° 322808 # THE ELEMENTS OF MATERIA MEDICA AND THEEAPEUTIC8. / »4> THE ELEMENTS MATERIAMEDICA THEEAPEUTIOS, ADAPTED TO THE AMERICAN REFORMED AND ECLECTIC PRACTICE WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS. S By J. KOST, M. D., PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS AND BOTANY IN THE AMERICAN MEDICAL COL- LEGE, CINCINNATI ; EX-PROF. MATERIA MEDICA IN B. M. COLLEGE OF NEW ENGLAND, AND B. M. COLLEGE OF OHIO J LATE PROF. OF MATERIA MEDICA IN S. B. M. COLLEGE, MACON, GA. ; AUIflQK OF " PRINCIPLES AND PRAC- TICE OF MEDICINE," "DOMESTIC MKDICINE," ETC. \lilLftfL NEW EDITION, REVISED AXD E!«L\RUfiD. CINCINNATI: MOORE, WILSTACH, KEYS & CO., 2 5 West Fourth Street, '1858. p Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1857, By JOHN KOST, In the ('lerk's Office of the District ('ourt of the United States, for the Southern District of Ohio. Cincinnati: MOORE, WILSTACH, KEYS & CO., Printers. 2 o West Fodeth Street. AUTHORS PREFACE. In offering this second edition of the following work, the Author deems an apology necessary to those Colleges that have continued (in expectation) to announce it as a text-book while out of print. Sev- eral Medical Conventions, and many of his professional friends too, have indicated their solicitude for an early reprint. The delay has been mostly occasioned by engagements upon other works deemed equally important, and which were intended to have been published before the former large edition of this work was exhausted. It had been the author's intention not to submit the work to republication, until he should have ample time for thorough revisions and exten- sion. This has now been accomplished, and it is hoped that the work will continue to merit the liberal patronage of the profession. Much of it has been rewritten, and nearly three hundred pages of matter, as also many new illustrations, have been added. The ;igents of Materia Medica have been numerically increased, and comprise among them many important new articles. Its Pharmacy has been improved and extended, and its Therapeutics also is per- fected and amplified. The work, however, is still far from what the author could wish it to be, and he cherishes the hope that the generous profession will continue their kind indulgence. That the treatise will be considered sectarian and proscriptive, is very possible, since the curative intentions are all projected upon principles of absolutely safe medication. Nevertheless, the author may be permitted to say that in his revision of the work, he has still found it unnecessary to treat the views of those who dif- fer from him in professional sentiments, with unkind feelings or discourtesy. He has pursued his labor independently, but respect- Vlll author's preface. fully, with his purpose fixed upon the maintenance of truth as indi- cated or corroborated by experience and observation. For the better understanding of practical truth in medicine, the author, from the first, found it necessary to investigate all the dif- ferent views in pathology and therapeutics, and to test them by the analogies afforded in an extended practice, and by a sound induc- tive philosophy. With him the result of all this, has been a sound conviction that no curative measures contemplating organic lesion or functional derangement, as a basis or principle of cure,, can be admitted in a perfect system of medication. There is indeed no record of any practice true to a theory so per- fectly physiological, in the dusky archives of medical lore, yet this should be made at least a hypothetical standard in practice, and we should attain it as nearly as possible. Our resources of the harm- less order are very abundant, and while these agencies are proven to be equally efficient in the cure of disease there is no reason why they should not be adopted. Although the present age is one of notable progress and improve- ment, yet the profession should in no degree less respect the labors and accumulated knowledge of the many past ages. A full sense of this fact has given an impress upon the present, as well as upon the former character of this work. Numerous foreign, as well as native authorities, have been consulted; these have been generally credited in the work where referred to, and require no special acknowledgment here. With these remarks the author submits the work to the press, in the hope that his labor may continue of some service to his gen- erous co-laborers in the profession. Cincinnati, December, 1857. CONTENTS. PAGE. Explanatory Table of Abbreviations of Medical Terms, etc.................. 31 Explanatory Tables.—Tab. of Weights and Measures, U. S., L. E. D...... 33 HYGIENIC INTRODUCTION. Of Diet; Constituents of the Human Body; Vegetable Food; Animal Food; Analysis of Animal Foods; Analysis of Vegetable Foods...... 35 THERAPEUTIC INTRODUCTION. Primary Principles op Action.—Absorption; Proofs of Absorption ; Ab- sorption by the Veins; Absorption by the Lacteals and Lym- phatics; Endosmosis ; Exosmosis............................,................ 55 Ultimate Principles op Remedial Action.—Mechanical Action; Chemi- cal Action; Vital Action........................................................ 59 Allopathia ; Homosopathia; Antipathia; Physio-Dynamic Action........... Materia Medica—Definition............................................................ 65 Therapeutics.—Definition................................................................ 66 DIVISION I. PHYSIO-DYNAMIC REMEDIES. SUB-DIVISION FIRST.—EVACUANTS. Class I__EMETICS. Definition; Physiology; Modus Operandi, Application......................... 68 Order I—SPECIFIC EMETICS. Lobewa Inplata.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Descrip. and Preser.; Anal.; Volatile oil; Fixed oil; Lobelina; Resin; X CONTENTS. PAGE Aciil; Phys. eff.; Ther. prop.; Phar. prep.; Infus. Lobelioe; Action, use; Pul. Lobelia?; Tinct. Lob.; Tinct. Lob. Acidum; Act.; use; Oleum Lob.; Act., use ; Oxymel Lob.; Appli'n ; Syr. Lob.; Applic'n......... 73 Ipecacuanha.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec Char.; Descrip.; a. Brown Ipecac; 0. Red Ipecac; y. Gray Ipecac; Anal.; Emetina.; Phys. efFects; Ther. prop.; Incomp.; Phar. prep.; Vin. Ipecac; Syr. Ipecac.............................................................. 90 Euphorbia Ipecacuanha.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Anal.; Phys. effects; Ther. prop.; Phar. prep.;......... 97 Euphorbia Corollata.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Anal.; Phys. effects.; Ther. prop.; Phar. prep...................... 99 Gillenia.—Parts used; Synon,; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Med. prop.; Use.................................................................................... 101 Eupatorium Perfoliatum.—Considered as an Emetic............................ 102 Tartarized Antimony—Why not used................................................ 102 Order II—TOPICAL EMETICS. Sinapis.—Parts Used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; S. Al- ba ; S. Arvensis ; Descrip.; a.. Sinapis Alba, /3. Sinapis Nigrum, y. Sin- apis Arvensis; Anal.; Sinapisin; Phys. effects ; Ther. prop.; Use ; Phar. Prep............................................................................ 104 Sanguinaria Canadensis, as an Emetic................................................ 108 Uvaria Triloba.............................................................................. 108 Sodii Chloridum.—Synon.; Hist.; Prop.; Phys. effects; Ther. prop.; Use ; Phar. prep........................................................................... 108 Erythronitm.—Synon.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Hist.; Anal.; Med. Prop.; Use........................................................................... HI Anthemis, as an Emetic,................................................................. 112 Gillenia Trifoliata,....................................................................... 112 Robina Pseudo-Acacia, ....................................................................U3 Myrica Cerifera, as an Emetic............P............................................. 113 Sulphate of Zinc.—Why not employed,............................................. 114 Sulphate of Copper.—Why not employed,.......................................... 114 Class II.--CATHARTICS. Antiquity of; Abuse of; Modus Operandi; Physiology; Application...... 114 Order I.-ESCULEST LAXATIVES, Definition..................................................................................... 121 CONTENTS. xl PAGE Manna__Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Descrip.; Phys. ef- fects; Ther. prop, and Use...................................................... 1"-" Cassia Pulpa.—Descrip.; Prep.; Anal.; Ther prop.; Uses........................ 124 Tamarindi Pclpa.—Descrip.; Prep.; Anal.; Ther. prop.; Uses................... 124 Pruni Pitlpa.—Descrip; Prep.; Ther. prop.; Uses.....,........................... 125 Amygdala Persica Pulpa................................................................ 125 Mel............................................................................................ 125 Saccharum.....................................':.............................................. 127 Order II__BITTER LAXATIVES-LAXATIVE BITTERS. Menispermum Canadense....Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Anal.; Phys. effec; Ther. prop.; Use........................ 12s Triosteum Perfoliatum.—Part used ; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Ther. prop.; Use; Phar. prep.; Tine. Trios., use; Ext. Trios. Use.................................................................................... 130 Apocynum Andros>emifolium.—Part used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Anal.; Phys. effec; Ther. prop.; Phar. prep.; Inf. Apoc; Ext. Apoc, ale; Ext. Apoc. Andro........................................ 132 Apocynin....................................................................................... 134 Amygdalis Persica.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Phys. effec; Ther. prop.; Use; Admin.; Phar.prep.; Tine Pers. Cort. vel Folia; Syr. Pers. Sem. comp.; Use............................ 134 Euonymus Atropurpureus, as a laxative............................................. 136 Berberis Vulgaris, as a laxative...................................................... 136 Asclepias Tuberosa, as a laxative................................................. 136 Convolvulus Panduratus, as a laxative............................................ 137 Frasera Carolinensis, as a laxative................................................ 137 Syrupus Tonica Laxative.—Formula; Use....................................... 137 Order III—COMMON CATHARTICS. Rheum.—Part used; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.....R. Palmatum, R. Compactum, R. Undulatum, R. Emodi, R. Raponticum, R. Leucorrhiza, R. Crassinervium, R. Capsicum, R. Webbianum, R. Ribes, R. Hybridum, R. Spieiforme, R. Moorcraftianum—Description; a. Russian Rhubarb, /g Chinese Rhubarb, y Himalayan Rhubarb, i Siberian Rhubarb, •English Rhubarb, £ French Rhubarb—Choice of Rhu.; Anal.; Phys. effec; Ther. prop.; Use; Phar. prep.; Pul. Rhei, comp., use; Pil. Rhei, comp., action, use; Ext. Rhei, action, use; Inf. Rhei, action, use; Vin. Rhei, action, use; Tine. Rhei, action, use ; Tine Rhei, comp., action, use; Tine Rhei et Aloe's, action, use; Tine Rhei et Gent., action, use; Tine Rhei et Sen.; Syr. Rhei; Syr. Rhei, arom. 138 Xll CONTENTS. page Oleum Ricini.—Syn.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Prep.; Descrip.; Anal.; Phys. effec; Ther. prop.; Appli.; Adm.............................. 151 Aloe.—Part used ; Syn.; Hist,; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.—A. Socot'., A. Vulgaris, A. Sulcata, A. Rubescens, A. Barbadensis, A. Abyssinica, A. Tndica—Des.; *Socotrine Aloes, /3 Hepatic Aloes, y Cape Aloes, iTBarbadoes Aloes, «Cabai.ine Aloes—Anal.; Aloesin; Phys. effec; Appli.; Phar. prep.; Decoc. Aloe's., action, use; Aloisin, use; Vin. Aloes, action, use ; Tine Aloes, action, use; Tine Aloe's, comp., act- ion, use; Tine Aloes et Myrrha, action, use ; Pil. Aloes et Myrrha, action, use ; Pil. Aloes et Assa.; Ext. Aloe's, purif., action, use; Pulv. Aloe's cum Canella, action, use; Pulv. Aloe's, comp., action, use......156 Juglans Cinnerfa.—Part used ; Syn.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Anal.: Phys. effects; Ther. prop.; Use; Phar. prep.; Vin. Juglandis, action, use; Ext. Juglandis, action, use; Ext. Juglandis, precip., action, use........................................................................... 163 Fel Bovinum seu Taurt.—Syn.; Des.; Anal.; Phys.effects; Ther.prop.; Use 165 Order IV.—CHOLAGOGUE-AMTIBILIOUS CATHARTICS. Modus Operandi; Application........................................................ 168 Podophyllum. -Part used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; ctP. Peltatum, f&P. Mnntanum, y P. Gallicorpum—Anal.; Phys. effects; Ther. prop.; Use; Applic; Phar. prep.; Pulv. Pod., prep., action, use; Tine Pod., comp.; Ext. Pod., action, use; Syr. Pod., comp., act., use. 171 I'odophyllin.—Prep.; Phys. effects ; Effects on lower animals; Endermic action; Toxicology; Ther. prop.; Modus operandi; Applic; Formula. 176 Sanguinaria-.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.; Anal.; Ther. prop.; Use; Phar. prep.; Tine San., action, use; Ext. San., action, use; Pul. San.; Ext. San., precip.......................... 186 Sanguinarin.—Action; Use..............................,............................. 189 Leptandra.—Part used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.—L. Virginica, L. Purpurea, L. Villosa—Anal.; Phys. effects; Ther. prop.; Use; Phar. prep.; Ext. Lep., action, use; Ext. Lep., precip.; Ext. Lep., ale; Pil. Lep., comp............................................................... 190 Leptandrin.................................................................................. 192 Apocynum Andros^ehifolium, as a Cathartic....................................... 193 Ohelidonium, Majus........................................................................ 194 Mercury.—Why not used............................................................... 194 Order V.-HYDRAGOGUES. Definition.......................:............................................................ 195 Senna.—Parts used; Synon.; Hist.; Bot.; Gen. Char.; Spec. Char.—C. Fors- CONTENTS. Xlii PAGE kalii, C. Lanceolata, C Acutifolia, C. Ovata, C. Obovata—Des.; a. Alexandrian Senna, 0 Tinnevelly Senna, y India Senna, e Bicarbonas.—Synon.; Prep.; Descrip.; Use................................. 790 Potassa__P. Carbonis, P. BicarboniS; Phys. prop.; Use.......................... 793 Magnesia, Magnesia Carbonas.—Phys. prop.; Use................................ 793 Calx__Prep.; Calcis Hydras; Liqu. Calcis........................................... 795 Creta.—Creta Preparata; Mist. Creta; Pul. Cret. Comp.; Troschici Cret... 796 Class III—ANTIDOTES. Definition, etc................................................................................ 796 Order I—COUNTER POISONS, Poisons and Their Antidotes, in Tabular Illustration......................... 797 Order II—ANTILITHICS. Lithic Diatheses and Remedies, in Exposition (See p. 798, et Seq)........... 798 Order III—ANTISEPTICS. Calx Chlorinata.—PrepPii/3. pr)?.; Ait'na Use............................. 800 t CONTENTS. XXix PAGE Liquor Sodje Chlorinate.—Preparation; Action; Use........................... 801 Carbo Ligni.—Action; Use............................................................... 802 Carbo Animalis.—Preparation........................................................ 802 Order IV__DISINFECTANTS. Definition; Application; Use.......................................>.................. 803 Order V.—COSMETICS J Cutaneous Cosmetics, Hate Cosmetics, Teeth Cosmetics........................ 804 Order VI—ESCHAROTICS. Potential Cauteries, Actual Cautery............................................. 806 DIVISION III. MECHANICAL REMEDIES. Definition...................................................................................... 808 Class I__EMOLLIENTS. Definition...................................................................................... 808 Order I—OLEAGINOUS EMOLLIENTS. Unguenthm Cetaoii, Ung. Simplex, Ung. Stramonii, Ung. Sulphueis...... 808 Order II—AQUEOUS EMOLLIENTS. Cataplasma Simplex, Cat. Cabbonis Ligni, Cat. Dauoi, Cat. Feementi...... 809 Class II—DEMULCENTS. Definition, etc............................................................................... 810 XXX CONTENTS. Order I—MUCILAGINOUS DEMULCENTS. Acacia Muoilago, Mucilago Ulmi, Muo. Amyli, Muo. Tragacantha, Muc. Lini Semens:, Muc. Adiantum................................................ 810 Convoluria Multdfloea.—Medical properties; Use.............................. 812 Order II.—SACCHARINE DEMULCENTS. Sybupus Simplex, Syr. Althe>£......................................................... g!2 Class III.—DILUENTS. Aqueous Diluents, Medical Diluents............................................. 813 Clasa IV.—BATHS. 813 ABBREVIATIONS. 31 EXPLANATORY TABLE OF ABBREVIATIONS. ABBEEYIATIONS OP MEDICAL TEEMS, ETC. Sex. Syst.—Sexual System; the Linnaean, or Artificial System of Botanical Classification, founded on the Sexual Organs, or Stamens and Pistils of the Flowers. Nat. Ord.—Natural Order; the Natural Arrangement of Plants, according to Lindley, unless otherwise expressed. Gen. Char.—Generic Character. Spec. Char.—Specific Character. Ess. Char.—Essential Character. U. S.—United States Pharmacopoeia. JJ. S. Dis.—United States Dispensatory. L., or Lond.—London College, or Pharmacopoeia. E, or Ed.—Edinburgh College, or Pharmacopoeia. D., or Dub.—Dublin College, or Pharmacopoeia. Sp. Or.—Specific Gravity. Eq.—Equivalent. Q. S., or q. s.—Quantum Suflicit; as much as is sufficient. Gtt.—Gutta, vel guttae; a drop, or drops. SS.—Semi; a half. Aa, or da.—Ana; of each. Cong.—Congius, vel congii; a gallon, or gallons. 0—Octavius, vel octavii; a pint, or pints. Min.—Minimum, vel minima; a minim, or minims. fi.—Recipe; take of. 5-—Uncia, vel unciae ; an ounce, or ounces. 3-—Drachma, vel drachmas; a drachm, or drachms. E>—Scrupulus, vel scrupuli; a scruple, or scruples. f 3-—Fluiduncia, vel fluidunciae; a fluid ounce, or fluid ounces. f 3-—Fluidrama, vel fluidramae; a fluid drachm, or fluid drachms. lb—Libra, vel librae; a pound, or pounds. f 32 ABBREVIATIONS. ABBEEYIATIONS OF LANGUAGES. Ger.—German. Ft.—French. Ital.—Italian. Span—Spanish. Gr.—Greek. Dut.—Dutch, Hollandish. Port.—Portuguese. Chin.—Chinese. Coch. CM.—Cochin Chinese. Braz.—Brazilian. Jap.—Japanese. Per.—Persian. Arab.—Arabian. Bali.—Balian (Island). Ind.—N. A. Indian. Vul.—Common English. Eng.—English. Tarn__Tamool. Duk.—Dukhanie. Siam.—Siamese. Hind.—Hindoos tanie. Tell—Tellingoo. Guz.—Guzerattie. Cyng.—Cyngalese. Sum.—Sumatran. Can.—Cunarese. Mai.—Malayan. Jav.—Javanese. MaUal.—Male'alie (the language of the Malabar coast). Mahr.—Mahratta. Beng.—Bengalie. Nep.—Nepaulese. Pol—Polish. Russ.—Russian. ABBEEYIATIONS OF NAMES OF AUTHOES. F.—Fahrenheit. Linn__Linnaeus. Lind.—Lindley. De Cand.—De Candolle. Nees V. Esen__Nees (Fr.) Von Esenbeck. Eberm.—Ebermair (H.), the col- league of Nees. Hook.—Hooker. Juss.—Jussieu. Tourn.—Tournefort. Lam.—Lambert. Hum.—Humbold t. Nut.—Nuttall. Cuv.—Cuvier. Raf.—Rafinesque. Per.—Pereira. R.—Royle. G.—Griffith, of Philadelphia. Willd.—Willdenow. CONDENSED FORMULAS. 33 EXPLANATION OF CONDENSED FORMULAS. It will be observed that throughout the work, the several formulas of the United States, London, Ediuburgh and Dublin Pharmacopoeias, are condensed into general ones, in all the officinal preparations that are treated of. These are, therefore, to be read strictly in reference to the parenthesis, within which is pl.-iced so much of each of the formulas as differs from the rest. By this means, a large amount of space is saved, and at the same time much conveni- ence is secured. This plan is now mostly adopted by authors on Pharmacology and Materia Medica. The following formula of the Wine of Aloes, occurring on page 161, is here given, to illustrate this matter: Vinum Aloes, L. E. D., U. S.: Wine of Aloes.—Take (separately, D.) powdered Aloes, (Socotrine, E. D. or East Indian, E.), gij. (gjss. E., giv. D.), (gj. U. S.; and Canella 3iv. L. (gj. D. Ground Cardamom Seeds and Ginger, aa £Jss-» E.) (3J-> U"' S) Pour upon them Sherry Wine, Oij. (by measure jfeiij., mixed with Proof-spirit by measure, itj-, D.) (Oj., U. S.). Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days, continually agitating; then strain (through linen or calico, E.). The four formulas will now be written out below, and by glancing the eye over them all, the plan will be readily understood. (U.S.) Take of Aloes, in powder, an ounce; Cardamom, bruised, Ginger, bruised, each an ounce; Wine a pint. Macerate for fourteen days, with occas- sional agitation, and filter through paper. (Lond.) Vinum Aloes : Wine of Aloes.—Take of Aloes, in powder, two ounces; Canella, in powder, four drachms; Sherry Wine, two pints. Macerate for four- teen days, occasionally stirring, and filter. (Ed.) Vinum Aloes : Wine of Aloes.—Take of Socotrine, or East Indian Aloes, an ounce and a half; Cardamom Seeds, Ground Ginger, in coarse powder, of each a drachm and a half; Sherry, two pints. Digest for seven days, and strain through linen or calico. (Dub.) Vinum Aloes: Wine of Aloes.—Take of Socotrine Aloes four ounces; Canella, one ounce; powder them separately; mix and macerate for fourteen days in a menstruum, consisting of three pounds of Sherry Wine, and a poundot Proof-spirit. 3 34 EXPLANATORY TABLES. CARIES WEIGHT. Signs. Equivalents in grains. Signs, gxij. = 5760 gr- 3viij.= 480 gr. 9iij. = 60 gr. Equivalents. Signs. 61440 Minims. min. 7688 k 480 » 60 " ii Measure. Signs. Equivalents. One pound, fej. = 12 Ounces, " Ounce, gj. = 8 Drachms, " Drachm, 3j. = 3 Scruples, " Scruple, 9j. = 20 grains, gr. xx.= 20 gr. APOTHECARIES^' OR WINE MEASURE, U. S., D. Measure. Signs. Equivalents. Signs. One Gallon. Cj. = 8 Pints, Oviij. = " Pint, Oj. = 16 Fluid ounces, f3xvj. = " Fluid oz. f 3J. = 8 Fluiddr'hms, f3viij. = " Fluid dr'm, f3j. =60 Minims, min. lx.= This standard of measure is adopted by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and is gen- erally in use in this country. IMPERIAL MEASURE ADOPTED IN THE PHARMACOPEIAS, L. AND E. Measure. Signs. Equivalents. Signs. Equivalents. Wine Measure in Minims. U. S. Pharmacopoeia One Gallon. Cj. = 8 Pints, Oviij. = 76800 61440 min. = Oviij. " Pint, Oj. =20 Fluid oz., fjxx. = 9600 7680 min. = f3xvj. " Fluid oz., f3j. = 8 Fluid d'ms.f3viij.= 480 480 min. = f 3viij. " Fluid d'm, f3j. =60 Minims, min. lx.= 60 60 min. = lx. The Imperial Gallon and Pint, thus evidently contain more than the Wine Measure, in the proportion of about 5 to 4; but the College, by dividing the Pint into fgxvi., obtain nearly the same quantities for the ounce, drachm, and minim. APROXIMATIVE MEASURE. This has sometimes to be employed, and it is important to know the capaci- ties of the several vessels which are in use for this purpose. This knowledge may be thus given:— A teacup contains about a gill, = fgiv. A wine-glass, - - - — fgij. A tablespoonful, = fgss. A teaspoonful, - = f3j. In small quantities, the most common mode of dispensing fluids is by drop- ping them. Drops, however, are not of uniform amount, as their size will depend upon the consistency of the fluid, and the shape of the vessels from which they fall. The number of drops, therefore, required to measure a fluid drachm, at least, ought to be known before this mode is resorted to. HYGIENIC INTRODUCTION. Before the medical man can intelligibly, and with due success go into the practice of medicine, he requires some knowledge of the conditions of health, and of the principles on which remedial agents are brought to bear upon the con- stitution for its restoration when diseased. A short treatise of an introductory character to this work, has therefore been deemed advisable. This is in accordance with the practice of many authors on Materia Medica and Therapeutics. HYGIENE. Animal life involves a state of being in which the organic elements furnished by a lower order of life (vegetable) are brought into requisition—first, in the construction of the tissues and organs of the body; and secondly, for the supply of the waste in the maintenance of its functions. It is in no degree more necessary that the tissues of the body should be con- structed in its formation, than it is that they should be again decomposed for the maintenance of its functions. No force — either mechanical, chemical, or vital—takes place in the body but by a change in the relations of the elements of the tissues: constant waste and constant supply is indispensable to continued animal life ; and in proportion as the voluntary motions of the body are added to the essential motions of organic life, so also must be the increase of waste and supply. Organization, so far as it regards the physical phenomena of life, presents us nothing more obvious, than the specific arrangement of the elements which adapts them to the evolu- tion of force by chemical action, in such a way as that the force may ever be ready and specif cully available. Thus every 36 INTRODUCTION. tissue has a furnace and an engine ; or in other words, every cell of the tissues is a galvanic battery. The food (i. e., the various ingesta) is the fuel to the furnace, or the acid to the battery; and every motion, voluntary or involuntary, depends upon the foree thus evolved. This is most strictly correct. It is to be observed that it is the old materials (those consti- tuting the tissues) that undergo the change or metamorphosis, in the economy for the evolution of force; and the new materi- als, supplied by the arterial circulation, are destined to take the place of the old in the maintenance of tissual integrity. The common sense of the people appears not to apprehend this fact—they seem to contemplate the immediate passage of the fresh elements into the final uses. Our appetites, experience, and observation, have led us to the adoption of the proper food, or supply of the materials which sustain the furnaces or batteries of the body; or in other words, which compensate the metamorphosis of the tissues. But yet the rules of supply are not so perfect as to insure health; and therefore, the physician should be informed on this subject. We should ever be able to know in what degree disease may be dependent upon infractions upon correct Hygienic rules. Beside those more important reasons for a competent knowl- edge of Hygiene, there are others that are not to be over- looked. The physician holds a peculiar position in community. He is the public guardian of the health of the people — he is consulted on all questions of diet, exercise, sleep, and medi- cine— hence needs to be informed on these subjects. The Vegetable Kingdom, in the great order of nature, sup- plies the elements of animal nutrition. This is the chief ulti- mate resource of every animal, whether it be direct or indirect. Though some animals are Carnivorous, others Graminivorous, Fructivorous, or Herbivorous, all are nevertheless alike ulti- mately dependent upon vegetable organization for their main support.* * Vegetation, however, furnishes some minerals, that are still in their sim- ple and uncombined state, and which thus enter the body, and appear to serve a purpose in the economy. INTRODUCTION. 37 It has been long a mooted question, as to the comparative healihfulness, of the different immediate sources of nourish- ment. Some contend, that a direct and exclusive recourse to vegetable diet, is most in accordance with the design of Provi- dence and Nature,—and that it is much more conducive to health and longevity. Others eontend with equal confidence, that a mixed diet of animal and vegetable food is equally or more healthful, and that a diet partly constituted of flesh, affords a more ready and constant supply of all the necessary elements, and some of them in a superior state of organization. The arguments which apply to these several questions, are mainly of two classes : the a priori, and the a posteriori. The first refers to the special organization of our bodies, or the relative fitness of our organization, for the reception and dis- position of these respective kinds of food. The second relates to what can be known from experience and observation in the use of the different kinds of nutriment. The a priori argument contemplates first, the fitness of the prehensive organs ; secondly the digestive and assimilative functions, and third, the abstract adaptations of food. It is contended, that if man were intended as a carnivorous animal, he would be supplied with corresponding prehensive implements, that is, he would have claws upon his digits, and complete set of carnivorous teeth, as the panther and the cat. This position is so consummately absurd, that it scarcely needs .notice at all. In the first place, no one contends that man is by nature, exclusively carnivorous, and that he has an organiza- tion fitted in such accordance. Man is a creature of reason, intellect and moral power, and lives for other ends than mere animal being, and his organiza- tion must needs accord with his noble destiny. Nor do his means (implements) for taking food, adapt him less for the use of flesh, than for fruits or other vegetables, (especially grass!). If the close of tJae preceding sentence answers the "claw" argument, this first position may pass. In regard to the digestion and assimilation of food, much more that is pertinent will appear, as we find that the digest- 3 ve organs of animals are specifically adapted to the food which 38 INTRODUCTION. they require. Animals that live on highly organized food as? flesh, have very simple digestive organs, since but little elabo- ration is required. The Heron or bittern has a digestive canal, consisting of only a simple and nearly direct tube, running in course with the axis of the body; which is quite sufficient for the digestion of his food, and the absorption of the nutriment. But in the Euminatia, which subsist on the coarsest vegeta- bles, there are at least four stomachs, involving extraordinary facilities for maceration, trituration and digestion. The food in large quantity, is first simply bruised and reduced, so as to be taken into the first and largest stomach, the paunch; thence it is borne into the second, called bonnet, the sides of which have favosa?, or cells resembling those of the honey-comb. Here the food is moistened with peculiar secretions, and packed into pellets, which then successively ascend to the mouth, to be masticated and thoroughly ground, in what is called "chewing the cud." This process continues until the food received into the paunch has been all worked over in this way. After the second mastication, the food is received direct- ly into the third stomach, called the leaflet, on account of its sides having longitudinal lamina?, resembling the leaves of a book. Here again, a supply of secretion is furnished, while also the process of absorption is going on. But the main part of the digestion is accomplished in the fourth stomach, called rennet. The peculiar acids and pepsin, here furnished, serve as chemical agents, to dissolve the vegetable salts, and eliminate the organic elements in full. The chyle is thus formed, conjointly with the admixture of the secretions of the accessory organs. In point of complication of the digestive apparatus, mar holds his position less than midway from the simplest car- nivora, to the most complicated of the herbivora (the camel). He has two stomachs, if indeed the duodenum is to be called a stomach. But he has an elongated intestinal tube, with many convolutions, serving principally to facilitate the absorp- tion of the materials already in solution and fitted to be taken into the circulation. For the mastication of his food he is equally fitted for eithex INTRODUCTION. 39 kind. He has thirty-two teeth, and copious facilities for insal- ivation. Eight of his teeth, the incisors, are cutting teeth, fitted more especially for eating fruits; twelve others, the canine and bicuspids, are fearers, and fitted best for flesh-eating; and twelve others still, the molars, are grinders, fitted more particularly for masticating, or grinding seeds or grains. In the stomach we observe a very complete arrangement for the solution of the organic salts, and, in a general sense, this organ may be considered the department of digestion which is particularly adapted to the process of solution. The hydrochloric acid, the peculiar gastric secretions (pepsin, etc.), the elevated temperature (98°—100°), concoction, fermentation, and mechanical action, must bring into solution every salt, and freely evolve the basic elements of vegetable compounds. This process does most for the fruits, or those parts of the food which abound in salts, or vegetable acids united with organic bases, and azotized principles, as gelatin, albumen, and fibrin. Then the chyme passes down into the duodenum; and such solutions thereof as are not absorbed by the veins into the cir- culation, together with the fatty, oily, or carbonaceous sub- stances, comprised chiefly in the animal and graminiferous portions of the food, here meet with their appropriate men- strua and elaborating agencies. The taurine and cholinine, furnished by the bile, and the still more powerfully alkaline agency (pancrenine?) furnished by the pancreas, emulsify the fats, oils, and resins of the meats and grains, and thus consti- tute the chyle. In the small intestines another provision still obtains, in the secretions of the mucous membranes, and enteric glands (espe- cially Brunner's), which possess the power of changing starch, or fecula into sugar and lactic acid, by which process the wonderful phenomena of digestion are completed. The next and last point to be considered in this argument. is the abstract adaptations of the several kinds of food to the uses of the economy. One of the methods of arriving at a knowledge of the abstract adaptation of aliments to the uses of the body, is that of a comparison of the primary and organic constituents with 10 INTRODUCTION. those of the body. This idea rests upon the common axiom : " that which a thing does not possess, it can not give." Thus the ultimate constitution of aliments has been inquired after, and also that of the body, wTith a view to a comparison of the the former with the latter, thus to judge of the relative capacity of the former to afford all the elements for a perfect nutrition. The following are the primary elements that are found in the human body: 1 Carbon. §} 8 Chlorine. 14 Calcium. 2 Hydrogen. 9 Iodine. 15 Magnesium. 3 Oxygen. 10 Bromine. 16 Iron. 4 Nitrogen. 11 Finnic . 17 Manganese. 5 Phosphorus. 12 Potassium. 18 Aluminum. 6 Sulphur. 13 Sodium. 19 Copper. 7 Silic xi. Though all these elements have been found in the human body, yet some of them, at least the last one, copper, has been supposed to be accidental, as also gold, silver, lead, and even arsenicum, antimony, etc., have also been detected, but are supposed to occur only accidentally, from having been thrown into the system in a medical, or other incidental way. The elements which are supposed to be necessary in the food of man, are as follows: 1 Carbon. 6 Srlphur. 10 Calcium. 2 Hydrogen. 7 I) n. 11 Potassium. 3 Oxygen. . 8 Ch orine. 12 Magnesium 4 Nitrogen. 9 Sol ium. 13 Fluoriae. 5 Phosphorus. It would be difficult, and perhaps useless, in this connection, to attempt to give a list of all the organic elements in such a wa}* as to form a basis for comparison, since these are the sub- ects of constant change and transformation under the.vital pro- cesses. The more commonly recognized organic principles are Albumen, Fibrin, Gelatin, Casein, Protein, and Olein ; though the latter three are indefinite. Protein is a name now usually employed in a generic sense. Albumen is found in all the nutritive fluids of the body, as the blood, chyle, and lymph, and is found as a constituent of various tissues. In milk its place is occupied by caseine. INTRODUCTION. 41 The ultimate, or primary constituents of albumen, according to Scherer and Mulder, are : Carbon Hydrogen, Oxygen, Sulphur Phosphorus ■ii, irusj Fibrin is of very nearly equal constitution ; it is as follows Carbon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Oxygen, Sulphur Phosphorus i, rus,J Scherer. Mulder. 54-9 53-5 70 70 ris-6 22-4 \ 1-6 { 0-4 100-0 100-0 ition ; it is as i Scherer. Mulder. 53-6 52-7 6-9 69 15-7 15-4 T23-5 23-8 \ 1-2 { 0-3 1000 100-0 Fibrin constitutes a large proportion of the soft solids of the body. The muscular and ligamentous tissues in particular, arc composed almost entirely of it. It exists in all the fluids that are capable of plastic uses. Hsematin is usually classed with fibrin, as globulin is with albumen. But it seems that the former of these has a different ultimate constitution from that of fibrin. The following table represents it: Carbon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Oxygen, - Iron, 65-3 6-4 10-4 11-9 7-0 100-0 Hsematin and globulin constitute the red corpuscles of the blood. Gelatin forms a large proportion of the soft tissues of the body. Under this name are comprised gluten and chondrin, though these substances are very similar. Their components are as follows: 1000 1000 GLUTEN. CHONDRIN. Mulder. Scherer. Mulder. Scherer. Carbon, - - 50 4 50 8 Carbon, - - 60-0 60.7 Hydrogen, - - 6-7 7-1 Hydrogen, - 6-6 6-9 Nitrogen, - 18-3 18-3 Nitrogen, - - 14-4 14-7 Oxygen, 1 Sulphur, / _ 246 23-8 Oxygen, \ 2qn Sulphur, / J9° 27-7 100-0 100-0 42 INTRODUCTION. The following analysis shows the constitution of the olea- ginous, or fatty substances of the animal body. They are con- stituted of certain peculiar acids, as the magariiic, steric, and oleic, united to a base called glycerine. Human Fat. Carbon, - 79000 Hydrogen, - - - 11-416 Oxygen, - 9-584 100000 Blood, in addition to all these principles admits of the ready detection of the following: Chloride of Sodium, Soda, Potassa, Magnesia, Sulphuric Acid, Phosphoric Acid, Phosphate of Lime, Peroxide of Iron, Carbonic Acid. Fluorine, Silicon, Aluminum, Iodine, Bromine, Copper, The remaining eight elements below, are found transient in the circulation, and permanent in the solids of the body: Manganese, Aluminum. The following analyses of some of the principal articles of diet, will admit of a comparison that will show, on this princi- ple, the comparative facility, with which the necessary elements, or primary constituents of the body, are supplied by the res- pective sources of human food. , It must be obvious, however, that such comparisons can never be any thing more than the means of a general balance, running in favor of one or the other of the two great imme- diate sources of food, since there are so many other circum- stances that are to be taken into the account, which are by no means sufficiently fixed in character to admit of definite calcu- lation. The chief point to be named in this respect is the use of water. This liquid carries into the system quite a variety of elementary substances that may be in a state of solution, or mechanical admixture. Bespiration, also, tends to compen- sate, in some measure, for some deficiencies. But the air is not of a composition that will afford any considerable variety of supply. It will be observed that, so far as regards the main organic elements, there are but few of the common aliments that do not furnish them in some proportion, though some are much INTRODUCTION. 43 more rich in them than others. It is in the more rare con- stituents of the organic element, where the present question mostly applies. These will be found among the mineral, earthy, and ashy products of the analyses that are given. COMPOSITION OF ANIMAL ALIMENTS. COMPOSITION OF MILK. Organic and ultimate.—Abstracted from Berzelius1 Analysis. j Solid fat. f Butter. \ Oil. Cream. Butter Milk. Curd. j Skimmed L Milk. { { Whey. Milk. 1. Margarine. 2. Butyroleine. 3. Butyrine. 4. Caproine. 5. Caprine. 6. Caseine. 7. Serain. 8. Lactin. 9. Osmazome. 10. Phosphorus. ~". Sulphur. Iron. | io. COMPOSITION OF EGGS. Organic. f Water, White.0 -j Albumen, ( Mucus, {Water, Albumen, Yellow Oil, » Bostock. t Prout. 80.0 15.5 4.5 100.0 53.78 17.47 28.75 100.00 Ultimate. White of Egg. Yolk of Egg Sulphuric acid, 0.29 0.21 Phosphoric acid, 0.45 3 56 Chlorine, 0.94 0.39 Carbonate of Pot- ash and Soda, 2.92 0.60 Carbonate of Lime and Magnesia, 0.30 0.68 4.90 5.34 COMPOSITION OF FISH. THE SMELT.'" Fibrine. Albumen. Gelatine. Osmazome. Mucus, Yellow Phosphoric Oil. Sal Ammoniac. Phosphate of Soda. Phosphate of Lime. Phosphate of Magnesia. Chloride of Potassium. '- Miron. ROE OF FISHES.j Of Pike, Trout, Carp and Barbel. Albumen. Osmazome. Gelatine. Oil. Phosphorus. Sal Ammoniac. Chloride of Sodium. Chloride of Potassium. Phosphate of Potash. t Miron, Vauquelin. COD-LIVER OIL. Resin, Gelatine. Coloring Matter. Chloride of Sodium and Calcium. Sulphate of Potash. Iodide of Copper. Bromide of Poiassium. 44 INTRODUCTION. composition of fish—Continued. THE SMELT. Carbonate of Lime. Lactate of Soda. Water. ROE OF FISHES. Of Pike, Trout, Carp and Barbel. Phosphate of Lime. " of Magnesia. Sulphate of Potash. Carbonate of Soda. " of Potash. " of Lime. An Organic Salt with base of Potash. It is remarked that the Livers of the different fishes are very much alike in their elementary constitution. What is also notable is, that the roe or eggs of the fish are very much like those of the fowl, in their constitution. ANALYSIS OF THE OYSTER. The Flesh* The Liquor or Water. Albumen. Osmazome. Fibrine. Albumen, Gelatine. Chloride of Sodium. Osmazome. " of Magnesium: Mucus. Sulphate of Magnesium. Water. " of Lime. Phosphate of Lime. Water. Chloride of Sodium. Sulphate of Lime. Sulphate of Magnesia. Chloride of Magnesia. c Pasquier. COMPOSITION OF BEEF. Comprising Muscle, Tendon, Ligaments, Cartilages and Aponeuroses. Organic. Albumen. Fibrine. Gelatine. Oteine, Margarine. Osmazome. Stearine. Hpenoatosine. Globulin. Casein. Lymph. Mucus. Seroline. Cho!esterine. Extractive, etc. Inorganic or Ultimate, Carbon. Hydrogen. Oxygen. Nitrogen. Chlorine, Sub. hur. Sodium, Magnesium. Phosphorus. Calcium. Potassium. Ferrium (Iron). Iodinum. Bromium, etc. INTRODUCTION. 45 The flesh of Yeal, Mutton and Grain, do not differ much in their elements, but vary in the proportions in which they contain them. COMPOSITION OF VEGETABLE ALIMENTS. ANALYSIS OF INDIAN CORN. Organic Constituents. Starch. Vegetable Albumen. " Fibrine. " Glutene. " Mucene. Oily Matter. Sugar. Gum. Lignine. Zeine. Acetic Acid. Extractive. Primary Constituents. Carbon. Hydrogen. Oxygen. Nitrogen. Phosphate of Lime. Carbonate of Lime. Sulphate of Lime. COMPOSITION OF RICE.* Starch.......................................................................... 85.07 Parenchyma (Woody fiber)................................................ 4.80 Gluten............................................................................ 3.60 Thick Oil (rancid taste)................................................... 0.13 Uncrystallizable Sugar.................................................... 0.29 Gum.............................................................................. 0.7L Water.......................................................................... 5.00 Phosphate of Lime, Acetic Acid, Phosphate of Potash, Salts of \ T Potash, Salts of Lime, Chloride of Potash. ( lraces- COMPOSITION OF WHEATEN FLOUR. Starch, ................................................ 71-49 Gluten, ................................................ 10-96 Sugar,................................................. 4-72 Gum.................................................... 3-32 Bran, ................................................... 332 Water,................................................... 10-00 100-00 The ultimate and the special organic principles of wheat are nearly the same as that of Indian corn; but it lacks the oil, and has more gluten and fecula. 3 Braconnot. 46 INTRODUCTION. COMPOSITION OF LEGUMINOUS SEEDS. Starch,........................ Amilaceous Fiber,.......... Legumine Caseine,.......... Gum.......................... Albumen,..................... Sweet Extractive Matter,. Membrane, ........ .......... Water,......................... Salts.......................... Loss,............................ Peas.'' Garden Bean.] 32-45 3417 21-88 15-89 14-56 10-86 6-37 4.61 1-72 0-81 2-11 3-54 2-11 10-05 1406 15-63 6-56 3-46 0-29 0-98 100-00 10000 Kidney Bean.\\Lentils.% 3594 11-07 20-81 19-37 1-35 3-41 7-50 (Dried) 0-55 0-55 T0(M)0 32-81 18-75 37-32 5-99 1-15 312 312 3-12 057 0-29 100-00 COMPOSITION OF FRUITS. || Nitrogen.'s Matter, Coloring Matter, Lignin,............ Gum,.............., Sugar, ............ Malic Acid, ...... Lime,............... Water, ............ Apricot. ft 076 0O4 3-61 4-10. traces 2-70; 0-17 010 1-861 6-l2| 16-48 1 80 a llttlela little 89-39 74-87 ioo-oo; ioooo Green Gage. Peach. 8 ft "C a ft 2 Unripe. CO ft 0-45 0-28 0-41 j 0-93 003 008 0-27 093 1-26 Ml 301 1-21 5.53 2-06 4-22 4-85 17-71 24-81 0-63 11-61 0-45 0-56 1-07 1-10 traces traces 008 0-06 74 57 7110 90-31; 80-24 ! 10000 10000; 10000 100-00 Cherries. CD ft 'C a b ft 3 0-21 0-57 0-05 0-57 2-14 1-12 601 3-23 1-12 18-12 1-75 201 0-14 010 88-28 ---- 74-85 i-OOi 100-00 COMPOSITION OF THE POTATO. Water,................................................................. 66-875 Starch,.............................-..................................... 30-469 Albumen, ............................................................ 0-503 Gluten, ............................................................... 0.055 Fat,..................................................................... 0.056 Gum, .................................................................. 0 020 Asparagin,............................................................ 0063 Extractive............................................................. 0921 Chloride of Potassium,............................................. 0-176 Silicate of Iron,' Citrate of Iron, Manganese, Alumina, Soda, Potash, Lime, Citric Acid,............................................................ 0047 [- Of these, the Potash and Citric \ o.rik Acid are the prevailing, j "" u'°16 » Pisum Sativum. t Vicia Faba. $ Phaseolus Vulgaris. § Ervum Lens. || Berard. INTRODUCTION. COMPOSITION OF CABBAGE AND CAULIFLOWER.* 47 Cabbage. Vegetable Albumen................... 0-29 Gummy Extractive,................. 2-89 Resin...................... .............. 005 Extractive,.............................. 2-34 Green Fecula,.......................... 0-73 Water, Acetic Acid, Sulphate and Nitrate of Potash, Malate and Phosphate of Lime, \ 93-80 Phosphate of Magnesia, Iron, Manganese, j 10000 Cauliflower. Vegetable Albumen (about 0-5 per ct.) Mucilage. Coloring Matter (Chlorophylla). Resin. Fatty Matter. Lignin. Silica. Water (90 percent.). Malate of Ammonia. Malate of Lime. Acetate of Potash. Phosphate of Lime. Chloride of Lime. Sulphate of Potash. COMPOSITION OF CUCUMBER AND MELON. Green Cucumber, peeled:\ Sacharine Matter...................... 1-66 Coloring and Odorous Matter, ... 0-04 Lignin and Phosphate of Lime, ... 0-53 Albumen, ............................... 0.13 Mucus, Phosphoric Acid, ") Ammoniacal Salts, Malate, Muriate, Sulphate, )■ ... 0-50 and Phosphate of Lime, Iron, J Water, ................................. 97-14 10000 Flesh of the ripe Cantelope.\ Crystallizable Sugar,............... 1.5 Pectic Acid,........................ traces Uncrystallizable Sugar, 1 Vegetable Albumen, Mucilage, Tree Acid, i Saponifiable Fat, Nitrogenous Matter, Coloring Matter, Aromatic Matter, Starch, Woody Fiber, Salts, Water, 98-5 The Watermelon has nearly the same constituents as the Cantelope. 100.00 The question of diet, in so far as the a posteriori argument goes to show the comparative adaptations of animal and vege- table food, can only be considered here in a very general way, Observations upon the history and physical conditions of the several nations that have been noted for exclusivcness in their dieteticalresources are pertinent, and must have some weight in the inquiry. In this it will be observed, that the facts in their bearing, all tend in favor of a mixed diet. This assumption is predicated upon the position, that the claims of the vegetable diet are admitted by all, in so far as they go. If then it shall appear that nations and people who have subsisted entirely upon 0 Braconnot. t John. X Payen. 48 INTRODUCTION. flesh,have been equally well conditioned, to those Avho are vege- tarians, then the question will not require further discussion. Nor are many investigations necessary on this point. Observations among nations in every climate, from the Arc- tic to the Antartic, prove the same facts. The Grreenlander and the Esquimaux will subsist exclusively on the flesh and blubber of the Seal and Walrus, and will withstand the most severe hardships ; the winter nights of many months, at a temperature ranging at ticenty to forty degrees below zero! The Malayan in the Tropics, under the Equator, from New Gui- nea or the Moluccas to the Caribbean Archipelago, lives on fish and reptiles, and yet such is the thrift of his race, that nearly every Island and Coast in the broad Tropical belt, in £he entire circuit of the globe, is inhabited by it. The pastoral tribes of the north of Europe, who lived on milk and flesh, with few vegetables, were a powerful people, and became a terror to the Eoman Empire, and finally laid waste the fair fields of Italy, in the conquests of their arms. Ca?sar in his Gallic Commentaries, and other Eoman writers, speaking of the German nations, testify to their remarkable physical strength, and power of endurance : "fierce blue e}7es, deep yellow hair, a robust frame, and a gigantic hight; inured to cold and hunger, but not to thirst and heat, warlike, honest, faithful, friendly, and unsuspicious toward frieiids, but toward enemies, cunning and dissembling; scorning every restraint, considering independence as the most precious of all things, is therefore ready to give up life rather than liberty. Unac- quainted with the arts of civilization, ignorant of agriculture and of the use of metals and letters, the German lives in his forests and pastures, supported by the chase, and the produce of his herds and flocks*." The Aborigines of North America, who likewise live upon the chase, answer well also to this description, in their physical character. All history also of the primitive Oriental pastoral nations, proves the specific adaptation of animal food. Their extraordinary longevity, and physical development, in particular: " There were Giants in the earth in those days, * * mighty men which were of old, men of renown." Gen. chap, vi: 4. INTRODUCTION. 49 DIGESTION. The subject of digestion is of much interest and importance to the medical man, both as it regards the diagnosis and the treatment of disease, to say nothing of the help that attention thereto, will afford in a general hygienic way. The different varieties of food, are of very different digesti- bility, and the method of preparation also, has much to do in their modification in this regard. Much information on the subject of digestion has been derived from an accident that happened with Alexis St. Martin, a Canadian, in receiving a gun-shot wound through the abdominal parietes into the stom- ach, and which afterward, in healing, left an opening from without, into this organ, of such a character, as admitted of the most convenient inspection of its interior, and the func- tions of digestion. Dr. Wm. Beaumont, was with this man for a long time, in making investigations, andconducting exper- iments relative to matters in physiology, but especially in observing the functions of digestion." The following table is made up from these observations, and has been of great service to the profession : TABLE Showing the mean time of Digestion of the different Articles of Diet, Naturally in the Stomach, and Artificially in Phials, on a Bath. The digestion in the phials, noted in the right-hand column in the table, was oonducted in Gastric Juice, in quantity of eight parts of the juice to one of the article submitted to digestion; and the temperature was kept up at 100Q F., and frequent agitation was practiced. ARTICLES OF DIET. Rice......................... Pigs' feet, soused....... Tripe, soused............ Eggs, whipped.......... Trout, Salmon, fresh... Soup, barley............. Apples, sweet, mellow, MEAN TIME OF CHYMIFICATTON. IN STOMACH. PREPARATION. H. M. Boiled. 1 00 •( 1 00 u 1 00 Raw. 1 30 Boiled. 1 30 X 1 30 Raw. 1 30 PREPARATION. Whipped. Boiled. Masticated. 4 00 3 30 6 45 "These observations were published by A. Comb, Edinburgh, 1838. 4 50 INTRODUCTION. ARTICLES OF DIET. Venison, steak.................. Brains, animal.................. Sago................................ Tapioca............................ Barley.............................. Milk................................ Liver, beef's, fresh............ Eggs, fresh....................... Codfish, cured dry.............. Apples, sour, mellow.......... Cabbage, with vinegar......... Milk, raw........................ Eggs, fresh........................ Turkey, wild.................... Turkey, domestic............... Gelatine........................... Turkey, domestic............... Goose, wild...................... Pig, sucking.................... Lamb, fresh...................... Hash — meat and vegetables Beans, pod........................ Cake, sponge..................... Parsnips........................... Potatoes, Irish................. Potatoes, Irish................... Cabbage, head.................... Spinal Marrow, animal....... Chicken, full grown.......... Custard........................... Beef, with salt only............ Apples, sour, hard............ Oysters, fresh.................. Eggs, fresh....................... Bass, striped, fresh............ Beef, fresh, lean, rare......... Beef-steak........................ Pork, recently salted......... Pork, recently salted......... Mutton, fresh.................... Mutton, fresh.................... Soup,bean....................... Chicken Soup................... Aponeurosis..................... Dumpling, apple............... Corn-cake......................... Oysters, fresh................... Pork, recently salted.......... Pork-steak....................... Mutton, fresh.................... Bread, corn...................... Carrot, orange.................. Sausage, fresh................... Flounder, fresh.................. Catfish, fresh..................... MEAN TIME OF CHYMIFICATION. IN STOMACH. PREPARATION. Broiled. Boiled. Broiled. Raw. Boiled. Raw. Roasted. (< Boiled. Roasted. Broiled. Warmed. Boiled. Baked. Boiled. Roasted. Baked. Raw. Boiled. Fricaseed. Baked. Boiled. Raw. Soft boiled. Broiled. Roasted. Broiled Raw! Stewed. Broiled. Boiled. Baked. Roasted. Broiled. (i Roasted. Baked. Boiled. Broiled. Fried. 3 00 PREPARATION. H. M Boiled. Boiled. Cut fine. Raw. Boiled. Masticated. Shaved. Raw. Boiled. Broken. Mashed. Masticated. Boiled. Baked. Entire pieces. Raw, entire. Soft boiled. Masticated. Raw. Masticated. Boiled. Mashed. INTRODUCTION. 51 ARTICLES OF DIET. Oysters, fresh.................... Beef, fresh, lean, dry.......... Beef, with mustard, etc........ Butter............................... Cheeese, old, strong............. Soup, mutton..................... Oyster Soup.................•...... Bread, wheat, fresh............. Turnips, flat...................... Potatoes, Irish................... Eggs, fresh........................ Eggs, fresh........................ Green Corn and Beans....... Beets................................ Salmon, salted.................... Beef.................................. Veal, fresh........................ Fowls, domestic.................. Fowls, domestic................... Ducks, domestic.................. Soup, beef, vegetables, and bread Heart, animal...... ............ Beef, old, hard, salted........... Pork, recently salted........... Soup, marrow-bones............. Cartilage........................... Pork, recently salted........... Veal, fresh.......................... Ducks, wild........................ Suet, mutton....................... Pork, fat............................ Tendon.............................. Suet, beef, fresh................. Beefsteak............................ Beefsteak............................ Beef................................. Mutton, fresh...................... Cream............................... Cheese, old, strong............... Cheese, new, mild.............. Oil, olive............................ Tendon............................... Cartilage..........................., Bone, beef's, solid................ Bone, hog's, solid................., Parsnips............................. Parsnips.............................. Carrot, orange..................... Carrot, orange...................... Potatoes, Irish..................... Cabbage............................... Peach, mellow...................... Peach, mellow..................... MEAN TIME OF CHYMIFICATION. IN STOMACH. PREPARATION. Stewed. Roasted. Boiled. Melted. Raw. Boiled. Baked. Boiled. u Hard boiled. Fried. Boiled. Fried. Broiled. Boiled. Roasted. a Boiled. Fried. Boiled. Fried. Boiled. Fried. Roasted. Boiled. Roasted. Boiled. Broiled. Raw. Boiled. Broiled. Boiled. Raw. Raw. Boiled. PREPARATION. Stewed. Roasted. Masticated. Masticated. Mashed. Hard boiled. 4 30 Boiled. Masticated. Entire piece. Masticated. Divided. Masticated. Entire piece. Cut fine. n Entire piece. Unmasticated Raw. Entire piece. Divided. Raw. Entire piece. Divided. Entire piece. Raw piece. Entire piece. Boiled. Cut small. Mashed. 52 INTRODUCTION. PHYSICAL EXERCISE. Physical exercise in the open air, and under the direct rays of the sun, when the circumstances will admit, is an important hygienic necessity, although it has been too much regarded as a mere conventional matter, to be regulated according as the notion or pleasure of the individual might suggest. The animal system is governed by definite or fixed vital laws, it is true, and these laws ever tend to accommodate them- selves to external circumstances. Yet with all physical things there are limits—there are points beyond which finite causes can not extend their effects. One very remarkable peculiari- ty of the animal economy is, that all the conservative action of the body is dependent upon the incitement of necessities. No curative process is ever to be traced in the vital manifesta- tions, until there has been a specific demand for them. This principle holds good also, in reference to every physiological function. The sedentary man becomes enervated, effeminate, and debilitated. The industrious and laboring man becomes strong, robust, and healthful. Nature responds in the meas- ure of her abilities, to the demands or tax laid upon her. The vital principle is sensible to all stimuli. This is observed, not only in the general physical phenomena, but is to be traced in the most specific events. When an accident happens to any one organ of the body, by which it may become disabled, other organs take upon themselves additional labors, and supply the office of the dis- abled member. When the excretions of the skin, for example, are obstructed, those of the kidneys, the intestines, and the lungs are increased, that by this vicarious action, the functions of the skin may be indirectly performed. When the sight of an eye. the hearing of an ear, etc. is lost, the fellow organ becomes more efficient—the sight of the other eye, and the hearing of the other ear, in these cases, always becomes more distinct, unless indeed the accident should reflect its power also, upon them. On this same principle, the blacksmith's arm and the por- INTRODUCTION. 53 ter's back, by habitual taxation of strength, become stronger and stronger, until indeed twice or thrice the normal power is thus attained. It is reported that many years since, a butcher of Edinburgh, Scotland, resolved to test this principle of the animal endowment, and he determined to carry a cer- tain calf into the city, a distance of two miles, every day, as long as he should find himself equal to the support of the con- tinually increasing weight of the animal; and the report is, that he continued his practice regularly, for so his strength advanced, until persons, not knowing the circumstances, and happening to meet him on his way, would be astonished beyond measure, to see a man carrying a large ox. A fact relevant to this development of the physical energies of the body, generally overlooked, is that the enjoyments of life are, in their measure, correspondent to the amount of ani* mal vitality and strength of constitution possessed by the individual. Thus the poor, pitiable idler—the man or woman that "fakes life easy," takes it so, because only a fragmentary portion thereof is possessed ! The exercise is not only necessary, but it is required to be of the proper hind. It is the part only which is used, that derives the benefit. The shoe-maker may sit upon his bench, and employ his hands and arms in his labor, and thus acquire much strength in these members; and his hands in particular, not only will be strong and elastic, but a firm and hard skin will grow to protect the part subjected to much wear or friction. Pedestrian, and equestrian exercises, are very popular ; and indeed are useful, yet they are not always sufficient: but laborious riding, and climbing hill-sides, or ascending rugged mountains, may answer well. The Gymnasium affords the most complete manual exercise. Many varieties of industrial and frugal labors, are eminently useful. But the most important point of all, is very often overlooked ; the laborer must be out in the open air, and in the direct sun- light. Air permeates the body, and every part of it—this is a physiological provision. There is no tissue of the body that is not susceptible of permeation by air, to some extent; and all tissues require the air-bath. Not in any degree, is it less 54 INTRODUCTION. important, that the direct sun-light should rest upon the body Light is indispensable to animal life or health. An individual confined to a dark apartment, loses his vitality constantly, and will seldom live long. Very rare instances occur, in which a few years, and sometimes less than one, will not end in the death of persons confined to complete darkness. Nor is the reflected light,—such as is to be had within doors, in rooms of houses, however well they may be lighted sufficient, unless the light passes directly upon the person. Eeflected light is divested of its electricity, in a very large measure, when it is reflected from objects that are conductors of electricit}-. This chapter indicates the great secret, why so many of the inhab- itants of large cities are of feeble health, why they lack bodily vigor, healthful color, activity, elasticity, tonicity, or a good vigorous appetite, which delights to be gratified. THERAPEUTICAL INTRODUCTION. PRIMARY PRINCIPLES OF ACTION. Medical Agents thrown into the system, are found to involve different principles in the development of their powers. The essential processes by which their properties are apprehended by the organs or parts impressed by them, also vary considera- bly ; thus some agents are absorbed into the circulation, and are introduced into the general system on this principle, while others are capable of developing their powers directly through the nervous system. ABSOEPTION OF MEDICAL SUBSTANCES. It was formerly supposed that the absorption of medical agents is effected by the same organs that take up the nutri- ment of the food. But it is now known that this is an error, and it has been demonstrated, it is thought, that the lacteals will not take up any substances that will not admit of assimi- lation, and that but a very limited number of medical agents find their way into the circulation by lacteal absorption. The principal agents in medical absorption, are the veins; the Lacteals and Lymphatics, taking but a small part in it. The physical phenomena of Endosmosis and Exosmosis, doubtless, also obtain in the distribution of substances, in a state of solution. The evidences of the absorption of medicines are; 1, their disappearance from shut cavities; 2, their detection in other parts of the body. a. Disappearance from a Shut Cavity.—The experiments of Drs. Christison and Coindet* show that solutions injected into the peritoneal sack of a cat, are rapidly absorbed. Four ounces • Edinburgh Med. and Surg. Jour, xix., 336 p. 56 INTRODUCTION. of a solution of oxalic acid were thus injected, and on killing and examining the animal in fourteen minutes, they found carcely two drachms, although none had escaped by the wound. ft. Detection in other Parts of the Body. — Camphor, Musk, Indigo, Ehubarb, Iron, Lead, Dippel's Oil, Iodine, Asafcetida, Sal Ammoniac, etc., have been found by Tiedemann, Gmelin, and others, in the blood of animals, to whom it had been administered per stomach. In the solids also, mineral and other agents have been found, as Madder in the bones; Silver in the skin; Lead in the liver, spinal cord and muscles, and Mercury in almost every part. The secretions are also found to contain a great variety of substances that are administered to the stomach. In the secre- tions of the skin were found Mercury and Iodine : the odor of Sulphur, Garlic, Musk, Onions, etc., are also detected in the breath. Substances are likewise detected in the urine, and must hence have been absorbed. A very great variety of materials have been thus detected. ABSORPTION BY THE VEINS.—The evidences proving the absorp- tion of medicines by the veins are: 1, The detection of them in venous blood; 2, Experiments in the division or interrup- tion of all other parts of possible access, and the proof yet, of their presence; 3, the rapidity of their action. a. Detection of Substances in the Veins.—Ehubarb, Indigo, Madder, Cochineal, Litmus, Gamboge, Alcohol, Turpentine, etc., have been found in the veins by Tiedemann and Gmelin. ft. Division and Obstruction of other Conveyances.—Magendie and Delille* conducted an experiment upon the hind leg of a dog, in which they divided all parts, but the femoral artery and the vein. The arteiy was left to preserve the vitality of the limb, and as the circulation goes the contrary way in it, no objection could obtain against its integrity. Substances were then inserted into this limb, thus isolated, and were found to impress the body. Then, to prevent the possibility of the s Elem. Comp. of Phys. p. 284. Edinburgh Edition. INTRODUCTION. 57 action through the nerves in the coats of these vessels, the latter were also cut, and sections of quills interposed between the cut extremities, so as to keep up the circulation. Poisons (Upas Tieute) introduced into this severed limb, were still found to affect the body. Segalas, Emmert, and Blake found, that when the blood- vessels are tied, poisons do not act. y. Rapidity of Action.—It is supposed that the rapidity of the effects of many agents prove to be too great to admit of the supposition, that the absorption, in such cases, is affected by the lacteals or lymphatics. Mayer found that Ferro-cyanide of Potassium could be detected in the blood in five minutes after its injection into the lungs. Herring states that when this substance was injected into one of the jugular veins, it was found in the opposite one in twenty to thirty seconds, showing the activity of venous circulation to be equal to the great activity of medical effects. ABSORPTION BY THE LACTEALS AND LYMPHATICS.—Experiments and observation go to show, that while absorption, to a moder- ate extent, may go on in the lymphatics, from the primary passages or other parts, in a slow way, the lacteals are seldom if ever found to take up any medical substances, except per- haps a few simple alkaline salts. This is known by their being never found in these vessels or the thoracic duct, while yet they may be detected in the blood. ENDOSMOSIS AND EX0SM0S1S. — If a fluid of delicate color, as water colored by litmus, is put within an animal membrane— as a piece of intestine or vein—and this is then immersed in a weak solution of sulphuric acid, it will be found that the lit- mus water within the vein, or intestine, will turn red from the chemical action of the acid fluid passing through the mem- brane (endosmose) into the former. If the relative position of these fluids is changed, it will be found that the acid water within the vein will then pass out (exosmose) into the litmus water, within which the membrane containing it is immersed. Gases have ever been known to pass and repass in this way. They permeate all tissues. Medical substances are supposed 58 INTRODUCTION. to be diffused on the same principle in a liquid and gaseous form. OPERATION OF MEDICINES THROUGH DIRECT NERVOUS AGENCY.— That medical and other agents operate through direct nervous agency, is evident from the following facts : 1. The rapidity of their action. 2. The effects being disproportioned to the facilities for their absorption. 3. The effects of certain agents being similar to those of others in which no substance is really communicated into the system. 4. By the rapidity of the action not being changed by diminishing or increasing the distance between the point of insertion of the agent and the brain or nervous centers. 1. Rapidity of Action.—Some of the most active substances— as hydrocyanic acid, oil of bitter almonds, conia, etc., accord- ing to Magendie, will operate in from two to four seconds, not only upon the brain when introduced into the mouth, or a wound in a limb, but the effects are experienced also* in other, perhaps all other parts. When one agent can thus act, others may; and although medicines do not generally operate with such activity as this, they nevertheless are often so rapid in the display of their power, as not to admit of a doubt of their action by nervous agency. Lobelia Inflata, when in concentrated alcoholic solution, will act so instantaneously upon the nervous system, that it is often compared to an electric shock. Some- times, in a few seconds a tingling nervous sensation, compared to the feeling caused by the vibrating magnetic machine, is experienced in the extremities, to a most disagreeable extent. The author has observed this in numerous instances. . 2. Effects disproportioned to the facility for absorption.—Alcohol was found by Orfila, to act with less energy when injected into the cellular texture, than when taken into the stomach, although that tissue is much more favorable for absorption than the latter. 3. Analogy of Effects caused by certain substances to those that occur by means when no substance is imparted to the body. — Some INTRODUCTION. 59 agents are known to effect the system, so as to cause spasms, dizziness, nausea, relaxation, etc. The prick of a needle, or a contusion, will cause spasms, and here no substance is com- municated into the system. • A fright, a disgusting sight, swinging, or whirling, etc., also cause nausea, dizziness, relax- ation, etc., thus showing that the effects in the former cases depend upon the nerves. 4. Rapidity of action not affected by distance of application of agent from the brain or nervous centers. — Messrs. Morgan and Addison found, by various experiments, that the uniformity of the action of some agents, however distantly applied from the nervous centers, is such as to preclude the idea of their action by any means less instantaneous than that of the nerves. ULTIMATE PEINCIPLES OF EEMEDIAL ACTION. Medical substances and other agents have been found to act upon the living animal body on at least three distinct princi- ples, viz.: Mechanical, Chemical, and Vital. It is upon this distinction, which is natural and definite, that in this work the primary divisions in the classification of the Materia Medica are founded. MECHANICAL ACTION. — Natural philosophy teaches that the fixed laws of nature may ever be expected to produce equal effects from the same causes, acting under corresponding cir- cumstances. Hence mechanical action within the body must in principle, be expected to be the same as without it. Changes of physical state will often arise from the modifica- tion of the mechanical relations of the molecules in the organic tissues. The elements of water, for instance, occur in such relations by a mere mechanical change, as in one case to give the form of vapor, and in another that of liquid. Dilution, and attenua- tion ; cohesion and liquefaction; depletion and repletion, are all mechanical processes. Among the most common mechan- ical appliances in medicine, are those intended for the protec- tion of abraded and lacerated parts, consisting of mucilages, lotions, oils, cerates, etc. 60 INTRODUCTION. CHEMICAL ACTION. — Chemical action is constantly going on in the system, under vital superintendence, and sometimes in defiance of this restraint, and thus becomes pathological. There is no doubt but that medical agents develop much of their influence on chemical principles, thus restrained, and hence obscured from our observation. It is not in this sense, however, that the caption of this article is to be understood; but rather in that which contemplates the more obvious and direct phenomena, of the agency. The acids and alkalies, have respectively not only the pecu- liar power to neutralize specific chemical agencies that may be involved in the production of disease, or organic change in the tissues of the body—as the arresting of the syphilitic virus by the chemical action of the Chloride of Potassium, or the Hydriodide of Potassium; the peculiar septic acids in erysipelas by the Muriate of Iron, or the Acetate of Ammonia; the septic acids in gangrene, by the Empyreumatic Oil, Creo- sote, Chloride of Lime, or Nitro-Pyroxilic Oil, etc.—but in the evolution of the active alkaloid principles of organic agents, chemical action is of important service., Noxious secretions, and organic and inorganic generations—as Fungae- oides, Polypi, Cancer, Exostosse, Lithic and Phosphatic Con- cretions, etc.—all require either chemical or mechanical means for their removal, since they are beyond the reach of ordinary vital powers. VITAL ACTION: (Physio-Dynamic action.) — By far the largest proportion of medical agents act upon the laws peculiar to the animal economy. The effects are always peculiar, and are mostly known only in a historical or an empirical way—being dependent upon the peculiar organic laws and the specific vital endowments of the living tissues, and which are com- paratively little understood. There are, however, several distinct modifications displayed in laws of vital conservative, and remedial action, and which have been the grounds of as many different Systems or Schools of Medicine. These are the following: 1. The Allopathic. 2. The Homoeopathic. INTRODUCTION. 61 3. The Physio-Dynamic, proper. These doctrines, i. e., the therapeutic principles that are represented by the above, are founded in nature, and are not mere conventional projections, as some other theories that are upheld, and some of which indeed are made the basis also of collegiate teaching. These are—Hydropathy, Cronothermalism-, etc. The latter indeed, involve eminently useful appliances, but have no principles fixed in nature for a basis. 1. Allopathy.—The term allopathy comes from the Greek a/UoCj 'another,' and rcado^, 'affection,' and thus at once implies the character of the theory it represents. Much strife has existed between the different schools, which has been mostly predicated upon the relative merits of the respective theories. But it must be confessed, to the discredit of poor human nature, that a pretended zeal for the cause of truth, or for the maintenance of correct principles, has been too often made the specious pretext for courses of procedure that were really instigated from less worthy motives. Never- theless it is also true, that the respective schools habitually inculcate much more than the abstract doctrines here to be discussed would indicate. The ways and means devised for carrying out principles, differ exceedingly, in many instances, from what is legitimate to the doctrines themselves. It is in this regard that the greatest distinctions are really maintained. Allopathy contemplates, primarily, the obvious fact, that all organic laws involve certain conditions for their action. These may be compatible or incompatible, as to the conjoint action of foreign agents upon these laws. It is assumed that duplicate specific causes can not act conjointly upon the system, not indeed because in themselves these external activities are inconsistent with each other individually, but by acting together on the system they produce a reaction from it that is incompatible with their conjoint impression. The principle may be illustrated by a very simple comparison. Two men may walk together in peace and harmony, but meeting a third a disagreement springs up, which will not admit of the presence of the three: either of the two first can, to some extent, agree with the third; and either of them can join with 62 INTRODUCTION. him; or the two first may still continue together in harmony. But the three can in no possible way agree. The display of this principle in nature occurs in the phe- nomena involving variola, and vaccina. The small-pox may attack the system, alone, and so may the vaccine power, but the two have never been known to occur together. The reaction of the system against the one is incompatible with the pres- ence of the other. When dysentery arises from one cause, it may be arrested by another which would under other circum- stances produce looseness. Thus a cathartic given in dysen- tery, in under doses, will arrest the flow from the bowels; but when given in the absence of dysentery it causes purgation. Emetics, in under or nauseating doses, will often, and indeed generally, relieve nausea when arising from disease. But it is on still more specific principles that the practice of allopathy is sustained in the present day. Mercury is supposed to have a very specific action on the system, and which is regarded to involve a law that is incompatible with almost every other foreign cause of action. It is therefore supposed that when this mercurial action can be established, it will necessarily subvert other diseases; and being of self-limited action, it will of course cease upon the exhaustion of its power, and will thus leave the system free from disease. Only two things will here be said of this modern phase of allopathy. First, although mercury does possess a specific power — one incompatible with the action of a variety of other morbid movements—still, entirely too much is claimed for it. Secondly, its own action is very severe, when fully displayed, and this is necessary in order to insure its specific power. It will, in numerous instances, prove much more mischievous than the diseases against which it is exhibited. Homoeopathy.—This name, which represents the popular German practice, is compounded from 'ofxoco;;, 'like,' and nadoz 'affection.' Hahnemann, its founder, discovered that cin- chona, and several other agents of marked specific power in the cure of certain diseases, were capable of producing the same effects, or rather corresponding symptoms on the system in health. This led him to suspect a principle of action, that INTRODUCTION. 63 might lie at the foundation of all cure. He carried his investigations to an incredible extent—testing the properties of nearly every article of the Materia Medica; and he con- vinced himself and many others of the old profession, that his speculation was founded on truth. This is the cardinal prin- ciple of the Homoeopathic theory. Another principle of this theory is, that medical agents are not cumulative in their action, according to the common understanding of this term, but that each particle of an agent operates on its own basis, and hence that a single particle is entirely equal to any indi- cation. Furthermore, it is contended that these particles may become antagonistic in their action, when administered con- secutively ; and thus they will neutralize each other. Infini- tesimal doses, specifically applied, on the doctrines of similia similibus curantur, is the sum of Homoeopathy. Physio-Dynamic Action.—This compound term is derived from cboac<;, ' nature,' and dovuficQ, 'power,' meaning thus natu- ral power. It is applied so as to indicate the vital power, and in connection with medicine implies such remedies as act in accordance, or by the conjoint help of the vital force. That the vital principle which for more than a score of centuries has been recognized as the "Healing Power of Nature," is absolutely conservative, there would seem to be scarcely the least ground for a doubt, but yet its sanative ten- dencies are practically disregarded by a great portion of the profession; the very names of Allopathy and Homoeopathy ignore it. The schools of medicine in America, that have founded their indications of cure upon this principle, have been called the Physiological and Eclectic Schools. Their therapeutic doctrines are well represented by the term at the head of this article, in so far as they relate to the vital principle, for their chief indi- cations of cure, contemplate the exaltation of vital resistance and the subversion of disease, on this safe and rational principle. But still it does not otherwise express the direct relations of the medicine (as a cause of cure) to the disease which is the subject of its action. In this regard, the term 64 INTRODUCTION. Antipathic from aw, 'against' or 'opposite,' and nadoz, 'affec- tion,' i. e. against the disease, is very proper. But the Greek " anti " is of a still stronger sense than the English, it means direct opposition. Now, since the vital laws of cure are directly antipathic, all the remedies that operate, as curative agencies, and in harmony with the vital conservative forces, must in like manner be antipathic. The medicine which cures without the necessary superin- duction of a neio disease, is certainly the better, and is nearer what the proper conceptions of science would suggest as the true remedy. THE ELEMENTS 0 F MA TE Ri A MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Materia Medica (Medical Materials), are terms used to desig- nate the material substances employed in the treatment of disease, and contribute happily to the formation of a title for a treatise upon them. When the entire profession entertained the same medical views, and all the doctrines taught in the science were com- prised in a single system, then this definition of Materia Medica was sufficient, but now something more special is required. In endeavoring to avoid the errors of the old system, made so palpable in the present age of improvement, it is not strange that many, or even opposite theories should be adopted by different portions of the profession : thence the Homoeopathic, Hydropathic, Antipathic, and the new Physiological or Eclectic systems have gained their origin and have each a peculiar materia medica. But it is unnecessary for the purpose of this treatise, to investigate, to any considerable extent, the remedies of any other system than the last named. This being consid- ered the only true one, corresponding, as its name imports, in eveiy part, to the laws of nature. In this all substances in- trinsically poisonous, whether mineral, vegetable or animal are rejected. Organic agents are chiefly esteemed, because their 66 materia medica and THERAPEUTICS. action is most congenial to the animal economy, owing to the peculiar modification of the affinities and the specific arrange- ment of the elements of organized substances. Therapeutics (from departeuco, to take care of the sick), in its most extended sense, would comprise the application of all means of cure, somatical, or psychical; but the refinements of learning have restricted its latitude considerably, and when the term is associated with materia medica it is considered to con- template only the application or modus operandi of medicines proper. Thus materia medica furnishes the implements, while therapeutics teaches their use in the practical operations of the profession. A proper classification of the materia medica offers numer- ous facilities to the physician, but more especially to the young practitioner or student of medicine, and hence much labor has been bestowed upon this point. Numerous plans have been proposed and adopted by the schools, and authors on materia medica, and still no classification has yet been made that has not met with many objections. When the idea of classification is presented, the mind is at once struck with the propriety of an arrangement contemplating the therapeutic properties of the different articles. Most authors however have adopted other plans, and have classified them according to their natural history or physical properties, comprising their botanical, zoological, and chemical characters, while others have simply adopted an alphabetical arrangement. All these classifications have their advantages and disadvantages. The first would seem to correspond more with the study of the natural sciences: the latter or alphabetical arrangement is most con- venient for the apothecary or practical pharmaceutist. But the student of medicine, and the practicing physician are most inter- ested in this subject, and have the best right to expect an accom- modation in the premises; with them a physiological arrange- ment is of paramount importance. The author has therefore adopted this with the conviction that he could on no other plan do so much for this important department of medical science. DIVISION I. PHYSIO-DYNAMIC REMEDIES. This division of the materia medica is designed to embrace those remedies commonly called physiological, and which, in producing their effects on the system, do not depend strictly on chemical or mechanical laws, or any other abstract physical powers. Physiological action, when spoken of in reference to remedies, is now, with doubtful propriety, understood in a more special sense, meaning the action of remedies on the system while in health alone. The term physio-dynamic (from (puact;, " nature," and duva/ic ftviij. Aqua font., Cong. ijss. Boil the first four articles in the water for three hours, and strain. Boil down to five pints, strain while hot, and add the sugar. Use.—This is an excellent laxative tonic, applicable in most cases in which any of the foregoing articles are indicated. It is very agreeable to the stomach, and not unpleasant to the taste. Dose, from fjij. to fgj. 138 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Order III.—COMMON CATHARTICS. The terms " common cathartic," are here designed to be under- stood as meaning that order of cathartics which possess no very specific action upon any of the neighboring organs, and whose primary action is principally confined to the intestines. Indirectly, however, they produce many very important effects in almost every part of the system. The evacuations pro- duced by them, consist mostly of the simple contents of the bowels. When cathartics are spoken of in an unqualified sense, the articles of this order are generally referred to. When any other kind are intended, they are designated by names indi- cating their qualities, as laxatives, hydragogues, etc. The articles of this order, are generally mild or easy in their operation, although some of them are very prompt or quick in their effects. As to their application, it is not necessary to say much here, since what was said under the general head of cathartics applies largely here. The indications to be fulfilled by them are easily understood. They may be stated as follows : 1st, To evacuate the contents of the intestines. 2d, To obviate remote sympathies, as headache, etc. 3d, To restrain or obviate the causes of febrile and inflammatory action. 4th, To change the terminations. RHEUM.—The Root. Synonyms.—P»ov, Gr.; Rabarbaro, Ital.; Ruibarbo, Span.; Hai-houng, Chi- nese; Schara-modo, Thibet; Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhabarber, Ger.; Rhubarb, Eng. History.—It is supposed that Dioscorides, in speaking of "pa" ("Rha,") and " prtov" (" Rheon,") has reference to our Rhubarb. Dr. Pereira, however,, thinks that the description given by him,* as well as that of Pliny,f does not answer to * Rha, Dioscorides says, by some called Rheon, grows in those countries which are beyond the Bosphorus, and from which it is brought. It is a root which is black externally, like to great centaury but smaller, and redder, odorless, loose or spongy, and somewhat smooth externally. t" Rhacoma" says Pliny, " comes from the countries beyond Pontus, resem- bles the black costus, is odorless, and has a hot, astringent taste." LAXATIVES. 139 our drug. But P. Alpinus was of opinion, that the "pa" of Dioscorides was the root of Rheum Rhaponticum, which he (Alpinus) obtained from Thracia, in A. D. 1608, and cultivated at Pavia. It is pretty evident, however, that the late Greek writers were acquainted with our rhubarb. Alexander, of Tralles speaks of it as a remedy in weakness of the liver, and dysentery. According to Adams' translation, Paulus, in noticing the practice of the ancients, says, " Alvine discharges they promoted, by giving turpentine to the extent of an olive, when going to rest; or, when they wished to purge more effectually, by adding a little Rheon." The Arabs were acquainted with several kinds, as the Indian (Khorassanee), and the Chinese (Rewundsini). The Persians, it is said, give reon as the Greek synonym, of their rawund (Rhubarb), and of which, the plant producing it, they say is named ribas. Botany.—Sex. Syst. Eneandria Trigynia.—Nat. Ord. Po- lygonacese. Gen. char. Rheum. Calyx petaloid, six-parted, withering. Stamens about nine, inserted into the base of the calyx. Styles three, reflexed. Stigmas peltate, entire. Achenium three-corner- ed, winged, with the withered calyx at the base. Embryo in the center of the albumen.—Lindley. spec. char. It is not a little singular, that long as rhubarb has been in use, and great as has been the attention given it by naturalists, the precise species yielding the different sorts of the drug, are not yet satisfactorily ascertained. This is to be accounted for by the remoteness of the region whence it is derived, and the jealous care with which the monopoly of its trade is guarded. " All that science has accomplished," says Dr. Griffith, " is rather to have ascertained by what species it is not afforded, than to point out those that do" [afford it]. The species inhabit the extensive plains of Tartary, the steppes of Siberia, and the great mountains lying between these and the northern parts of India. The species agree in being perennial, wild, thrifty, herba- ceous plants, with perennial and branching root-stocks, which 140 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. are thick and succulent. The stems of most of them attain the hight of four to ten feet. The leaves are large, more or less cor- date, wavy at the margin, shething at the base, either uttradi- cal, or where cauline, alternate. The inflorescence is paniculate, or spica-to-racemose. The following synoptical arrangement, drawn up from the accounts of Drs. Lindley, Royle, Pereira, Guibert and others, embraces most that is known of the species, that are supposed to yield the commercial rhubarb. They are divided into two classes, viz : those withcompound racemes, and those having close or spike- like-racemes. I. Species with Compound Racemes. 1. Rheum Palmatum, Linn.-U Leaves roundish cordate, half palmate; the lobes pinnatifid, acuminate, deep, dull green, not wavy, but uneven and very much wrinkled on the upper side, hardly scabrous at the edge, minutely downy on the under side, sinus completely closed; the lobes of the leaf standing forward beyond it. Petioles pale green, marked with short purple lines, terete, quite obscurely channeled at the upper end. Flowering stems taller than those of any other species." — Lindley. This species grows spontaneously in the Mongolian empire, on the confines of China, and is extensively cultivated near Banbary, in Oxfordshire, for the supply of English Rhubarb to the London Market. In 1750, Kauw Boerhaave, physician to the Emperor of Russia, obtained the seeds of two species from a Tartarian merchant, and on growing them they proved to be the R. Palmatum, and the R. Undulatum, but as cultivated by the Russian government, it never produced as good rhubarb as is produced from this species in England and France. 2. Rheum Compactum, Linn.—" Leaves heart-shaped, obtuse, wavy, deep green, of a thick texture, scabrous at the margin, quite smooth on both sides, LAXATIVES. 141 RHEUM COMPACTUM. glossy and even on the upper side; sinus nearly closed by th^i parenchyma. Petioles green, hardly tinged with red, except at base, semi-cylindrical, a little compressed at the sides, with the upper side broad, flat, elevate bordered by edges, and of equal breadth at each end.''—Lindley. This is a native of Chinese Tartary, but is cul- tivated in Fiance, and affords part of the French Rhubarb. Guibourt says, this is a pretty good imitation of the Chinese, but when cleared of the yellow powder, its different color and closely radiated marbling distinguish it; it does not crepitate under the teeth, nor stain the saliva of as deep a yellow. It is said, this is one of the species principally grown on account of its stalks. 3. Rheum Undulatum, Linn.—-" Leaves oval, obtuse, extremely wavy, deep green, with veins purple at the base, often shorter than the petiole, distinctly and copiously down yon each side, looking as if frosted when young, scabrous at the edge: sinus open, wedge-shaped, with the lower lobes of the leaves turned upward. Petiole downy, blooded, semi-cylindrical, with elevated edges to the upper side, which is narrower at the upper than the lower end."—Lindley. The R. Undulatum grows in Asiatic Russia, and probably in Chinese Tartary. It was formerly cultivated in Sil >eria, as the real officinal plant; but as the genuine rhubarb could not be procured from it, its cultivation has been given up.- Guibourt. As already stated, K. Bocrhaave obtained the seed from Tartary, and its cul- tivation was then tried by the Russian government, but without satisfactory results. It is now raised in France, and constitutes a part of the French Rhubarb. 4. Rheum Emodi, Wallich.— " Leave*'cordate, acute, dull green, but little wavy, flatfish, very much wrinkled, distinctly rough, with coarse, short hairs on each side; sinus of the base dis- tinctly open, not wedge-shaped, but diverging at an obtuse angle, with the lobes nearly turned upward. Petioles very rough, rounded, angular, furrowed; with the upper side depressed, bor- dered by an elevated edge, and very much nar- rower at the upper than the lower end."—Lindley. The emodi grows on the Himalayas. It is sup- posed to be the best species known to the profes- sion, and was at first considered, especially by Mr. Don, as the species affording the Russian and Turkey rhubarbs. But Dr. Pereira received some specimens of the Himalayan RHEUM MEODI. 142 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. rhubarb from'Dr. Wallich himself, who obtained them from the inhabitants of the Himalayas, who had strung the pieces around the necks of their mules. These specimens, says Dr. Pereira, had scarcely any resemblance to the officinal rhubarb. 5. Rheum Raponticum, Linn.—" Leaves roundish, ovate, cordate, obtuse, pale green, but little wavy, very concave, even, very slightly downy on the under side, especially near the edge itself; scabrous at the margin, sinus quite open, large, and cuneate. Petioles depressed, channeled on the upper side, with the edges regularly rounded off, pale green, striated, scarcely scabrous."—G. The raponticum grows in Thrace; on the borders of the Euxine Sea; north of the Caspian, Siberia, etc. It is cultivated in England and the U. S. for the leaf-stalks, which are used for tarts and puddings; also cultivated in France, and yields a part of the French Rhubarb. This species, it is supposed, yielded the rhabarbarum of the ancients. 6. Rheum Leucorrhizum, Pallas.—"Radical leaves about three, short-stalked, coriaceous, transversely elliptical, scarcely hollowed out at the base; with three thick branched nerves, projecting very much beneath, smooth on both sides, denticulate at the edge, with here and there a few scattered, roughish warts, no cauline leaves, or scarcely ever one. Petioles about an inch long, compressed, solid, with a narrow channel on the upper side."—G. This species is found in the deserts of the Kirghis, and south of Siberia, and Altai Mountains. It is said to yield the White or Imperial Rhubarb. 7. Rheum Crassinervium, Fischer.—" Leaves heart-shaped, acuminate, wavy, very bullate, deep-green, quite smooth on both sides, rather glossy on the upper; scabrous at the edge; the ribs of a slight red color, and the central ones very thick at the base; sinus open, cuneate, with the lobes inflected. Petioles dull- red, rounded, rather angular, with the upper side narrow and flattened, the edges raised, narrower at point than at base."—Lindley. The nativity of this species is unknown. It was sent from St. Petersburg under this name, and is now said to be growing at the Apothecaries' Garden, at Chelsea, near London. Dr. Lindley says that roots of it, of only three years of age, were as thick as the wrist, and, when examined at Apothecaries' Hall, were found to possess the color and peculiar odor of the best Turkey Rhubarb. 8. Rheum Capsicum, Fischer.—" Leaves ovate, acuminate, cordate, and inflexed at base, very wavy, of a deep green, thick texture, glossy and somewhat even on the upper side, scabrous at the edge, a little downy on the under surface; sinus somewhat open, rolling inward; Petioles pale green, with scarcely a tinge of red, minutely downy, semi-cylindrical, with elevated edges to the flat upper side, which is of equal breadth at both ends." —Lindley. Found on the shores of the Caspian, and on the Altai Mountains. Nothing is known of its roots. 9. Rheum Webbianum, Royle.—Radical Leaves large, long-stalked, cordate, acute; cauline ones obtuse, rather downy above, veiny beneath, and margin hairy; Petioles hairy. LAXATIVES. 143 This grows on the Choor and Himalaya mountains. The root is said to pos- sess the same properties as R. Emodia.— Griffith. 10. Rheum Ribes, Linn.—This is a species given by Dr. Royle, as being the Ribas and Rivash of the Affghans and Persians, celebrated among them, and much esteemed on account of the agreeable acid of its leaf-stalks. " The root is said to be rawund." "It is the Rivas of Serapion, who mentions it as making a good sherbert."—Royle.. It is reported as growing on the mountains of Syria. 11. Rheum Hybridum, Murray.—"This," says Royle, "isa doubtful species,but is remarkable for the great size of its roots, as cultivated both on the Continent and in England." II. Species with Close or Spike-like Racemes. 12. Rheum Spiciforme, Royle.—" Leaves thick, leathery, cordate, blunt, red, and reticulated beneath, and covered with stellate down on each side. Petioles and peduncles smooth. Racemes arising from the root, spicate."—67. The R. Spiciforme is an inhabitant of the northern face of the Himalayas and of Thibet. Royle says that rhubarb, sent Mr. Moorcrpft, from near Ludak, was of excellent quality; and it is suggested, by Dr. Lindley, that it is not im- probable that it may have been furnished by this species. 13. Rheum Moorcroftianum, Royle.—"Petioles deeply furrowed, with stip- ules as long as the petioles, and much more membranous. The imperfect rudi- ments of leaves (scales) at the base are even longer than the stipules, and are very thin and much torn. Leaves clothed with a short, scabrous pubescence."- G. It is found at the Niti Pass, in the Himalayas, and in Thibet. This is consid- ered to afford good Rhubarb. Description.—There are a number of different sorts of Rhu- barb in market, affording some variety in their physical prop- erties, and still more in their virtues or medical activity. They are best described separately. a. Russian Rhubarb.—This article, which, in Russia is called Chinese Rhubarb, in this country is also sometimes called Turkey Rhubarb, owing to the fact that it was formerly brought by way of Xatolia, or some other Turkish ports. This is im- ported from Tartary into the frontier town of Kiachta, and thence sent to Moscow and St. Petersburg!!, whence it is car- ried to the rest of Europe. This drug, by the express stipula- tions of a contract, undergoes a peculiar preparation before it is shipped; and then is again subjected to a rigid inspection at Kiachta, by an official apothecary, from the Russian govern- ment. The pieces of Russian Rhubarb vary in shape, being irregu- larly roundish and angular, the bark having been shaved off with a knife. Many pieces have holes in them, made by the 144 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. inspector. They have a clean and fresh appearance, and lively yellow color. Internally, the texture is rather dense; the fracture is uneven, irregularly marbled with white and red veins, having a strong and peculiar, slightly aromatic, odor; a bitter, rather astringent, taste; feels gritty, when chewed, tinges the saliva, yellow; and produces a powder of a bright yellow color. The grittiness on chewing, is owing to the existence of raphides, or crystals of oxalate of lime,- which are situated within the cells. j9. Chinese, or East India Rhubarb.—This may be said to consist of two or three varieties, as : " 1st, One which is called b}7 Dr. Pereira, the Dutch Trimmed or Bafavian Rhubarb; and, according to the shape, called Flats or Rounds, in the trade, is closely allied to, and is derived, with very little doubt, from the same sources as the Russian Rhubarb; some of which passes through Canton into Europe, or first into one of the Indian ports, and thence re-exported to Europe. It resembles the above in appearance, as the cortical portion appears to have been sliced off, and not scraped. The holes with which the pieces are perforated are smaller than those of the Russian, and often contain within them pieces of the string by which they have been strung together. 2d, Another variety, which is more particularly called Chinese Rhubarb, also half-trimmed, is distin- guished from that called Russian, as being irregular in shape, never angular, but the edges rounded, as if the bark, instead of being sliced, had been scraped off; the roots are besides of less uniform good quality than the Russian. Externally, of a dull yellow; many of the pieces heavier from being more compact, the reticulation less regular, and of a }rellowish-brown. 3d, A third variety has lately been described bjT Dr. Pereira, under the name of Canton Stick Rhubarb. This is in cyliudriral pieces, about two inches long, and from half to three-quarters of an inch in diameter. These are probably produced in the mountains which bound China, as those of the province of Sechuen, and perhaps of Cansu." f. Himalaya Rhubarb—This is supposed to be the product of different species, and is of different qualities. That yielded, as is thought by the R. Moorcroftianum, is of a bright and live!}'' color, and is, as supposed by some, equal to the best Rhubarb. The variety afforded by the R. Webbianum was experimented with by Dr. Royle at the hospitals of Saharun- pore, and found of good quality. Some of it was also submit- ted by the Medical Board of Mr. Twining, for experiment in the hospital at Calcutta. '-After trial in forty-three cases," he reported, that in doses of 9 j. or ^ss. it has a good purgative effect—nearly equal to the best Turkey Rhubarb; in small doses, was tonic, astringent, and highly useful in diarrhea." This kind of Rhubarb is not generally divested of its bark. which is of a brownish color. The texture is radiated and CATHARTICS. 145 somewhat spongy. The color is of a brownish yellow, and the powder produced by the root, of a dull, yellowish brown, with but little aroma. d. Siberian Rhubarb.—" Small quantities of this kind have been imported [into England] by Mr. Faber, and have been proved to be those called by Grassman and others Sibe- rian Rhapontic Root. This occurs in long, thin, almost cylin- drical, or spindle-shaped pieces, decorticated and perforated by a hole. Color, externally, pale yellow; internally, brown- ish yellow or reddish white. Odor and taste of good Rhubarb. but weaker; does not feel gritty. Dr. Pereira compares it with English Stick Rhubarb. It has since been proved, that the Rhubarb cultivated at Banbury is yielded by the same species, that is Rheum Rhaponticum."—Royle. e. English Rhubarb.—This is said to be cultivated at Banbury, in Oxfordshire, to the extent of twenty tons annually, and is supposed to be the produce of Rheum Rhaponticum. " It is the kind frequently sold by men dressed up as Turks, as Turkey Rhubarb. The pieces vary in shape, some being ovoid, others cylindrical (English Stick Rhubarb), smoothed externally, and rubbed with a yellow powder; light, rather spongy, with a reddish hue. It is rather mucilaginous in taste, and a little astringent. Its odor feeble, but unpleasant. It is supposed that much of this is employed for adulterating the Asiatic Rhubarb, when in a powdered state." £. French Rhubarb.—The French Rhubarb is produced chiefly from the R. Rhaponticum, R. Undulatum, and R. Com- pactum. That produced by the R. Palmatum, it is said, most closely resembles the Asiatic, but by cultivation in Europe seems invariably liable to degenerate. Some of its products are almost worthless. That produced by the R. Rhaponticum, which is cultivated in the gardens in the environs of Paris, is in pieces of various sizes, which are ligneous in their appear- ance, of a reddish-gray color on the outside, marbled inter- nally with red and white arranged in the form of crowded rays, proceeding from the center to the circumference. It has a mucilaginous and astringent taste, and rather a disagreeable odor, and when chewed does not crackle under the teeth. Considerable quantities of French Rhubarb are imported into the United States, under the name of Krimea Rhubarb, and it is supposed that it is often employed in the adulteration of the better kinds, as the Russian and Chinese. This is to be inferred from the quantity imported, and the fact that but little, comparatively, is used under its proper name. Choice op Rhubarb.—In the selection of Rhubarb, the Russian is preferable, not so much on account of the supe- riority of the kind, as the care with which it is prepared, and 10 146 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. the close inspection it undergoes. Next to this, in value, is the Chinese Rhubarb. When the drug is selected without reference to the com- mercial variety, those pieces should be preferred which are moderately heavy and compact, of a fresh or lively color, brittle, and which, when fractured, present a lively, fresh appearance, marbled with reddish and yellowish veins blended with white, and whose odor is aromatic and agreeable, pos- sessing a bitter and moderately astringent, but not mucilagin- ous taste, and which feel gritty under the teeth, and stain the saliva yellow when chewed. The powder should be of a bright or lively yellow, or but slightly tinged with a reddish- brown color. When too light, Rhubarb may be suspected as being worm-eaten or rotten ; and when too heavy, it may be of an inferior sort, or contaminated by foreign substances; the coloring may also be artificial. Analysis.—Many analyses have been made of Rhubarb, with variable results. The most recent is that of Brande, who found in one hundred parts of Chinese Rhubarb, 2 of rhabarbaric acid, 75 of the same acid impure, 25 of gallic acid, 90 of tannin, 35 of coloring extractive, 110 of uncrystallizablc sugar with tannin, 40 of starch, 144 of gummy extractive, 4 0 of pec tic acid, 1-1 of mallate and gallate of lime, IPO of oxalate of lime, 15 of sulphate, potassa and chloride of potassium, 10 of silica, 05 of phosphate of lime and oxide ofiron, 25-0 of lignin, and 20 of water. It seems that Rhubarb, as regards its therapeutic and chemi- cal properties is a compound of resin, extractive matter, and various acids, as the crysophanic. Dr. Royle makes the fol- lowing remarks on these substances : " The Chrysophanic acid of parmelia parietina is identical with the pure yellow crystalline obtained from Rhubarb, which has been described, in its impure state, as yellow principle of Rhubarb, rhein or rhababarainas, by Geiger; the rhabarbaric ■ acid, by Brande. "Resins are among the chief constituents of Rhubarb, al- though their presence is denied by Dulk; they are, by the in- termedium of other substances, as the so-called extractive matter, etc., partially soluble in water. CATHARTICS. 147 " The three chief resins, are aphoretine, phseoretine, and erythreortine; the two former appear isomeric; but all three are chiefly characterized by their different degrees of solubility. " The taste, odor, the relation to chemical re-agents, and the therapeutic action of Rhubarb, appear to be modified essentially by the joint co-operation of the resins, the coloring matter, and the extractive matter; and probably, also, in a less degree by the tannin, gallic acid, sugar, pectine, and the copious salts of lime which it contains."—(Ann. der Chemie und Pharmacie, May, 1844, Phar. Jour., iv., 322.) The medical virtues of Rhubarb are taken up by water, cold or hot, and by alcohol. Gelatine produces a precipitate in its infusion (tannate of gelatine.) Physiological Effects.—In small doses, as three to five grains, it acts on the system as an astringent tonic. When the dose is increased to that of a scruple or a drachm, it purges slowly and mildly. It imparts its color to the urine and sweat, and, if long continued, also to the tissues, as the mesentery in- testines, and even the bones. It is also perceptible in the milk of nurses. When potash is given in connection with the Rhubarb, the stain produced by it will be red. Rhubarb is perfectly innocent in its action on the system, having never been known to produce any inconvenience when properly administered. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Rhubarb may justly be considered at the head of our cathartic class of medicines. It is perfectly mild and safe in its use, and yet certain in its operation. The gallic acid that it possesses renders it some- what astringent, and, when not taken in doses large enough to exhibit its cathartic power, it will usually act as an astringent tonic. This property eminently adapts the medicine to the treatment of diarrhea and dysentery. The cathartic power is generally developed first, so that the bowels are always cleansed of their irritating contents, before the astringent produces its effects. It will seldom fail to relieve tenesmus, and soon to re- move all the urgent symptoms of dysentery, whatever its type may be. Its properties are improved for some varieties of dysentery, as when the acids prevail, by the addition of the 148 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. bi carbonate of potash. But, when the potash is not indicated, it should not be given with the Rhubarb, when the latter is used in dysentery; for, by it, its astringent property is im- paired, as this is dependent on the tannic acid that the medi- cine contains. In choleras and typhoid fever, as well as in typhus, the medicine may also be expected to be beneficial. The purgative properties of Rhubarb seem to expend their force chiefly on the muscular coats of the bowels, as the dis- charges it produces are chiefly fecal, and not watery. The medicine, sometimes, is roasted, when intended as a remedy in dysentery. By this process, its purgative proper- ties, which are dependent, in part, on a volatile principle, are driven off, while its astringent power remains unimpaired. But this is an unnecessary process, seeing that the astringent power may be so easily improved by the addition of other articles, while all the cathartic virtues may be made available. The dose of Rhubarb as a cathartic, is gr. xx.—gr. xxx.; as a remedy, in dysentery, the dose is gr. v. to gr. x., taken once an hour, until a good effect is produced. Pharmaceutic Preparation.—Rhubarb has been the sub- ject of many pharmaceutic preparations. This has been partly owing to the great therapeutic value of the medicine, and partly to the object of rendering its administration more pleas- ant—the drug being very unpleasant to the taste. PULVIS RHEI COMPOSITUS : Compound Powder of Rhubarb, or Neutralizing Mixture—fy Turkey Rhubarb ; Bicarbonate ' of Potassa; Mentha Piperita, equal parts; White Sugar, equal to the whole. Pulverize and mix. Uses.—One of the best preparations in cholera complaints that we possess. Dose.—Gr. xx. to gr. xxx., with f|j of good brandy. Take once in 10 or 20 minutes, until relief is obtained. PILULJ] RHEI, E., U. S.: Rhubarb Pills.—Beat into a proper mass, finely powdered Rhubarb, 9 parts. Acet. Potash, 1 part Conserve of Red Rose, 5 parts. Divided into 5 gr. pill's. ? ^}&Ih- P°wd-' 3vj- SoaP' 3iJ- Make a mass with water, and divided into 120 pills. (U. S.) Action— Uses.—Aperient in doses of gr. x.—gr. xv. PILULE RHEI COMPOSITE, L. E, U. S.: Comp. Rhubarb Pills. CATHARTICS. 149 Mix powdered Rhubarb, Ij., (12 parts, E.) Powdered Aloes, syj., (9 parts E.) Powdered Myrrh, gas., (6 parts, E.) Then rub into a proper mass with Soap, 3J., (Castile, 6 parts, E.) Oil of Caraway, ffcss. L. (Oilof Peppermint, 1 part,E.) Syrup, q. s. L. (Conserve of Red Roses, 5 parts, E.), till thoroughly mixed. (Divided into 5 gr. pills: or, if preferred, omit the Oil of Peppermint, E.) £ Rhubarb powd., Ij. Aloes powd., syj. Myrrh powd., Iss. Oil of Peppermint, f^ss. Syrup of Orange Peel, q. s. Beat the whole together to form a mass. To be divided into 240 pills. (U. S.) Action—Uses.—-Cathartic in doses of gr. x.—9j. Well suited to a sluggish state of the bowels. EXTRACTUM RHEI, L. E. D.5 Extract of Rhubarb. (L. D.) Macer- ate for four days (with a gentle heat, L.),—Powdered Rhubarb, Ixv., (Ibj. D.), in Proof Spirit, Oj., (Ibj.D.), and Aq. dest., Ovij. (Ibij. D.) Strain. Set by, for the dregs to subside. Pour off the liquor, and evaporate to the proper consistence. B; Rhubarb Ibj, cut into small pieces. Macerate in Aq. Oiij., for 24 hours ; filter through cloth, express moderately, macer- ate the residuum with Aq. Oij. for at least 12 hours, filter through the same cloth, and express strongly. Filter again, if neces- sary, and evaporate to the due consistence in the vapor-bath. The extract may be obtained, of fine quality, by evaporation, in vacuo, with a gentle heat. Action— Uses.—Cathartic in doses of gr. x.—^ss. A good pre- paration may be obtained with cold water and percolation, when spirit is unnecessary, and still better if evaporated in vacuo, as recommended in the E. P. INFUSUM RHEI, L. E. D.*U. S.: Infusion of Rhubarb.—Infuse, in a lightly covered vessel, for 2 (12, E.) hours in boiling Aq. dest., Oj., (flxviij., E.; by measure, Ibss. D.) Rhubarb in coarse powder, ^iij., (Ij., E., 3j., D.) Add Spirit of Cinnamon, fly., E. Strain (through linen or calico, E). fy Rhubarb, 3j. Boiling Water, Oss. Digest for two hours in a covered vessel and strain. Action—Uses.—Aperient and Stomachic in doses of fljss., repeated. The boiling water is ineligible, as a precipitate takes place on cooling: this is intended to be prevented by the ad- dition of the Spirit. A good preparation may be made with cold water and percolation. VINDI RHEI, E.: Rhubarb Wine.—Digest for 7 days coarsely powdered Rhubarb, I v., (Iij., U.S.) Coarsely powdered Canella, 150 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 3ij., (33-. u- s-)> in Proof Spirit, f|v., (fgij., U.S.), and Sherry, Oj., and flxv. Strain ; express strongly the residue. Filter. Action—Uses.—Stomachic in doses of fjij. Purgative flss.— TINCTURA RHEI, E., U. S.: Tincture of Rhubarb.—Mix powdered Rhubarb, giijss., (giij., U. S.), and bruised Cardamoms. Iss. Proceed by percolation with Proof Spirit, Oij., as in Tinct. Cinchona. Or prepare by digestion. Action—Uses.—Stomachic; in doses of f^j Purgative, flss. A good preparation, especially if prepared by percolation, as Proof Spirit is an excellent solvent. TINCTURA RnEI COMPOSITA, L. D.: Comp. Tinct. of Rhuharb.— Macerate for 14 (7, D.) days Cut Rhubarb. lijss. (lij.D) Bruised Liquorice, jjvj., Cut Ginger (Iss., D-) and Saffron, laa, 3iij., (Bruised Cardamoms, sss., D.), in Proof Spirit, Oij., (by measure, Ibij, D.) Strain. Action—Uses.—Cordial, Stomachic in doses of f^j. Pur- gative, flss.—flj. TINCTURA RHEI ET ALOES, E., U. S.: Tincture of Rhubarb and Aloes.—Mix powdered Rhubarb, Ijss. Socotrine or East Indian Aloes powdered, 3yj. Bruised Cardamoms, gv.; and Proof Spirit, Oij. Proceed as for Tinct. Cinchona. £ Rhubarb bruised, .^x., Aloes powdered, 3yj. Cardamoms bruised, Iss. Diluted Alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 14 days; compress and filter through paper. U. S. Action—Uses.—Warm Cathartic in doses of flss.—flj. TINCTURA RHEI ET GENTIANS, E., U. S : Tincture of Rhubarb and Gentian.—Mix Powdered Rhubarb, Iij. Powdered or finely Cut Gentian, Iss., Proof Spirit, Oij. Proceed as for Tinct. Cinchona. Action—Uses.—Stomachic in doses of flj., and Aperient in flss.—%j. TINCTURA RHEI ET SENNiE, U. S : Tincture of Rhubarb and Senna. —1& Rhubarb, bruised Ij. Senna, gij. Coriander bruised, Fennel Seed bruised, aa, sj- Red Sounders rasped, ^ij. Saffron, Liquorice, aa, gss. Raisins, deprived of seeds, Boss. Diluted Alcohol, Oiij. Macerate for 14 days; compress and filter through paper. SYRUPUS RHEI, U. S.: Syrup of Rhubarb.—fy Rhubarb bruised, Iij. Boiling water, Oj. Sugar ibij. Macerate the Rhubarb in CATHARTICS. 151 the water for 24 hours and strain; then add the Sugar, and proceed in the manner directed for Syrup. This is a mild astringent and laxative, and may be used in bowel affections. Dose, from fgj. to flj. SYRUPUS RHEI AROMATICUS, U. S. : Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. Spiced Syrup of Rhubarb.—Take of Rhubarb bruised lijss. Cloves bruised, Cinnamon bruised, aa, Iss. Nutmeg bruised, 3ij. Diluted Alcohol, Oij. Syrup, Ovj. Macerate the Rhubarb and Aromatics in the diluted Alcohol for 14 days, and strain ; then by means of a water-bath, evaporate the liquor to a pint, and while it is still hot, mix it with the Syrup previously heated. It may also be made by displacement. OLEUM RICINT. Synonyms.—Ricini Oleum. Ricinus communis, Oleum e seminibus ; expres- sum, Lond.; Ricinus Communis Oleum e seminibus, Dub.; Huile de ricin, Fr.; Ricinusol, Ger.; Olio di ricino, Ital.; Aceyte de ricino, Span.; Castor Oil, Vul. History.—The Castor Oil was known in the most ancient times. The plant (Palma Cristi) producing it, is the gourd spoken of in Jonah iv., 6, 7, 9, 10. (See Kihayon, in Bibl. Cycl. ii., p. 203.) In the Greek, the plant is also called xcxc or xporaw (Dioscorides). The Latin name Ricinus, comes from the Greek name of an insect, the tick, which the seeds resemble. Both Hippocrates and Herodotus, speak of this plant. The Oil is now almost universally known, and used as a medicine. A native of India; when cultivated in this country, it is an an- nual. The Oil is manufactured extensively in the East and West Indies, as well as in the United States. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Koncecisi Monadelphia.—Nat. Ord.— Euphorbiacese. Gen. char. Ricinus. Flowers monoecious. Calyxthreeto five-par tedvalvate. Petals none. Filaments numerous, unequally poladel- phus ; cells of the anther distinct, below the apex of the fila- ment. Style short; Stigmas deeply bipartite, oblong, colored. feathery; Ovary globose, three-celled, with an ovule in each cell. Fruit generally prickly, capsular, tricoccous. Trees, shrubs, or herbaceous plants sometimes becoming arborescent. Leaves al- ternate, palmate, peltate, with glands at the apex of the petiole. Flowers in terminal panicles, the lower male, the upper female. 152 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. all articulated with their peduncles, and sometimes augmented by bi-glandular bracts.—(Lindley.) Spec. char. R. Communis. /iWperennial or annual, long, thick, and fibrous. Stems round, thick, jointed, hollow, glau- cous, of a purplish-red color upward. Leaves large, peltate, deeply divided into seven lanceolate, serrated segments, on long, tapering, purplish petioles, with glands at the apex of the petiole. Flowers monoecious, in terminal panicles, the lower male, the upper female, all articulated with their peduncles, and sometimes supported by bi-glandular bracts. Calyx 3—5 cleft, valvate. Petals wanting. Male. Stamens numerous, with the filaments branched and united below, with distinct globose cells of the anthers. Female. Style 1. Stigmas 3, bipartite, plu- mose, colored red. Capsule tricoccous, covered with spines, three- celled ; one-seeded. Seeds pendulous, elongated, ovate, convex externally, somewhat flattened on the inside, of a pale grey color, but marbled with darker colors. The seed is covered by a thin, coriaceous, smooth seed-coat, composed of two layers, at its upper end is observed the fleshy swelling which has been termed Strophiole, with a delicate white membrane inves- ting the nucleus, which is large, oleaginous, and consists of albumen, containing in the middle a large leafy embryo.—Royle. Preparation.—-"Two varieties of Castor Oil seed are known, one large, the other small. The latter is thought to yield more oil, and of a superior quality. Geiger found in 100 parts of these seeds, exclusive of moisture, 23-82 parts of seed-covering, and 6909 of kernel. These 6909 parts con- tained 4619 parts of fixed Oil, 240 of Gum, 20-00 of Starch and Lignin, and 0-50 of Albumen. The kernel, when fresh, is of a white color, and sweetish almond-like taste, followed by some acrimony. The Oil may be extracted from the seeds by decoction in water, or expression, with or without the aid of heat, and for experiment by the agency of Alcohol. Some- times the Oil is boiled with water to dissolve out the Mucilage and to coagulate the Albumen. Dr. Christison sums up the results of various papers by stating that by simple expression a mild oil of excellent quality may be extracted alike from the small and large varieties of the seed; that when so prepared, CATHARTICS. 153 it is apt to become sometimes rancid (Wright), but may be prevented from doing so, if heated to about 200°, so that its Albumen is coagulated and detached; that the embyro is scarcely more active than the Albumen of the nucleus, and that the husk and perispermal membrane are inert (Boudron and Henry); that if the seeds be boiled in the Eastern way, without first roasting them, or driving off the residual water from the Oil by heat, an Oil of fine quality is obtained, which keeps well (Guibourt), but is probably not quite so active: that the active part of the Oil is probably volatilizable during decoction with water (Guibourt), so that long ebullition may materially impair its energy; and that if the seeds be roasted before being expressed, or the Oil be exposed to a considerable heat, as in the American process, peculiar acids are engender- ed (called the Ricinic, the Elaiodic and Margaritic), which greatly increase the acridity" (Bussy andLecanu).* Description.—Castor Oil is a thick, viscid fluid, colorless when fresh, pale straw-colored when old, of a faint but un- pleasant smell, oily, and sometimes acrid taste. Although heavier than most fixed oils, it is lighter than water. Its spe- cific gravity is 0969 at 55° F. If exposed to a cold of 32°, it deposits a few grains of Margarin. Exposed to the air, it be- comes rancid, and dries up. It is soluble in all proportions in both Alcohol and Ether. "By the action of Hyponitrous acid, a solid fatty matter is produced, which has been called Plamine." The alkalies saponify it, but produce acids appa- rently identical with those generated during its distillation. Differing in many respects from other fixed oils, some chemists are inclined to consider it as consisting "of a single and pecu- liar oleaginous principle," others as composed of three fatty acids, the Ricinic, Elaiodic, and Magaritic, which are combined respectively with Glycerine. Its purity may be tested by its being entirely dissolved by its own volume of Alcohol or Ether. In this respect it agrees with palm oil, but disagrees with all other fixed oils. * Royle, Ther. Amer. Ed. p. 538, 539. 154 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 1-91 V 23-82 20-00 ) 4619 ^ 2-40 I 6909 0-50 ( 2000 J - 709 Analysis.—The castor-beans were analysed by Geiger, and produced the following results: {Tasteless resin and extractive, 1-91 ") Brown gum, Ligneous fiber, - ' Fatty oil, - - - - Nucleus of the j Gum, .... Seeds. 1 Caseum (albumen), - 1^ Ligneous fiber with starch, Loss ------- Castor seeds,..... - 10000 The oil has produced, as products of saponification. 1. Ri- cinic acid.* 2. Eiiodic acidf (Ricinio oleic acid). 3. Marga- ritic acid J (Ricinio-stearic acid). By distillation a volatile oil is produced, which is analagous to acroeline. When the oil is acted on by hyponitrous acid, palmine is produced, and by the action of nitric acid on it, it produces, according to Mr. Tilly, OSnantheylic acid, Seberic acid, and Sipinic acids. The formula of the first is C 14 H '3 O1 s x Aq. Physiological Effects.—The castor seeds (semina racina communis) when taken, have a nauseous and somewhat acrid taste, and with most persons occasion protracted nausea, and even vomiting. But the oil, as usually prepared from them, is not very apt to produce much nausea, except what arises from its taste, which is disagreeable to almost every one. In doses of from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, it generally produces a laxative effect, and from one to three tablespoonfuls will operate as a purge in from one to six hours. The purgative power of castor oil is, it would seem, of a specific nature, as we find that its tendency to move the bowels is evinced in whatever way it may be administered, as when injected into the veins or bowels, or when simply applied to the epigastrium, or to raw surfaces. * The crystallized Hydrate of this acid consists of C 73-56, H 9-86, and 0 16-58, or C 35 H 31 O «. tThe composition of this is unknown. % The crystallized hydrate of this consists of C 70-5, H 10-90, and O 18-59. Its formula is C 35 H 31 0 6. CATHARTICS. 155 Therapeutic Properties.—Castor oil is regarded as being one of the mildest purgatives that we possess, and although of great activity, seldom occasions any uneasiness in the bowels. Dr. Cullen (Mat. Med.) says, " It has this particular advantage, that it operates sooner after its exhibition than any other pur- gative I know of, as it commonly operates in two or three hours. It seldom gives any griping, and its operation is gen- erally moderate—to one, two, or three stools only." Its immediate effects are chiefly confined to the intestinal canal, and the discharges produced are never very thin. Nor is the medicine ever apt to occasion much debility. The application of castor oil is in all cases, in which the milder cathartics prove beneficial. Dr. Pereira has specified eight special applications of the medicine, viz : 1. In inflammatory affections of the alimentary canal, as enteritis, peritonitis, and dysentery. 2. In obstructions and spasmodic affections of the bowels, as intus- susception, ileus, and colic, especially lead colic, " this oil is the most effectual evacuent we can employ." 3. As a cathartic after surgical operations about the pelvis or abdo- men (e. g., lithotomy, and the operation for strangulated hernia), and after parturition. 4. In affections of the urino-genital organs, of a spasmodic or inflammatory character, as inflammation of the kidneys, or blad- der, calculous affections, gonorrhea, strictures, etc. 5. In diseases of the rectum, particularly piles, prolapsus, stricture, etc., in which no better cathartic can be used. 6. As an anthelmintic. 7. As a, common purgative for children. 8. In habitual Constipation.—Dr. Cullen thought that instead of persons becoming habituated to the action of this article, bo as to require an increase of the dose progressively, as is the case with most others, they will find that, in fact, a gradual diminution may be practiced with equally good effect until the dose is reduced from half an ounce to two drachms. Administration.—The dose of oil for children is from a tea- spoonful to a tablespoonful; that for adults from a tablespoon- ful to an ounce. It is best taken floating on coffee, or spirit, 156 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. especially gin, or it may be given with aromatics, or be made up in an emulsion with the yolk of egg and mucilage. ALOE.—The inspissated juice of various species of Aloe. Synonyms.—n^osr, Greek; Elwa, Hindoo; Sibbur, Arab; Bol-seah, Persian; Aloe, Ger., Ital.; Aloe, Span.; Sue d' Aloes, Ft.; Aloes, Eng.; Pica, Vul. History.—Aloes were known to Dioscorides, to Galen, to Celsus, and to Pliny, but Hippocrates and Theophrastus do not speak of them. They must have been in use for a long time, both in India and Arabia. Botany. — Sex. Syst.—Hexandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Liliacese. Gen. char. Aloe.—Perianth tubular, six-cleft, fleshy, nectarif- erous at the base, the sepals of the same form as the petals, and closely embricating them. Stamens hypogynous, as long as the perianth, or even longer. Capsule membranous, scarious, three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved, with a loculicidal dehiscence. Seeds numerous, in two rows, roundish or angu- lar.—Lindley. Spec. char. There are a number of species yielding the different aloes of commerce, some of which merit a separate notice. 1. Aloe Socotrina, Lam, De Cand.—Stem woody, straight, one and a half feet or more in hight, naked below, where it is strongly marked with the scars of leaves. Leaves amplexicaul, ascending, ensiform, green, curved inward at the point, convex below, rather concave above, marked with numerous small white marginal serratures, the parenchyma abounding in a bright brownish yellow juice. Raceme cylindrical, unbranched. Flowers scarlet at the base, pale in the middle, green at the point. Stamens unequal, three of them longer than the flowers.—Lindley. The aloe socotrina is a native of the island of Socotra, near the straits of Ba- belmandel, and yields the socotrine aloes, and, according to some, also the real hepatica. 2. Aloe Vulgaris. Lam. Stem woody, simple, cylindrical, short. Leave* fleshy, amplexicaul, first spreading, then ascending, lanceolate, glaucous green, flat above, convex below, armed with hard, distant, reddish spines, perpendicu- lar to the margin; a little mottled with darker color; the perenchyma slightly eolored brown, and very distinct from the tough, leathery cuticle. Scape ax- illary, glaucous, reddish, branched. Spike cylindrical-ovate. Flowers at first CATHARTICS. 157 erect, then spreading, after pendulous, yellow, not longer than the stamens.— Lindley. This species is a native of the East Indies and Barbary, and is cultivated in the West Indies, Italy, Sicily, and Malta. It yields Barbadoes aloes. It is said that the two sub-species A. Abyssinica and A. Barbadensis are now di- vided from the A. Vulgaris. 3. Aloe Spicata, Thun. Stem three to four feet high, as thick a s a man's arm. Leaves thick, fleshy, broad at the base, gradually narrowing to the point, channeled, full two feet long, distantly toothed, with a few white spots, their parenchyma almost colorless. Spike a foot long, very compact, with the flowers campanulate and horizontal. The three petals broader, ovate, obtuse, white, with a triple green line, the sepals narrower, less concave. Stamens much longer than the perianth. The flowers are filled with a purplish honey. Lindley. A native of the interior of the Cape of Good Hope, and contributes to yield Cape Aloes. 4. Aloe Rubescens, Dec. Stem suffruticose. Leaves amplexicaul, spread- ing, thorny at the margin. Peduncle compressed, branched. Branches sub- bractate {PI. grass t, 15). A native of Arabia—R. 5. A. Barbadensis, Mill. Stem somewhat shrubby, offshoots from the root. Leaves sword-shaped, sinuato-serrate. Corol yellow. Var, of vulgaris, Nees von E. 50. South of Europe, perhaps in the Peninsula or India. (Rheede, ii. t. 3). Introduced into the West Indies.—R. 6. A. Abyssinica, Lam. Subcaulescent, Leaves long and lanceolate, rather erect, hard, of a deep green color, rather concave above; margin sinuato-dentate, reddish; flowers of a greenish yellow. Var. of A. vulgarie Linn.—Abyssinia.—R. 7. Aloe indica, Royle. A low plant, with spikes of red flowers, which grows in dry barren places in N. W. Indies. This, if known to Roxburg, was probably included by him in A per/oliata. Col. Sykes has a species from the Deccan also with red flowers.—R. Description.—There are different commercial varieties of this drug, whose physical and medical properties are con- siderably different, and merit separate descriptions. a. Socotrine Aloes. (Aloe Socotrina.)—The true socotrine aloes may be distinguished from all others, by its being of a redder color, and much more agreeable odor. It has a "garnet- red" hue, is in thin and translucent pieces, and when quite dry, is of a " golden-red " or copper color, but by exposure it changes to a brownish red. Its fracture is conchoidal, usually smooth and shining, but occasionally a little rough. The odor fragrant, especially when the drug is fresh and heated, or when the breath is blown upon it. It is almost completely soluble in spirits, and easily reduced into a golden-yellow powder. As this is considered rather the best variety of aloes, many 158 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. inferior sorts are called by the name it bears, to promote their sale. The annual export of aloes from Socotra is only about two tons ; and when it is considered that the whole world must be supplied with this, it is not reasonable to suppose that every article going by this name is genuine. Hence it has been said, that "much aloes going by this name has never seen the island of Socotra. " /3. Hepatic Aloes. (Aloe Hepatica.)—The genuine hepatic aloes is supposed to be a variety of the socotrine. It is impor- ted from Bombay, and has hence been called Bombay or East India Aloes. It comes in skins, contained in casks, holding two to three hundred pounds each. Its odor is pleasant, resem- bling the socotrine, but may be distinguished by its opacity and liver color. This, at first, was justly considered a superior variety of aloes, and only inferior to the genuine socotrine; but, like that of the latter, its name was soon applied to other and inferior sorts from motives of speculation. When the name Hepatic Aloes was first applied to the aloetic productions of the West Indies, the better sorts of the latter were only con- sidered entitled to the appellation. But, at present Hepatic Aloes seems to be a common name for all the West Indian varieties of the drug. y Cape Aloes. (Aloe Capensis.)—This variety of aloes is imported from the Cape of Good Hope, on the southern ex- tremity of Africa. It is brought here in chests and skins; that brought in the latter is best. Cape aloes has a shining, resinous appearance, is of a deep, brown color, with a greenish tint, and has a glossy or resinous fracture. The edges of the fracture, or thin pieces, viewed by a light transmitted through it, have a ruby or yellowish-red color. Its odor is still more strong and disagreeable than that of the West India aloes, but it is not nauseous. The powder is greenish yellow. Cape Aloes is collected by the Hottentots and Dutch boors, in great quantities, so that it has become extremely low in price, and being generally of a moderately good quality is more used than any other kind. The greatest objection to it is its unpleasant odor. o Barbadoes Aloes. (Aloe Barbadensis.)—This, which is now generally called hepatic aloes, is the product of the West Indies. Its color is not uniform ; sometimes it is dark brown or almost black, or of a reddish-brown, or liver color, and again of some intermediate shade. It is never clear or trans- parent like the socotrine, but is of a dull fracture, and almost perfectly opaque, even at the thin edges of the fractures, or thin layers. Its odor is nauseous and disagreeable. The pow- der is of a dull, olive-yellow color. Besides those varieties already named, there are some others of less importance, as the Cab aline or Horse Aloes, which is CATHARTICS. 159 said to be a product of Spain ; Mocha Aloes, produced on the Island of Muscat—said to be a tolerably good kind; Indian Aloes (not the A. Indiea of the Ed. P.), of this Dr. Pereira states he has received four varieties from Professor Royle, viz: 1, Those from Northern India—dull, black, brittle, of little odor. 2, Guzerot Aloes—dark, gummy, and difficult to frac- ture. 3, Salem Aloes—blackish masses, large air cavities within, of an agreeable odor. 4, Triehinopoli Aloes—resembles Cape Aloes in its brittleness, odor, and color, but is more opaque. Analysis.—Aloes has been analysed by Trommsdorf, Vogel, and Bouillon-Lagrange, Braconnot, Winkler, and others, with variable results depending upon the kinds of the drug used, and the care with which the analysis was conducted. But the prin- ciple constituents were found to be a resin, a saponaceous principle (called aloisin), albumen, or an ins(duble albuminous principle, and aloetie add. Aloes were formerly considered to be a gum-resin, but Braconnot has shown that the portion considered to be gum is an extractive of a peculiar character (aloisin). The proportion of this principle varies from fifty to eighty per cent, in the different sorts of aloes. " Aloisin is soluble in water and in weak spirit, and may be obtained from the former solution in thin, translucent layers, which are of a reddish-brown color, but of a fine yellow when powdered, very bitter, and extremely active as a cathartic. Besides this, there is an oxygenated extractive matter, of which the quantity is increased when aloes are boiled. The quantity of this varies from six to forty-two per cent., and in some kinds there is vegetable albumen, as might be expected where the juices of leaves are pressed out and then boiled. The pres- ence of an acid in a solution of aloes is indicated by litmus- paper. Trommsdorff considered this to be the Gallic, but Dr. Pereira has named it aloetie acid." Physiological Effects.—Aloes proves cathartic to most animals of the higher order. On man, from one to five grains will usually produce this effect. It also proves tonic, but this effect is most apparent when taken in small doses. In its operation as a purge, it is rather slow, and is moreover chiefly 160 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. confined to the lower portions of the intestines. This has been attributed to its being difficult of solution, and that because it is not dissolved when passing through the upper portions of the intestines, its specific effect is not there devel- oped. But this is a mistake, as the tincture of aloes is also slow, or, at least, not by any means proportionally more quick. Aloes is considered a very safe medicine, and is very exten- sively used in pills, as its dose is small, and its virtues rather permanent. What is remarkable with this article, is that an increase of its dose is not followed by a proportionate increase of its powers or activity; twenty grains will produce but little more effect than five. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—All varieties of aloes are cathartic, but are slow in their operation. They seem to direct their action to the muscular coat of the intestines, rather than to the exhalent vessels, and, as already stated, to the lower portions of the canal more than the upper. Aloes is also tonic and emmenagogue; the latter property has secured it a place in another class. Its tonic power is a happy accompaniment with the cathartic, and gains it many applications that simple cathartics do not possess. The particular cases in which the use of aloes is, and has been advised, are the following: 1. In loss of appetite, and dyspepsia, especially when accompa- nied with costiveness. Here the medicine will prove very serviceable when exhibited in small doses. 2. In habitual constipation of the bowels, arising from a defi- ciency of bile, or a sluggish condition of the large intestines. Aloes, given in doses sufficiently large to occasion purging, will generally be very beneficial. 3. Hypocondriasis and nervous inactivity, occasioned by study or sedentary habits, are well calculated to prove the valuable medical virtues of aloes. 4. In cerebral affections, especially when of an inflammatory character, and there is much congestion and tendency to apoplexy, a thorough purge of aloes will often be of more benefit than any other remedy. 5. In worm complaints an occasional cathartic of aloes will CATHARTICS. 161 often serve as a complete prophylactic against worms. Used in strong decoction by enema, aloes will remove the ascaris vermic- ular is, or thread-worm. 6. To promote the secretion of bile.—It is thought that aloes has a specific power to excite the functions of the liver, in the secretion of bile. 7. To excite the menstrual discharge.—If thorough purging is instituted with aloes, the menstrual flux is often brought on after the most active emmenagogues have failed. The consid- eration of its specific emmenagogue powers belongs to another class. The dose of aloes is gr. v.; but less will often operate. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—DECOCTUMALOES (E.),C0MP., L. D.: Compound Decoction of Aloes.—Boil Extract of Licorice 3vij. (gss. E. D.), Carb. Potash, 3j. (9ij., E. D.), bruised. (So- cotrine, E. or Hepatic, E. D.) Aloes, powdered Myrrh and Saffron, aa, gss. (3J-, E. D.), in Aq. dist., Ojss. (fgxvj., E by measure Ibj., D.), till only Oj. (gxij., K. D.) remains. Filter and add Comp. Tincture of Cardamoms, fgvij. (fgrv., E. D.) Action—Use.— Cathartic; emmenagogue in doses of fgss —-f gij. The boiling must not be carried to any considerable extent, as some of the aloes becomes insoluble. ALOISIN: Extractive of Aloes.—B. Pulverized Aloes, gxij.; boil- ing water, Oij.; place the water into a proper vessel and throw the aloes by intervals into it and stirring it until cold, then let it rest for two days, so as to allow the apotheme, albumen, or fecula to settle; pour off the liquid and evaporate to one- fourth the quantity; add a very weak solution of acetate of lead to precipitate the gallic acid and what albumen may still remain; pour off the fluid again carefully, and evaporate to the proper consistence by means of a water bath. The product is the extractive principle of aloes sufficiently pure for medical use. Dose, gr. v. Use.—Same as aloes. VINUM ALOES, L. E. D., U. S.: Wine of Aloes.—Take (separately, D.) powdered Aloes (Socotrine, E. D. or E. Indian, E.), gij. (gjss., E., giv. D.), (gj., U. S.) ; and Canella, giv. L. (gj., D. Ground Cardamon Seeds and Ginger, aa., 3jss., E.). (gj., U. S.) Pour upon them Sherry Wine, Oij. (by measure, Ibiij., mixed with proof Spirit, by measure Ibj. D.), (Oj., U. S.) Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days, continually agitating; then strain (through linen or calico, E.) 11 162 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Action—Use. — Warm cathartic in doses of fgss. — fgj. TINCTURA ALOES, L. E. D., U. S.: Tincture of A Iocs.—Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised (Socotrine, E. D. or Indian, E.,), Aloes, gj'. (gss., P.) Extract of Licorice, giij. (gjss., dissolved in boiling Aq., gviij., D.),in Aq. dist., Ojss., L. (Oj. and f gviij., E.), and Eectified (Proof, D.) Spirit, Oss. (fgxij., E., by meas- ure, gviij., D.) (Agitate occasionally, E.) Strain. (Not con- veniently prepared by percolation, E.) Action—Use. — Cathartic adjunct to purgative or emmen- agogue draughts, in doses of f^ss.—f^ij. The weak spirit is an excellent solvent of the active properties. TINCTURA ALOES (COMPOSITA, L. D.)> ET MYRRILE, E. U. S.; Tinc- ture of Aloes and Myrrh.—Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised (Socotrine, E. D. or Indian, E.) Aloes, giv., (giij., D., U. S.), Saffron, L. E., gij. (gj., U. S.), in Tincture of Myrrh, Oij., (by measure, Ibij.) Strain. (Not well prepared by percolation, E.) Action— Use.—Emmenagogue. Stimulant Cathartic and adjunct to draughts and mixture in doses f^ss.—f^ij. PILULE ALOES (E.) COMPOSITE, L. D.: Compound Aloes Pills.— Beat into a pill mass, Bruised Aloes (Socotrine and Castile Soap, equal parts, E., Hepatic, D.), gj., L. D. Extract Gentian, gss., L. D. Oil of Caraway min., xl., L. D. Syrup, q. s., L. D. (Conserve of Eed Eoses, q. s., D.) Action—Use. — Cathartic and tonic, in doses of gr. x.— 3ss. The Gentian and the soap are both thought to promote the action of the Aloes. PILULE ALOES (CUM MYRRHA, L. D.) ET MYRRILE, E.U. S.: Aloes and Myrrh Pills.—Eub separately into powder, Aloes (Socotrine or E. I. 4 parts, E., Hepatic, D.), gij., and Myrrh, gj. (2 parts, E.), then rub them together, till incorporated, with Saffron, gj. (1 part, E.) Syrup, q. s., L. D. (Conserve of Eed Eoses. E.) Action—Use.— Cathartic and emmenagogue in doses of gr. x.—Bj., every night. PILULE ALOES ET ASAFfETIDA, E. U. S.: Aloes and Asafcetida Pills.—Beat into a proper pill mass, Socotrine, or E. Indian Aloes, Asafcetida, and Castile Soap, aa., equal parts, with Conserve of Eoses, q. s. EXTRACTUM ALOES, PURIF., L. EXTR. ALOES HEPETICtE, D.: Ex- tract of Aloes.—Macerate with a gentle heat for three days, Bruised Aloes, gxv. Hepatic 8 parts, D. in boiling Aq. Oj. (8 parts, D.) Strain and set aside for the dregs to subside. Pour off the clear liquor, and evaporate to a proper consistence. CATHARTICS. 163 Action—Use.— Cathartic, in doses of gr. v.—xv. Useful preparation, when freed from all impurities. PUL VIS ALOES CUM CANELLA, D. (ET CANELL1, U. S.) : Aloes and Canella Powder.—Eub separately into powder, Hepatic Aloes, Ibj. White Canella, giij ; and mix. Action—Use.— Cathartic and stomachic, in doses of gr. x.—Bj. PELVIS ALOES COMPOSITUS, L. D.: Compound Aloes Powder.— Eub separately into powder Aloes (Hepatic D.), gjss. Eesin Guaiacum, gj.; and add Comp. Cinnamon (Aromatic, D.) Pow- der gss.: mix. Action— Use.—Warm cathartic and diaphoretic in doses of gr. x. —Bj. JUGLANS CLNNEREA.—The Extract. Synonyms.—Juglans Cathartica; Weiser Walnus, Ger.; White Walnut, But- ter-Nut, Oil Nut, etc., Vul. History.—During the Eevolutionary NVar, Dr. Eush, became acquainted with the valuable cathartic power of the bark of the white walnut. The soldiers had gained a knowledge of its empirical use, as a remedy for dysentery, which proved so violent, that the physicians could not successfully control it, until this remedy was discovered. The attention of Eush was thus directed to the article, and on finding it so valuable, he prescribed it extensively. The extract has since become officinal in the United States Pharmacopoeia. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Moncecia Polyandria. Nat. Ord.—Jug- landacese. Gen. char. Juglans. Male — Amentum imbricated. Calyx a scale. Corolla six-parted. Filaments four to eighteen. Female— Calyx four cleft, superior. Corolla four cleft. Styles two. Drupe coriaceous with a furrowed nut.— Wild. spec, ciiar. J. Cinnerea. An indigenous forest tree, smaller than the black walnut, but known, in favorable situations to attain considerable size—fifty feet in hight—with a trunk three or four feet in diameter. When standing in open situations, the tree usually branches out within from eight to fifteen feet from the ground. The branches are nearly horizontal; these, 164 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. as well as the trunk, are covered, when young, with a smooth, gray or ash-colored bark, whence its specific name einnerea; but when old, it cracks and becomes rough, and of a darker color. The leaves are long, and consist of from six to eight pairs of oblong, lanceolate, leaflets : they are aromatic, like all those of the juglans genera. The male flowers are in large aments, four or five inches long, hanging down from the extremity of the shoots of the preceeding year's growth. The fertile flowers are on the ends of the twigs of the same year's production. The fruit, which consists of an oblong nut, from an inch to an inch and a half in diameter, and from two to four inches in length, is generally in pairs on the same peduncle. The color of the drupe is the same as that of the leaves when immature, but of a blackish-brown when ripe Its shuck or fleshy portion is juicy, but hard, and extremely acrid to the taste,—produces vesication when applied to the skin* The nut is deeply furrowed, and has a severable longi- tudinal seam. The kernel is lobular, like that of all the jug- lans, very oily and edible. The tree grows in most parts of the United States. Analysis.—The inner portion of the bark of the root, which is the medicinal part, contains an essential and & fixed oil; resin, sugar, an extractive, yielding a peculiar principle (juglandine), upon which the active properties of the medicine are depend- ent, tannic acid, potassa, and lime. The bark will yield its virtues to water and alcohol. Physiological Effects.—In small doses, the decoction of the bark is slightly stimulant, and aperient; in larger ones it proves cathartic ; in excessive doses, vomiting. In moderate doses it is harmless. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—The bark of this tree affords one of the mildest and most certain catharties that we possess. It operates without griping, nausea, or any other unpleasant effects. Like rhubarb, it is somewhat astringent, and is hence, very applicable in dysentery and diarrhea. It * The shuck of the butter-nut has been used as a vesicant by those who practice the use of those agents. CATHARTICS. 165 is also available in fevers, dyspepsia, habitual costiveness, liver complaints, and visceral inflammations generally. Its opera- tion seems to be quite physiological, and not apt to occasion debility. The medicine is also considered a valuable anthel- mintic, when given in cathartic doses. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—-The white walnut has not yet furnished us many pharmaceutic preparations. The fol- lowing, however, are quite valuable. VINUM JUGLANDIS: Wine of WhiteWalnut.— £ Port Wine, Oiij., White Walnut, inner bark of the root, in coarse powder, giv. Digest in the sun for ten days, or by a moderate heat for five or six hours, and strain. xiction—Uses.—A valuable stimulating, and tonic cathartic, useful in dysentery, diarrhea, intermittents, hypochondriasis, delirium tremens, etc. Dost-, a small wineglassful, repeated. EXTRACTUM JUGLANDIS: Extract of White Walnut—Take of the inner bark of White Walnut (that of the root is much the best) a suitable quantity. Water q. s. Put in an iron kettle, and boil for four hours ; strain and boil to the consistence of syrup ; clarify with the white of an egg, and evaporate by means of a water bath to the proper consistence. Action—Use.—This contains all the virtues of the bark, and may be taken in doses of gr. x. to gr. xx. EXTRACTUM JUGLANDIS PRECIPITATUM: Precipitated extract of White Walnut (Juuj.andin). Rr Saturated Alcoholic tincture of White Walnut Bark one part; water two parts ; boil away or distil off the alcohol; set aside the residuum in a proper vessel, so that precipitation may take place. In two da}^ this will be mostly completed when the supernatant liquor is to be thrown off, and the precipitated extract or impure juglandin taken up and dried in an airy place. This is a black, scaly mass, capable of powdering, in cold weather, but rather ad- hesive in hot. It possesses the peculiar flavor and taste of the bark, and contains its active medical properties. Action—Use.—Same as the common extract, but requiring ^mailer quantity. Dose, gr. iij.—gr. v. FEL BOVINUM seu TAURI. Synonyms—Fel Taubi Inspissatum; Ox Galle, Ger.; Bile de Boeuf, Ft.: Beefs Gall, Ox-Gall, Vul. Description.—Fresh Beef's Gall, is a viscid fluid, of a green- ish-yellow color, a peculiar nauseous odor, and a very bitter, 166 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. sickening taste. As prepared for medical purposes, it is dried by spontaneous evaporation, when it is of a more or less solid and hard consistence, brown color, and possesses its natural and peculiar odor. The gall maj* also be refined in the following manner : Take of Fresh ox-gall, Oij, alum, 3j, chloride of soda, ^j. Boil one pint of gall, and skim; add the alum and keep it on the fire for some time; boil the other part of the gall, as before, and add the salt in the same way as the alum ; keep both these solutions bottled separately, for three months; then decant off the clear liquid ; mix them in equal proportions; a thick, yel- low coagulum is immediately formed, leaving the refined gall clear and colorless. Analysis.—The Ox-gall, analyzed by Berzelius, was found to contain 1, bilin; 2, cholepyrrhin; 3, mucus; 4, extractive mat- ters; 5, a peculiar fatty matter (eholestrin); 6, oleate, magarate, and sterate of soda; 7, chloride of sodium, sulphate, phosphate, and lactate of soda, and phosphate of lime. It will be discovered that the composition, as well as its common effects, prove bile to be a powerful chemical agent,— alkaline in principle, — well calculated for the digestion of oleaginous substances. Physiological Effects.—Ox-gall produces effects on the human system, very analogous to those ofhuman bile; it pro- motes digestion, proves tonic, and prominently laxative. The bile appears to be the chief agent that maintains the peristal- tic motion. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Bile is justly consid- ered the most natural cathartic that can be used, and the re- pugnance with which it is taken, can be the only objection to its employment. When the normal peristaltic motion is feeble, and the bow- els incline to costiveness, no article is better adapted than this; and when duodenal digestion is imperfect, from a want of the natural biliary secretion, the Ox-gall will serve as a substitute. Beef's gall is also an excellent remedy in flatulent and even lead colic. It has often given relief, when many other more CATHARTICS. 167 fashionable remedies had failed. As a remedy in intermit- tents, it has been much esteemed by some country practition- ers ; and perhaps there is no better common cathartic for dyspeptic habits. The dose is a few grains of the dried gall, or from ten to fifteen drops of the fluid bile. The most con- venient form of using it is in pills. These may be coated with sugar, flour, or any other substance desired, and thus the dis- agreeable taste of the gall may be obviated. CHOLAGOGUES—ANTI-BILIOUS CATHAETICS. The term Cholagogue, from the Greek word yohj, "bile," and aya), " I expel," is employed to designate that order of cathar- tics which are known to have a decided action upon the biliary apparatus, and which carry away the bile. The theory which projects the doctrine, that all the struc- tures of the body are within the reach of medical action, and that every function may thus be modified, interposes no objec- tion to the admission of this order of purgatives. And, hap- pily for its systematic initiation, no a priori argument is neces- sary; for observation settles the matter at once—all know the cholagogue power of certain agents from what experience has taught. Indeed, our solicitude in future must, for some time at least, be shifted upon other grounds. It will require all the power of the profession to arrest the quackery and specu- lation now enlisted alone under the streaming banners, posted every where, for the sale of " Anti-bilious Pills." What a war against bile! —what a battle-ground the poor livers of the people do present! Even on the part of the profession, a more perfect discrim- ination, as to the demands for the use of this order of purga- tives, would, without doubt, have circumscribed more the employment of the mercurials, which have for so long been con- sidered the only reliable agents to reach the liver, in their action. But a new element has now been introduced, whose molding- power upon popular sentiment, will move as the omnipotent force of truth—this new element comprises the great organic resources of our materia medica, which are now being 168 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. developed. The mercurials must now as certainly give place, as did the old stage-coach to the modern locomotive. Modus Operandi.—The knowledge of the fact, that any irritation or impression, made upon the mouths or theducts of glands, reaches the glands themselves, as if directly impressed, will readily suggest the modus operandi of the cholagogues, so far as their impression upon the liver is concerned. But the more extended action of these agents, that upon the other glandular structures, and which is not strictly cholagogue, is much less readily apprehended. To understand this matter correctly, it must be remembered that all medical agents are dependent, for their special action, upon certain susceptibilities that are inherent to the organs upon which such action is displayed. Sulphuric and carbonic acids, in gaseous form, are exceedingly irritant to the nerves of the air-passages; but upon those of the alimentary canal, these acids, in the same, or in any other state, diluted, produce no disagreeable symptoms whatever; but on the other hand, they give rise to very pleasurable sensations. Sugar is agreeable to the gustatory nerves, — it tastes pleasantly—but when put in contact with the denuded sentient extremities of any of the other nerves, it will produce irritation and pain. It is this peculiar endowment of the nerves of the several organic tissues that has to be invoked by all therapeutists, in their attempts to explain the specific action of any of the dynamic medicines. When, therefore, we refer, in a philosophical sense, to the action of cholagogues, we mean an action displayed especially upon the liver, as upon a gland: and when we speak of the gen- eral impression of this order of cathartics, we mean that impres- sion which extends also to the general glandular structures. Chola- gogues, thus, are special stimulants to the liver, or to its ducts (for it is all the same whether the impression reaches only the duo4«nal mouth of the duct, or whether they act directly upon the glandular structure), and their action thus implies a stim- ulation of the parts so as to promote the secretion and conse- quent excretion of the bile, and hence the term cholagogue. The quality of the impression required upon the mouth of the CATHARTICS. 169 ductus communis choledocus,—at its entrance into the duode- num— is, however, not necessarily very specific, as appears from the effects of common irritants. The acrid humors in some forms of dysentery, and diarrhea, in bringing off bile (sometimes in considerable quantity), prove this pretty clearly. Emetics also bring up fresh bile, in most instances, if they are pushed somewhat. It is evident from this that the simple cholagogue effect of cathartics, is more readily developed than that which relates to the elimination of secretions from other glands. The latter seem to require either that the medicine shall enter the circu- lation, and by this means reach the parts upon which their effects are to be displayed, or they must produce a constitu- tional impression, as it is sometimes called, upon the nervous system, through which the glandular structures may be reached. But however the agents may produce their effects, there can be no question as to the facts : that is, cholagogues do reach the general glandular structures also, and produce correspond- ing evacuative results. There is still one more principle of action, upon which the phenomena in question may be explained, and this concerns the reciprocal affinities of the vascular and secretory systems. It is well known that the activity of glandular secretion is much dependent upon the condition of the vessels of the circulation, as to their repletion, or depletion. When the vessels are well supplied, the action of the glands is free and full, but, on the other hand, when the circulation is not well supplied—when there is a state of depletion—then the functions of the glands are correspondingly modified, i. e. there is less secretion.* This law of reciprocal action is necessarily often referred to in therapeutics, since it lies at the foundation of a philo- sophical exposition of much that relates to the effects of evacuents. * This glandular action is exactly the reverse of that of the veins, under similar circumstances. They are more active, when the vessels are exangu- ous, as is remarked where the author describes the effects of hydragogues, and their utility in dropsy. 170 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. It is evident, however, that while the general impression of the cholagogues, upon the glandular system, maybe on the same principles upon which the hydragogues produce this effect, still the former have only a subordinate power in this way: for we know that the latter will suppress perspiration much more readily than the former. The instincts of empiricism, if the expression can be per- mitted, seem to have apprehended this fact; for we sometimes observe prescriptions, where diaphoretics and what are called anti-bilious remedies, are given conjointly, while hydragogues, and diaphoretics, are by them generally treated as incompatible. Application.—Cholagogues have their range of application chiefly in those forms of disease which are dependent upon a disturbed state of the hepatic functions, or in congestion of the portal system. In the tropical regions, and in high thermal districts, gen- erally, the liver is much more subject to congestion, and derangement of circulation, than any other organ of the human body. This may be explained by the fact that it receives more blood, by far, than any other structure. While it shares, at least equally, with all other parts in the supply of arterial blood, it receives moreover a very large amount of venous blood through the vense portarum. Under all circumstances, therefore, that favor congestion, the liver must suffer quite the most. In addition to this fact, it must also be remembered that the venous blood, thrown into this viscus, is far less vitalized than the arterial, and that here the functional integrity is, therefore, sustained with much more difficulty, than in other organs. If the Hippocratean and Galenic doctrine of the " concoction of the humors," were now admissible, then it would not be difficult to apprehend the mis- chiefs attendant on hepatic venous congestion. Kemittent fever, of the bilious type, yellow fever, icterus, cholera, etc., clearly indicate the use of this order of cathar- tics ; and the more South, and the further West we go, on this continent, the more apparent will be our observation of this truth. Hence it happens, that in South-western districts, the profession find the views of men who obtained their education CATHARTICS. 171 and experience in the North, and East, to be untenable in a practical sense; and, on the other hand, the treatises on med- icine, written by individuals that have had experience in the fever districts of our Western rivers, and in our Southern climate, are much more esteemed by the profession, in those places, than those produced by others. PODOPHYLLUM—The Plhizoma. Synonyms.—Anapodophyllum Canadense, Catasb.; Aconitifolia humil- is, flore albo unico campanulato fructu cynosbati, Mentz.; Uovq ^vkkov, Gr.. Schildblattriger Entenfuss, Ger.; Entenfuss, Fluss blatt, Dutch; Podophylle de Peltate, Fr.; Mayapfel Vul. Ger.: May Apple, Mandrake, Wild Lemon, etc., Vul. History.—This is a native of North America, and is pecu- liar to this country. The Aborigines, it seems, had the first knowledge of it. They were all very fond of the fruit. The Cherokees made a syrup of it, which they regarded as a com- mon purgative, useful in fevers pleurisies, etc. They also re- garded it anthelmintic, as by its active purging power it carried off the worms. The juice of the fresh root they considered a cure for deafness; they dropped a few minims into the ear. The Osage tribe considered the root a cure for poisons; they state that it drives the poisons off through the bowels. The root of this plant has been in empirical use from the early settling of this country by the colonists, who gained their knowledge of it from the Indians. It is about fifty years since the attention of the regular profession was first directed to its virtues. The plant has become officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and has gained a notice in all regular treatises on Materia Medica. In Europe it has, as yet, gained but little attention. But as the profession have confined their at- tention to its empirical use, rather than to its consideration in a pharmaceuto-physiological point of view, the medicine has never gained a higher character than that of a drastic hydra- gogue, rather suspicious in its effects. Of late some of our persevering and inquisitive reformers have investigated its therapeutic properties, and their inquiries have been so amply rewarded by their discoveries, that the plant is certain to gain 172 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. the character of a highly important article of our Materia Medica. Botany.—S".r. Syst.—Polyandria Monogj'nia.—Nat. Ord. Ranunculi, Juss.; Rhasadere, Linn.; Podophyllese, Lind. Gen. cnar. Podophyllum. Calyx (perianth), inferior, three- parted, colored, elliptical, convex-concave sepals, soon falling. Corolla nine-petaled. Stamens, filaments numerous, short; anthers oblong, pointed, large, erect. Pistil, germen superior, roundish- oblong ; style none; stigma obtuse, furrowed, persistent; Per- icarp, berry globose, crowned with the dark, persistent stigma, yellow, or orange-colored when ripe, one-celled, many-seeded. Spec. char. The podophyllum genus has been thought to con - sist of one species only; yet three have been discovered by Pafinesque, viz : 1, P. Pitatum : 2, P. Mmfanum, 3, P. Callicarpum. Of late several other species have been discovered in Northern India. The medical properties of all the species are very nearly alike. «. P. Peltatum. Root, Rhizoma, perennial, horizontal, creeping, jointed, U I fc 11 t, and divided, in the bearing plants, into two equal branches or petioles bear- ing a single leaf each. Leaves large, round, peltate, lobed or divided into segments; segments cuneate, prominently toothed at the outer margin. Flowers white; petals seven to nine, concave, obovate. Fruit, berry ovate, somewhat I CATHARTICS. 173 flattened, yellow when ripe, juicy, edible; palatable to most persons when perfectly ripe, but nauseous when immature. This species affords many varieties, as the Pumilum, Elatior, Grandiflorum, Odoratum, Heterophyllum, Oligodon, Tryphyllum, Eztraxillare, etc. Grows throughout the United States n rich soils. £. P. Montaxum. Root of the same description as the foregoing. Stem annual, slender, furrowed. Leaves large, palmate, not peltate; segments long, central ones subdivided by short- er segments, prominently serrate from midway out. Flower axillary to the petioles, like those of the other species; petals narrow, seven to nine in num- ber. Grows on mountains. y. P. Callicarpum. Stem short, Leaves peltate, much resembling those of the first-named species. Fruit small, oval, somewhat flattened, of a beautiful white color, crowned with the dark- colored, persistent stigma. The beauty of the berry has occasioned Rafinesque to confer on this species the name Cal- licarpum, from x.a.\Kog- (beauty), and P. Montaxum. jm/ot&s- (fruit). Analysis.—The dried root of podophyllum contains, 1, a trace of an essential oil; 2, extractive ; 3, gum; 4, starch; 5, resin; 6, gallic acid ; 7, & peculiar principle (podophylfine). The virtues of the root are very readily taken up by alcohol, less so by ether, very sparingly by cold water, and little more so by boiling water. Physiological Effects.—The entire plant, in its recent state, is poisonous, producing excessive vomiting, hypercatharsis, tormina, stupor, and bloating of the body. The fruit, when ripe, is esculent and nutritious ; when taken freely it proves laxative. The rizome, when recently dried and taken in large doses, will operate as a drastic purgative and emetic. When it is well dried, or kept a year or two, or when baked, the poisonous property, which is volatile, becomes dissipated, and the medicine is comparatively mild in its operation as a cathartic. 174 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—The medicine, properly prepared, is one of the most valuable cathartics that we possess. It has long been a desideratum, with the general medical profession, to find a cathartic that will affect the glandular organs and their functions as mercury does, and which will, at the same time, be safe in its use. This object, which has become of paramount importance, on account of the incalculable mischief that mercury has occasioned, is now gained in the discovery of the full therapeutic power of this medicine alone. The alcoholic extract and the podophyllin have a very decided action upon the liver, giving rise, under some circumstances, to copious bilious discharges, and will answer every reasonable expectation as a cholagogue, and as an excitant to, the biliary apparatus, and as a general alterative. In large doses podophyllum is actively hydragogue. In more moderate portions, several times repeated, it is almost certain to extend its action to the liver and secretory system generally. Thus the theater of its action is very extensive, and therefore, when this is considered in connection with the greatness of its power, very important consequences may justly be expected from the display of its full energies. Among the cases in which podophyllum is most useful are the following: 1. In the ordinary Autumnal or Bilious Remittent, and Intermit- tent Fevers. It cleanses the prima? vise directly, and the general vascular system indirectly. It has a stimulating influence over the liver, and maintains also, a tonic power, and thus, the primary indications of intermittents and remittents are ful- filled. No article, now known, can supply its place in these cases. 2. In Jaundice and Chronic or Acute Hepatitis. In these cases it has a very specific application, and its modus operandi here, is readily understood. 3. Enlargements of the Spleen. Here its alterative and depura- tive powers, are eminently proven. 4. Glandular Enlargements generedly. In these cases its remedial powers are chiefly the hydragogue, which excite the absorb- ents as explained elsewhere. Nevertheless, it seems also, to have a specific tendency to excite healthy glandular action. CATHARTICS. 175 5. Dropsies. Its application and great utility in dropsy, is considered in the next ensuing order. 6. Inflammatory Affections generally, and especially those of the Viscera. 7. As an Anthelmintic. Its power to expel worms is chiefly dependent upon its cathartic effect. It is said to remove taenia. In Phrenitis. A brisk operation of podophyllum will greatly relieve phrenitis, and especially the attendant delirium. 9. In Constipation of the Bowels. This article, after its opera- tion, leaves the bowels in a loose condition, and obviates costiveness. 10. In Scrofula. No other single article, perhaps, is more valuable in this disease. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—As this article, in its simple or unprepared state, is unfit for therapeutic application, its pharmaceutic preparations are of paramount importance. Still, however, its preparations are not necessarily many in number. FULVIS PODOPHYLLI PREPARATA: Prepared Podophyllum Pow- der. Pulverize the scraped root of podophyllum, that has been kept in a dry place for a year or fifteen months, or which has been moderately baked in an oven; add to every pound of this powder one ounce of pulverized Anise or Fennel seed, and three drachms of Capsicum. Mix well, and keep in a clean glass jar. Action—Use. This is the only way the Podophyllum should be taken in substance; that is, it should not be taken fresh, nor yet alone. The dose is from gr. xx. to gr. xxx. Is best taken in divided portions. Good cathartic powder in bilious autumnal fevers. TINCTURA PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITE: Compound Tincture of Po- dophyllum. B; Well dried, or baked Podophyllum, in coarse powder, gxvj.; Cinnamon, in coarse powder, gjss.; Anise, or Fennel seed bruised, gij; Alcohol, Ovj. Digest the dry articles in the alcohol for seven days, and filter. Dose, f 3J.—f gj. EXTRACTUHI PODOPHYLLI: Extract of Podophyllum. £ Well dried Podophyllum, in coarse powder, Ibiij: Alcohol Cong. jiss. Digest for seven days and strain. Distil the Alcohol to Oij; place in a water bath, and evaporate to the proper consist- ence. Action—Use.—This extract contains all the virtues of Podo- 176 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. phyllum. Useful in all cases in which any of the other pre- parations are applicable. Dose, gr. ij.—gr. iv. The extract of Podophyllum thus prepared, is one of the best preparations made of this article. But when it is made, as is generally the case, by the use of water as the mens- truum, it is of little value, as the active purgative properties are yielded but very sparingly, even to boiling water. The virtues of Podophyllum reside in a resin and a peculiar ex- tractive, and although they are given out even to cold water with facility, while combined with the juices of the fresh root, yet when the latter are dissipated in the process of drying, water will no more serve as a proper solvent. This circum- stance should not be overlooked, seeing that it is of such great practical importance. The watery extract requires a dose fully as large as that of the powder, and has, hence, no advantages over the latter, in its application as a remedy. SYRUPUS PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITUS : Compound Syrup of Podo- phyllum. Ifc Podophjdlum, in coarse powder, gxvj.; Alcohol, Oiij.; Ess. Anise, Ess. Peppermint, each fgij.; White Sugar Ibiij. Digest the Podophyllum in the alcohol until the virtues are extracted, and strain ; add the sugar and other ingredients. Action—Use.—This is a very agreeable cathartic, and is a good form in which to exhibit Podophyllum in cases where there is an aversion to its taste, or where the medicine should prove unacceptable or irritating to the stomach. The dose is from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful. EXTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI PRECIPITATUM. (PODOPHYLLUM) Obtain a saturated tincture of the powdered root of podo- phyllum, by the process of percolation, or otherwise ; strain through muslin, and put it into a copper still, placed in a water bath; distil until four-fifths of the alcohol has passed over: remove the residuum from the still into a proper vessel, and pour upon it four times its measure of cold water; stir it a few minutes, and then let it rest so as to precipitate the res- inous principle. When this is completed, pour off the water. and wash again with a new water; set aside as before for CATHARTICS. 177 precipitation, and when this is again completed, pour off the water carefully as before, and dry the precipitate in a cool, airy place. When dry, it is to be triturated in a mortar and put up for use.* This process furnishes the best quality of the brown Podophyllin, commonly in use. But a much fairer pro- duct may be made by submitting this article to a very simple additional process. And it may here be remarked that this same process should be adopted in discoloring all the resinoid and extractive preparations : Triturate in a mortar one part podophyllin with two parts of purified animal charcoal, until well incorporated ; place the mixture into a glass percolator, and pass a sufficient quantity of strong alcohol (95 per cent.) * It appears, from certain positions taken in the Eclectic Dispensatory, that much credit is due in particular quarters for the discovery and introduction of this article, and most other isolated and concentrated agents of our materia medica; and it is there implied that the profession have a right to know how far the men of such achievements are advanced before certain other parties. One of these parties, who is particularly alluded to in the Dispensatory at page 1001, it would appear, is quite reprehensible for not having treated of these agents under their present names, in certain works which were written more than half a score of years in advance. It would seem, too, after such deficien- cies, that he ought to blush for his temerity in pointing out, in one of these works, and defining the active principles of the medical plants, and of clearly indicating the means of their isolation and concentration. It is presumed that the high position of the author, and his assistant, of that Dispensatory, justifies the obtrusion of a challenge upon the profession, as to the merits and discoveries of any other persons, and especially the lime or period of discovery, since it is evident that the certain failure of all attempts of other persons to make a showing must inevitably inure to the high credit of the present happy party. Nor should the splendor of these achievements be affected in the slightest degree, if it would turn out that others have done somewhat, in this way, or if even some considerable priority of date were made apparent, since all gen- eral rules have their exceptions. What, if it does appear that huxo-xfxov, Ifxvpv*, riavat*r: 1a.y*.7rmoi, A.juf*a>vtaKot, and many other resins and resinoids were noticed by Pythagoras, Hippocrates, Theophrastus and Dioscorides? These dates are entirely too ancient and can not be admitted. If the resinoid prin- ciple of podophyllum (podophyllin) was made, and notice of its importance given, by Wm. Zollickoffer, M. D., of Middleburg, Frederick county, Md., in the Am. Med. Recorder, vol. v., page 273, A. D. 1822: or if in page 277 of the same work there is, by the same authority, an account of the Oleo-resinoid principle of the Apocynum Androsaemifolium: or even though Prof. Dana, of 178 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. through it, to dissolve all the podophyllin; evaporate either by distillation or the water bath, and precipitate again aa stated for the first process. This process affords a very superior and beautiful article of podophyllin, whiter than the fairest powdered root of podo- phyllum. Podophyllin, obtained by this process, comprises the resinous and a small portion of the extractive principles of the root of the plant. The resin is the most persistent and certain cathartic principle, and, being insoluble in water, the product of the process is proportionately improved, as is the thoroughness of the washing in pure cold water. For this purpose, either distilled or rain water is always preferable, as other waters are liable to contain much lime or other alkaline earths, and are thus unsuitable as a precipitant for resin. Podophyllin possesses the common chemical characteristics of resin. It is soluble in the alkaline solutions, and in alcohol, and to some extent in ether. With alkaline solutions it forms New York University, in 1824, did prepare Sanguinarin, as reported in the 12th vol. of the Am. Med. Recorder, 1827, page 426: or again, if Dr. Cox, of the American Dispensatory, in the very first edition, published June 1, A. D. 1806, should have mentioned, on page 332, precisely the process of precipita- ting the resinoid principles from the concentrated alcoholic solutions of medi- cal plants, as now practiced: if Dr. Barton, in his Medical Botany, 1817, Dr. Murry, in his Mat. Med., and the Am. Med. Recorder, both published nearly half a century ago, should give many of the resinoids and the processes for obtaining them: and finally, if the Prof, of Mat. Med. in the Worcester Med. Institution, Mass., did, in the spring of 1847, even exhibit, before his class, many concentrated medicines prepared by himself, and suggested the propriety and practicability of preparing all our organic agents in a highly concentrated or extracted form:—even if all this is true, and more also, should not these modern men, who have made such important discoveries,—now that they have also found their impersonation in a large book, dedicated as a scientific work, to the profes- sion,—should they not have the glory ? If the labors of other men are entirely ignored, what is that to these, since their own transcendent achievements re. quire exclusive notice! If other men have not taken pains to inform the world of their discoveries, they ought not to have credit for them: and if they have published results merely, and have been too modest to define their labors, who can assume the right to enjoin a successor from appropriating both the labor and the credit thereof to himself? CATHARTICS. 179 acrid soaps. Acids do not dissolve it, but they affect whatever amount of coloring matter may be present. They change it red, brown or black. Physiological Effects.—In small quantities, as a fourth of a grain, podophyllin is slowly aperient and diuretic. If the dose is increased to half a grain, it proves a mild cathartic, operating in six or eight hours, producing, perhaps, three mo- tions, at considerable intervals, of a moderately thin sero- stercoraceous character. If the dose is increased to one full grain, it will operate in from four to six hours, with a decided hydragogue effect, and it will sometimes continue its purgative influence at longer intervals for several days. But in all these doses, the operation is unattended with much pain or griping. The cathartic influence is insinuating and gentle, so that, but for the movement of the bowels, nothing else would indicate that a purgative had been taken. The bowels, moreover, are left in a soluble state, and are not inclined to become constipated, as is usually the case when other kinds of purgative medicine is administered. In two-grain doses it will nauseate the stomach, perhaps cause emesis, and will occasion pain in the stomach and bowels, attended with griping, not unlike the common symptoms of dys- entery. In three or four grain doses, it proves actively emetic and hypo-cathartic. Its operation in this quantity is attended with much pain, nausea, and griping. The bowels become ten- der to the touch or pressure; sometimes tympanitic, and inflam- mation of the mucous membrane of the mouth, throat, stomach and bowels, is liable to ensue. A larger quantity is not safely administered, even to a robust or stout man, and much smaller portions have given rise to alarming symptoms in more deli- cate constitutions, especially in children. From five to ten grains are sometimes sufficient to destroy life. The author, when he first prepared it in 1844, took six grains, for the purpose of testing its physiological effects,—he then having no idea of its extraordinary power, came near paying with his life the penalty of his temerity. Violent vomiting set in, in a few minutes, which was attended with 180 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. intolerable pain, nausea, cramp, purging, and prostration. Means were promptly applied for relief. These consisted of olive and castor oil, lobelia and mucilaginous drinks, and in the course of five hours some relief had been obtained, and in three days the relief was complete with the exception of sore- ness and tenderness of the bowels, and debility. Effects on Lower Animals.—The author has experiment- ed considerably with this article upon other animals, mostly upon quadrupeds, as cats and dogs. In January, 1848, a very interesting experiment was made by him, in which three grains of podophyllin were given to a fine New- foundland pup, two months old. Vomiting set in imme- diately, and in 20 minutes evidence of intense suffering was apparent. The dog cried constant!}' with agony: he would roll on to his side, and back again upon his belly, draw him- self up, and would scream with pain. Convulsions set in, in two hours, and these continued, first at short intervals, but afterward at longer, until about four hours after the podophyl- lin was taken, when he began to show signs of dissolution. His cry, which during the whole time simulated more that of a human in distress than could be imagined, was now low and pitiful, and died away in a soft moan, when, soon afterward, death relieved the poor sufferer. The case was submitted to a post-mortem examination, of course. On opening the skin on the belly, the parietes pre- sented a dark purple color, indicating the high inflammatory action and venous congestion that had taken place. When the parts had been opened, and the intestines were taken out, they presented the most extraordinary appearance ever beheld by any of the persons present, as they all declared it. The peritoneal surface of the intestines presented a dark purple hue, and was marked by a most complete injection of the veins with black blood. The intestines and stomach contained a considerable quantity of dark, clotty, but soft and pulpy blood. The mucous membrane was entirely destroyed through- out the length of the alimentary tract. The muscular coat overlaced with vessels and nerves, was exposed when the soft, CATHARTICS. 181 pulpy mass was scraped off. The brain and spinal marrow, in this case, were not examined. Three grains of podophyllin were given to a young cat (perhaps nine weeks old). The symptoms throughout were almost precisely the same as in the case of the dog, even in the matter of the crying, screaming, and subsequent moaning. Examination after death proved the same condition, so far as regards the signs of intense inflammation, and disorganiza- tion of the internal coats of the intestines. In addition, how- ever, the brain and spinal marrow were in this case also examined. These were found injected with dark blood, and beset with specks, of a redder hue, of blood upon the membranes. A little water was found within the pia-mater. In nearly all the other cases of the experiments, the symptoms and post- mortem appearances were very much the same. These facts, together with subsequent observations, where this article had been given to young children, and was fol- lowed with similar symptoms, even the same vehement cries, alternated with fitful moaning, brought irresistible convictions upon the observer's mind, that much mischief is unconsciously done by practitioners unacquainted with this powerful agent. Several intelligent physicians have reported cases of deaths that occurred after the administration of large doses of the medicine, and under such circumstances, and with such symp- toms, as fixed the conviction that the deaths were caused by the injudicious use of this article. Persons, therefore, can not be too prudent when they deal with such potent agents among delicate children. The poor creatures can not describe the character of their suffering, and if the external or general signs of the bad effects of the arti- cle are not soon detected, they may die in spite of all the help that maybe offered. Thus the most intense anguish, if not, in some cases, death may follow a prescription, without the least suspicion on the part of the physician; and, indeed, sometimes, from the very increase of the urgent symptoms, he may be induced unconsciously to add to the dreadful cause of the distress, by repetitions of the doses, under the hope of hastening a reaction, or of promoting ultimate relief. 182 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Endermic Action.—Upon the skin, Podophyllin possesses a great power of action. The conditions of its immediate action are a state of solution of the podophyllin, or its con- tact to parts where the skin is delicate. But any part of the skin, except, perhaps, that of the palms, or soles, will become highly irritated and inflamed by continued contact for a longer or shorter time. Thus, manufacturers of the article are even liable to erysip- elas of the face, hands, and other parts subjected to its con- tact. Persons attending the mills, in grinding the root of podophyllum, are also liable to erysipelas from the dust which settles upon them. The parts more particularly subject to be affected in persons who work with it are those about the nose, mouth, and eyes, where, in addition to the common exposure, the parts are also more apt to be touched with the hands. From the peculiar diathesis produced in the skin by the action of podophyllin, many of the common exanthemata are subdued on homoeopathic principles. Toxicology.—The question will now naturally arise, wheth- er podophyllin is not absolutely poisonous, since it is capa- ble of producing such violent symptoms under certain circum- stances. The solution of one question alone can settle this point, and that is, whether the power to produce the irritating and inflammatory effects, is inherent in the article as an essential property, or whether it is dependent on other circumstances. A correct understanding of such matters involves the neces- sity of close discrimination. It is well known that various classes of agents, which are not possessed of any intrinsic property inimical to the animal economy, and which are indeed of great utility under some circumstances, will, nevertheless, under others produce harm- ful, and even the most violent effects. Such are the simple acids and alkalies. Potash, for instance, in a state of atten- uation or dilution, is quite harmless: so are the acids; but when concentrated, they, in virtue of the concentration sim- ply, will produce irritation, inflammation, and sloughing. But CATHARTICS. 183 we can not call them poisonous simply because they are acids or alkalies. The definition of a poison must always involve the question of essential quality or intrinsic property. Mercury, Antimony, and Arsenic, present us a law of action entirely different from the above; these are essentially poisonous, and will present corresponding effects, no matter how large or how small the quantity taken may be. Until podophyllin is proven to be of this kind, it can not be called a poison. Therapeutic Properties and Modus Operandi — Few articles of materia medica admit at once of uses so important, and of applications so extensive, as Podophyllin. All that is said in this regard, under the orderal head of cholagogues and of hydragogues, will apply here. Certainly we know of no arti- cle more convenient in application, and which is equal to it in certainty and extent of action. Under a full dose the entire system becomes the theater of its operations. The nervous system, per se, is, indeed, not remarkably impressed ; but here we have an evidence that the article produces its specific in- fluence in remote parts, through the circulation. It enters the circulation by venous absorption, and thus reaches the struc- tures upon which it displays its power in the general system. Its most defined and obvious action through nervous agency, is indicated by the peculiar sympathy existing between certain organs or apparatuses, as between the mucous follicles of the intestines and the sweat glands of the skin, as also between the former and the lymphatics, and the venous radicles of all parts. Thus, when the mucous mem- brane is impressed by the action of podophyllin, the direct response is an influx of serum, through the agency of the follicles, or the intestinal exhalents, Anatomy teaches the direct vascular continuity from the ducts of the remotest glandular structures to the intestinal surface. This anatomical structure is consonant with the nervous endowments of the parts, so that a specific impression upon tbre intestinal mucous surface will govern the functions of these remote organs. Such is the peculiar sympathy of these structures; and hence, such also is the power of podophyllin, in stimulating 184 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. the enteric mucous membrane, that it will bring the secre- tions of the general glandular system into the grand enteric passage. The cholagogue power of podophyllin is, to some extent, also dependent upon sympathetic action. As was explained, under the head of cholagogues, certain impressions made upon the mouths of excretory ducts are quite equivalent to a direct impression upon their glands. Thus, when certain cathartic agents stimulate the mouth of the biliary duct in the duode- num, the response to such stimulation, will be the influx of bile from the duct. Podophyllin has this power in a remarkable degree. All this sympathetic action, as connected with the vascular structures of organs, is consonant with, and admits of the free and direct action also, of podophyllin, on what is commonly called constitutional principles, i. e., through the circulation. As to the fact of the absorption of podophyllin into the circu- lation, there can be no doubt, since its effects on remote struc- tures are so very analogous to its topical impressions. And that this absorption is effected by the veins is also evident, for we now know that the lacteals do not take up foreign substances, or such as do not admit of immediate assimilation; and the action of podophyllin is too prompt and considerable upon the general system to be accounted for on the supposition of its being dependent upon the lymphatic absorption going on in the mucous membrane of the intestinal tract. Application.—This article is placed in the order of chola- gogues, because it possesses the power of stimulating the liver and removing bile in an eminent degree, and not that it is less efficient than other articles, as a hydragogue or common cathartic ; for it lacks efficiency in none of these uses. As a common purgative or loosening medicine, podophyllin is equal, and perhaps superior to any other article now known; for the quantity necessary to be taken to move the bowels is so very small, and its operation very certain and mild, when thus taken; and what is, perhaps, the best thing in its favor, it leaves the bowels in a loose or open state, which is the case in the effects of scarcely another article in the materia medica. CATHARTICS. 185 The philosophy of this is: it stimulates the liver, and thus keeps the bile (which is the natural agency to sustain the peristaltic motion) running freely into the intestines. As a cholagogue, the podophyllin will hold undisputed sway wher- ever it is properly known. Its applications are very general in bilious diseases,fevers, viseeral inflammations, indigestion, etc. It is prescribed by many practitioners in pill form, and when thus employed, it may be advantageously combined as follows; R Podophyllin, gj. Pul. Aloes, gij. Fl. Ext. Senna, q. s. Make up into pill mass with the extract, in sufficient quan- tity to give the proper consistence, and form into pills of ordinary size, and roll them in the dust of licorice. Dose, one pill will commonly operate in four to six hours. The operation is thorough, but without pain, griping or debility. The aloes in this combination is not in the least objectionable in any case. When the podophyllin is given in the form of powder, it may be prescribed alone, in one-half to one grain doses; or this quantity may be combined with two parts of sugar of milk, or of the same 'of pulverized licorice root. Many pre- fer combining the podophyllin with cream of tartar; others again think that it does best in conjunction with leptandrin. The object of combining other articles with podophyllin is not always for the improvement of its cholagogue powers, since these will hardly admit of improvement. But as this article is rather slower in its action than some other cathartic agents, it may sometimes be quickened in its operation by proper combinations. The formula given above answers to this purpose, for the senna, which is one of our quickest cathartics, serves us exactly in this point. It is remarkable that since this preparation of podophyllum has been in gen- eral use, our practitioners succeed better in the management of the autumnal fevers than they formerly did, and it is confi- dently asserted that this circumstance is less dependent upon any modification of the fevers, than upon the improvement in the treatment. When large doses of medicine were required, patients were much less certain to take a sufficient quantity, to effect the desired end. 186 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. In the American or Eeformed and Eclectic practice, podo- plryllin holds about the same position which calomel does in the old practice, and there is little question, but that it is equally efficient with that article in controlling the action of the liver and general glandular system. Many physicians who had been in the practice of using calomel for years, have now abandoned it for this, and declare it superior to that article for all the purposes for which they formerly employed the other. SANGUIKARIA.—The Rhizoma. Synonyms.—Sanguinaria Canadensis, Linn.; Sanguina- ria du Canada, Fr.; Canadischea Blutkraut, Ger.; Puccoon, Ind.; Bloodroot, Red Puccoon, Vul. History. — This plant has long been known by the natives. They used the root to stain their faces, and to dye their garments and skins. The plant was early in empirical use as a medicine, and for the last forty years it has been the subject of many medical essays, and has been spo- ken of in the highest terms by most of our authors on materia medica. It is made officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. Botany.—Sex. Syst. Po- lyandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Papaveracese. Gen. Char. SANGUINA- ria. Calyx two-leaved, deciduous. Corolla with S. Canadensis. from seven to fifteen petals. Stamens many. Pistil oblong; stigma sessile, bi-lobed. Capsule CATHARTICS. 187 superior, oblong, attenuated at apex, one-celled, two valved. Seeds globular. spec. char. S. Canadensis. Root, rhizoma perennial, hori- zontal, oblong, contorted, tubercular, beset with fibers, brown- ish- red without, deep red or orange-colored within, emitting, when broken, an acrid, red juice ; its size is about that of the little finger, or larger, in rich soil. Leaves radical, with long channeled petioles; they are convoluted, as they ascend out of the ground early in April or even in March, embrace the scape and expanding flower. In shape they are sub-reniform, cor- date, lobed, glaucous, and prominently veined below, green above, and when full grown, about five inches in diameter. Flower white, in some varieties tinged with pink, appearing early in the spring, sometimes before the leaves are unfolded. Fruit an oblong, attenuated pod, with round, brownish seeds. This is the only species of the genus, but it has several varieties. Eafinesque has mentioned six, viz: 1, Parviflorum; 2, Cespitosa; 3, Reniformis ; 4, Repens; 5, Multipetala; 6, Ste- nopetala. Analysis.—Analysis proves the root to contain an extractive (Cinchonin, Rafinesque) resin, a gum resin, gallic acid, fecula, and & peculiar principle, containing much of its virtues, and which has been called Sanguinarin. Alcohol extracts its virtues readily, and boiling water to some extent, but cold water very sparingly. Physiological Effects.—The seeds and tops are acro-nar- cotic, and the entire plant poisonous in its green state, when taken into the stomach. Its root is escharotic, and has a very acrid taste when fresh, but less so when dried. When thor- oughly dried, or when one or two years kept, it is not capable of producing any violent effects when taken in moderate doses. In doses of ten to twenty grains it excites vomiting. Five grains will nauseate, and lessen the pulse while the nausea continues. In one grain doses it acts as a tonic. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Sanguinaria is consid- ered one of the most valuable of our indigenous plants. It has a remarkable effect upon the secretions, and with podo- phyllin will operate powerfully upon the liver. It is placed in this order, not so much on account of its cathartic power, 188 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. as for its influence over the secretory organs. It is not much used alone, but in connection with some other cathartic reme- dies, it is capable of effecting important ends in many cases that are otherwise difficult to be managed. Sanguinaria is regarded cathartic, emetic, expectorant, diaphoretic, tonic, stimulant, deobstruent, anthelmintic, escha- rotic, etc. It has many applications, but is most valuable in autumnal fevers, scrofula, and pectoral diseases. In extolling its virtues, Professor Eafinesque says, " from thirty to eighty drops of the tincture in wine, twice a day, is a good prophylactic for intermittents, marshy fevers, and inward fevers. It is very bitter, increases the appetite, and tone of the stomach. But it is beneficial in many other diseases, as of the liver and lungs, typhoid pneumonia, hooping-cough, torpor of the liver, hydrothorax, croup, amenorrhcea, asthma, peri- pneumonia, trachitis, incipient consumption, ulcerous sore throat, cynanche trachealis, dysentery, inflammatory rheuma- tism, and, externally, in ulcers, polypus of the nose, fleshy excrescences, and fungous tumors." Dr. Tully says, " it unites all the beneficial effects of squills, seneca root, digitalis, guaia- cum, and ammoniacum, without their bad effects." The dose of the powdered root, as a cathartic, is gr. v. to gr. x., repeated, but it is apt to nauseate, and is not often given alone as a cathartic. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—Although Sanguinaria en- ters, as an ingredient, into many preparations, few bear its name. TINCTURA SANGUINARIA : Tincture of Sanguinaria. £ Coarsely powdered Sanguinaria,^iv; Alcohol diluted, Oij. Macerate fourteen days and filter. Action—Use.—An aperient, cathartic, emetic, and expecto- rant, mostly used as an emetic and expectorant in croup, pneumonia, etc. Dose, fsjss.—fsjij. EXTRACTUM SANGUINARIvE I Extract of Sanguinaria. This is prepared in the same way as the Extract of Podophyllum, which see. Action—Use.—As this contains all the virtues of the root, it is applicable in all cases in which that is indicated. The dose is from gr. j. to gr. iij. CATHARTICS. 189 PULVIS SANGUINARIjE : Powdered Root of Sanguinaria. Where the powdered root is to be prepared it should first be carefully picked over so as to exclude foreign substances which are often found in it, and rotten portions should be removed. A good way of effecting the latter object is by bruising the roots with a flail or passing it through a crusher, and then sifting it so that the fine and worthless portions may pass off. A farmer's fan or wind-mill will answer instead of the sieve. Pulverizing should be done by machinery, since the dust of Sanguinaria is exceedingly irritant and disagreeable to respiration. The chasing machine is the proper means for pow- dering the Sanguinaria and most other articles of the kind. Dose.—As an emetic, gr. xxx. Is a cathartic gr. x.—gr. xx. Should be given in combination with other articles of a milder nature. EXTRACTUM SANGUINARIM PRECIPITATUM; (SANGUINARIN). This is prepared in precisely the'same manner as the precipitated extract of podophyllum (Podophyllin). It is a brownish-red powder, somewhat resembling the powdered root. Action—Use.—Same as the root in substance, possessing all the active medical properties. Sanguinarin is much esteemed by some Eclectic practitioners in chronic disease of the liver. In this case it is employed conjointly with the apocynin, or the extract of triosteum. It is given in laxative doses for a week at a time, and is then replaced by tonics, as the minispermum or hydragtis, in wine, or in the simple state, when wine disagrees. As soon as the tonic effect is fully instituted, the sanguinarin is again given as before, and thus these remedies are alternately employed until the normal action of the liver is restored. In jaundice, the sanguinarin conjoined with podophyllin, is of eminent service. There are several physicians in the West who rely upon sanguinarin for the cure of intermittents and remittents. They give it first in emetic doses, and order their patients to drink warm water freely during the operation. On the following day, the use of the sanguinarin is commenced in one or two grain doses, to be repeated three times a day until free cathar- sis is produced. By this time the paroxysms cease, and in the subsequent treatment three or four grains of hydrastin is 190 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. given with one grain of sanguinarin morning and evening. There is no doubt but that sanguinarin will, in a majority of instances, break up intermittents and remittents, but there is no question but that with the help of quinine, the cure would not only be more certain, but the treatment would be easier upon the patient. A cathartic of equal portions of sanguinarin and podophyl- lin, followed for two days with tonic of quinine will do the work effectually. The dose of sanguinarin, as a cholagogue and general cathartic is gr. j.—gr. ij.; it should only be given combined with milder articles. LEPTANDRA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Veronica Virginica, Linn.; Black-root, Brinton's root, Cul- ver's Physic, etc., Vul.; Quitel, Del. Ind.; Him, Osage § Missou. Ind. History.—Although this plant has long been in empirical use, and high estimation, as with those phys- icians whose names it bears, yet it has never acquired popular favor. It had, however, gained an admission into the U. S. Pharma- copoeia, but was omitted at a later revision. It is an indigenous perennial, growing in rich soil, along fences, and in open woods, in most parts of the United States. Botany. — Sex. Syst.—Diandria Mono- gynia. Nat. Ord. Scrophularinese. Gen. char. Leptandra. Calyx four-parted. Corolla subrotate, deeply four-cleft, lowei segments mostly narrow. Capsules com- pressed, two-celled, few-seeded. Spec. char. There are several species of this genus, that possess nearly analogous properties, and are used indiscriminately, by some practitioners. But some of the species, perhaps, are too violent to be ad- L. Virginica. mitted into our materia medica. The L. Virginica is the species generally used. CATHARTICS. 191 The Leptandra Virginica is a beautiful plant, and like the other species, indigenous. Root perennial, horizontal, woody, of the thickness of the finger, from six to twelve inches long, with many long, slender, dark fibers issuing horizontally in every direction. Stems one to six, upright, from two to five feet high, from one-fourth to half an inch thick, simple or branched at the top, from one to five spikes, bearing the fruc- tification. Leaves whorled, from four to six in a whorl, long, lanceolate, acuminate, serrate. Flowers numerous, nearly sessile, in long, terminal, cylindrical spikes ; they are small and white, tubular, pubescent inside. The varieties of this species are, the ouadrifolia, multicaulus, polystachya macrostadrya, angustifolia, etc. The other species are : 1, L. Purpurea, which has only three leaves to a whorl, and which are broader. The flowers, which are purple, are larger, and disposed in a single, terminal, loose tapering spike. 2, L. Villosa. (Eaf.) This has its leaves in whorls also, but they are hairy and brownish beneath, lower whorls with five leaves, upper ones with three or four. The spikes are cylindrical, and pubescent, and the flowers white. Analysis.—The root contains an essential oil, bitter extractive, tannin, gum, soft resin, and woody fiber. Its virtues reside in the resin and extractive, and are imparted freely to boiling water and alcohol. Age impairs its virtues. Physiological Effects.—In the recent state, the root is acrid and violent in its effects. In doses of three or four ounces of the strong decoction, it will give rise to severe nausea, vomiting and purging, it is said, of blood. But in the cured state, it is quite mild, and makes a good and safe medicine. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—The Leptandra has been in creditable use among Reformed and Eclectic physicians for many years. " The Blackroot," says Dr. Howard, * " is very highly celebrated by those best acquainted with its vir- tues and effects, as an efficient purge, operating with mildness and certainty, without producing that depression of the living powers so common to other purgative medicines. In typhus and bilious fevers, it removes the black, tarry, morbid matter, from the intestines, which seems so necessary to be carried off * Botanic Medicine, vol. II., p. 262. 192 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. by some means or other, and it does it in a manner most na- tural, without weakening the tone of the bowels, or leaving behind it the poisonous sting so often remaining after the use of calomel, that almost cathartic in fevers." The dose of the powdered root is from gr. xx. to 3j ; that of the decoction of an ounce of the root to a pint of water, fgj— f^ij, repeated. PHARMACEUTIC PREPARATIONS—EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRI; Extract of Leptandria.—B^ Cleaned and crushed root of Leptandria, any quantity desired ; place into an iron kettle ; pour over it water in sufficient quantity to cover it; boil for two hours ; pour off the liquid, and while hot, press through a loose wool- len cloth filter ; replace into the kettle when cleaned, and boil down to the proper consistence, taking special care not to burn it. This extract is of a dark or black color, possessing the bitter and peculiar taste of the root, together with its active medical properties. Action—Use.—A good common and anti-bilious cathartic. The dose is gr. v., or two common-sized pills. EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRI PRECIPITATUM (LEPTANDRIN). — £. Crushed root of Leptandria lbx., Alcohol Cong, iij., Water Cong. iij. ; place the root into an iron kettle, and pour the alcohol and water over it, and simmer over a slow fire, at a tempera- ture of about 150° F., for three hours; pour off the liquid, and strain through a coarse cloth while hot; place the liquid into a still; still over three gallons slowly, and remove the residuum into a proper vessel, that precipitation may take place. In three days the precipitation will be mostly com- pleted, when the precipitate, or leptandrin, as it is now called, is to be removed upon a dry cloth suspended in a cool, airy place for drying. The product thus made is a black mass, which, in cool weather, may be powdered, but is liable to become concrete again in the summer season, or when kept in a warm place. The dose of this preparation is gr. j.—gr. iij. The leptandrin found in the powdered state in the drug- houses is usually precipitated from the concentrated alcoholic tincture in the same way as directed for making Podophyllin, and the precipitate is then subjected to a drying heat for daj'S together, until it is found that the product is sufficiently fria- ble to be readily pulverized. This, however, is quite an in- ferior article, when thus prepared, as the continued high heat CATHARTICS. 193 impairs the virtues. The dose of this required, as a cathartic, is from three to ten grains, according to the extent of the heat to which it had been exposed. Keith & Co., of New York, prepare an alkaloid, called Leptandrine, which is very highly esteemed by Prof. E. S. Newton of this city, and by others. One of the best forms in which the active principle of the leptandria can be had in the concentrated state, is that of the alcoholic extract. EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRIA ALCOIIOLICUM: Alcoholic Extract of Leptandria.—Obtain a saturated alcoholic tincture from pow- dered root of Leptandria ; place it into a still, over a water bath, and distil over of the alcohol, until, by testing, it is found that the remainder begins to thicken, or until it acquires the appearance of s}7rup; remove it from the still, and con- tinue the evaporation, by means of a sand or water bath, until the extract acquires a consistence suitable for making pills. This is the best simple form in which to use the lep- tandria, as it is the most active. The dose is one or two pills. It may be diluted at pleasure with alcohol, and given in fluid form, of which 15 to 20 drops will operate as a cathartic. PILULE LEPTANDRIA COMPOSITUM : Compound Pills of Leptandria. (Compound anti-bilious Pills). R Alcoholic Ext. Leptandria, giv. Podophyllin, gj. Aloes Pul., gij. Sanguinarin, gss. Mix well and form into pills of usual size. Should the mass be too dry, add a little alcohol. Dose. One or two. This is perhaps the best common, and anti-bilious pill for general use, that is to be found. The pills operate without pain or uneasiness of any kind, and occasion no debility. The aloes in this form is not objectionable. Con- stipation very seldom follows the use of these pills. APOCYNUM ANDROS^EMIFOLIUM. This article also merits a place in this order, as it is known to be a good anti-bilious cathartic. As such it is an excellent remedy in marsh and autumnal fevers. The dose is from gr. xx. to sj. The extract and the apocynin however, afford the most eligible forms in which to take it. 13 194 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. CHELIDONIUM MAJUS. Clandeine. — This is a perennial herbaceous plant, growing about old habitations in this country, but is supposed to be a native of Europe. It belongs to, Sex. Syst.—Polyandria IMono- gynia, Nat. Ord.—Papaveraceae. It is a very beautiful plant growing from one to two feet in hight, with pinnate leaves, and peduncled umbels of beautiful yellow or purple flowers. It is here introduced on account of the high praises that have been bestowed upon it as an anti-bilious cathartic, and as a remedy for jaundice, scrofula, syphilis, scrofulous sore eyes and chronic inflammation of the liver; which latter, it is said, can be cured by its use with great facility. It appears that the article has been long employed for these same purposes by the German physicians, and has been investigated by Chevallier and Lassaigne, and also by Dr. Probst of Heidelberg, and has been pronounced to possess very great and valuable powers. The properties depend upon an acrid resin found in the yellow juice (Chelidonin) exuded from the entire plant, when wounded. This juice will remove worts and corns, when applied to them a few times. There is no question as to the power and activity ascribed to this article, and theonl}- thing to be feared about it is, that it is unsafe in its internal use. It belongs to a natural family of plants that are mostly acro-narcotic poisons. It, however, merits investigation, and it is to be hoped that ere long our profession may be favored with a further history of its charac- ter and use. The dose is gr. iij.—gr. v. of the inspissated ex- tract orgr. xx. of the powdered root or herb. MERCURY. Having noticed, or said something of most of the Old School Medicines rejected by Reformers, in the places where they would occur in a therapeutic arrangement of this character, it may not be improper to express a few thoughts here in reference to mercury. Yet the character of this work will by no means admit a full discussion of the subject. In late treatises, the most of the salts of mercury have been arranged, by some of the oldest therapeutists, under the heads of the CATHARTICS. 195 Sialagogues and alteratives. Yet Calomel and Blue mass, have ever been regarded by Allopathic writers as among the most reliable or efficient stimulants to the liver, and general secretory system ; and it is supposed to be entitled to the very first rank among the cholagogues. ■ It is by no means marvelous, therefore, that an article so potent—one having such an extensive range of chemical affin- ity, and consequent power over the minutest structures, and which has been in use over six centuries, should be reluctantly parted with by the patrons of a system which has been con- structed upon it as a foundation. Nevertheless there have been, in every age of its history, men, such too as were at the very head of the profession, who deplored its power for mischief, while they had in prospect no reliable substitute. These have well counted the cost, for they have fully known the general solvent power of mercury, its special stimulant action to the glandular system, its alterant influence upon the assimilative functions, and above all, they were cognizant of the distinctive and peculiar action which it sets up in the system, to the subversion of every other diathesis. With all these facts fully in view, the article has been abandoned by many of the most learned and experienced men, while all have seriously lamented its liability to do mischief. This, as above intimated, has been the expressed sentiment of the profession while there was no prospect of a substitute,— no alternative upon which to fall. Is it therefore other than creditable to the intelligence and good sense of our age, to think that now, since experience and science have brought such ample resources to our hands, in this department of materia medica,— since the most reliable and yet harmless substitutes have been discovered, that now the mercurials should be gradually laid aside by the old profession ? Order V.—HYDRAGOGUES. Hydragogue (Hydragoga; from udcop, "water," and ayco, "I expel") is a term applied to such articles of the cathartic class as possess the power to expel serous effusions. 196 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. One of the most remarkable circumstances, common to the animal economy, is the very peculiar relation existing between the circulatory and secretory systems. To understand this correctly, it is proper to premise first, by noticing the instinct- ive disposition of the blood-vessels to maintain the normal quantity of the serous portion of the blood. Whenever thm is lacking, absorption is accelerated from every accessible source to supply it. This doctrine appears to be established by the experiments of M. Majendie.* The inordinate loss of the aqueous portions of the circulating humors by any one emunctory, is counterbalanced either by a greater absorption from the cellular system, or from some of the internal cavities, in which it may be accumulated, or it is compensated by the diminished action of one or more of the other serous emunc- tories. Thus Ave discover, that in dropsical effusions, there is always a diminished action of the cutaneous exhalents, and of the kidneys, and that whenever the latter are excited so as to carry off a larger proportion of serum, the dropsical collection will not only cease to progress, but will diminish, as the kid- neys and cutaneous emunctories make their draw upon the circulation; for the latter in turn must be supplied by some other source, and thus the absorbents are called into action and the dropsical fluid is re-absorbed into the circulation, and thence removed faster or slower, as the diuretics or diaphoretics may be pushed. It is on this same principle, that hydragogue cathartics reduce dropsical swellings. These agents stimulate the inter- nal exhalents, and thus drain from the common circulation a vast amount of serous fluid, which can only be again supplied by the agency of the absorbents. Objections have been urged against the use of cathartics in dropsies, on the ground that they produce debility. These are valid to some extent, for when purgation is rapidly sustained, it will, without doubt, carry away more or less chyle, before it enters the circulation. But so far as the serous discharge is concerned, the objection would apply with equal force against the use of diaphoretics, as well as diuretics, or any other means * Jour, of Experimental Physiology, 1821. CATHARTICS. 197 capable of removing serum. For further explanation of the modus operandi of hydragogues, see remarks in what is said of the medical action of Podophyllin, page 183 et sec. SENNA—The Leaves and Legumes. Synonyms.—Cassia Senna, Linn., Dub.; Sennesblatter, Ger.; Senna, Ital.; Portugal.; Sen, Span.; Senna, Eng. History.—The history of senna dates with that of the Arabians, among whom its virtues were early discovered. It is said that it was employed by Mahomet. (Reiske.) Mesue, Serapion, and Avicenna mention it. The Arabians, however, only used the fruit. At the present time senna is used by almost every class of physicians, and constitutes one of the most popular articles of the old Materia Medica. It is a native of India, Arabia, and Africa. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Decandria Monogynia—Nat. Ord.— Leguminosaj. Gen. char. Cassia. Sepals five, scarcely united at the base, more or less unequal. Petcds five, unequal. Stamens ten, free, unequal, the three lower ones longer, the four middle ones short and straight, the three upper ones with abortive anthers. Anthers dehiscing at the apex. Ovary stalked, frequently arched. Legume various.—Pereira. Spec. char. There are many different species that con- tribute in furnishing the sennas of commerce, and there seems to be still some uncertainty about the identity of sev- eral. The following excellent descriptions are given by Pro- fessor Boyle, * who had abundant opportunities of knowing what he was writing about. " 1. C. Forskalii (C. lanceolata, Forsk. and Lindley, Fl. Med. p. 259). Leaf- lets in four or five pairs, never more; oblong, and either acute or obtuse, not at all ovate or lanceolate, and perfectly free from downiness even when young; the petioles have constantly a small, round, brown gland a little above the base. The pods are erect, oblong, tapering to the base, obtuse, turgid, mucronate, rather falcate, especially when young, at which time they are sparingly covered with coarse, scattered hairs. (Lindl. 1. c.) Collected by Dr. S. Fischer in Palm-grounds, in the valley of Fatme, flowering at the end of February. Forskal describes this as being distinguished ' glandula supra basin petioli., * Materia Med. etc., Amer. Ed. p. 350. 198 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. It was found by him at Surdud and about Mor. It is called Suna by the Arabs, and probably yields some of the Arabian Senna of commerce. "2. Cassia lanceolata.—This is a bushy annual, of about two to three feet in hight, extremely leafy, and of a most luxuriant inflorescence in a cultivated state. The stems are erect, round, smooth, a little flexuose toward .he apex. The leaves alternate, abruptly pinnate. The leaflets five to eight pairs, with short petioles, ovato-acute in the lower and lanceolate-acute in the upper parts of the plants, ' slightly mucronulate, smooth above, rather downy beneath (especially in young leaves), with the veins turning inward and forming a flexuose, intramarginal line; petioles without glands; stipules softly spinescent, semi-hastate, spreading, minute.' Racemes axillary, and terminal, erect, rather longer than the leaves. Ovary linear, downy, falcate, with a smooth, recurved style. Legumes pendulous, membranous, flat, only slightly protuberant over the seeds, olblong,sometimes elliptical, nearly straight, with the upper margin a little curved, tapering abruptly toward the base, and rounded at the apex, of a brown color, containing from five to eight white, rugose seeds. These are figured by Gaertner, ii. t. 14G. It is probably the Cassia Medica of Forsk. p. cxi., and agrees with his specimen of 'Senna Meccse Lohajae in- veniebatur foliis 5—7 jugis, lineari-lanceolatis,' p. 85, of which Forskal states large quantities are yearly exported from the district of Abu-arisch to Jidda. This species includes: "a. Tinnevelly Senna, cultivated by Mr. Hughes in the south of India; also that cultivated by the author \_Royle~[, at Saharunpore, C. lanceolata, Royle, Him. Bot. t. 37, and by Dr. Wight near Madras, v. fig. 60, b. and spec, in Brit. Mus. t is the Cassia officinals of Ga3rt. and Roxburgh, Fl. Ind. ii. p. 346, which name ought to have been retained, or the above C. medica, Forsk. instead of C. elongala being coined, especially as this was formed from the leaves of a cultivated Indian Senna found in commercial samples. It is cultivated by Dr. Gibson, near Poona. " Dr. Burns writes that he has found the lanceolate Senna wild near Kaira in Guzerat. His cultivated specimens, if picked, would form good Senna. "£. C. lanceolata of most authors, C. aculifolia, Hayne, ix. t. 41. Nees and Ebrem. t. 345, St. and Church. PI. 30, as C. Senna. These best represent the form of Alexandria Senna (v. 60, a., a small leaf,) and specimens in Brit- Mus. from Sennaar. (Kotschy.) It Is found in the valleys of the desert to the south and east of Syene or Assouan, and collected for the trade to Cairo, forming three-fifths of Alexandrian Senna. " y. C. acutifolia, called of Delile, Esenbeck and Eberm. t. 346. (fig. 60. c.) The leaflets are narrower and more tapering toward the apex than the fore- going, as might be expected in a poorer soil and drier climate. Some of the Indian specimens in Dr. Rottler's Herbarium closely resemble this variety; also African specimens from Tajowra to the south of the Straits of Bab-el- Mandel. CATHARTICS. 199 "The author is unable to distinguish these by any permanent characters, nor dried Senna-leaves, cultivated at Saharunpore from good specimens of Bombay Senna (that is, ordinary Indian Senna) imported here from India; nor those from Senna Mukki sent him by Dr. Malcolmson from Aden, and which he states are 'the produce of Africa, but in appearance exactly resemble the Arabian Senna. In the market both are sold as one kind, and bring the Bame price.' 3. C. ovata of Merat, Diet, de Mat. Med. b. 613. C. ozthiopka, Guibourt. Is probably a distinct species, as it is said to have a gland at the base of the petiole and another between each pair of leaflets. The leaflets are in three to five pairs, exactly oval acute, slightly pubescent below ; the follicles are thin, pale, yellow-colored, one-third smaller than those of C. obovata. It is said to be found both in Nubia and Fezzan, and to furnish exclusively the Senna of Tripoli, Sene de Tripoli. It is extremely like a variety of C. lanceolata. The figure of C. Senna in Stevenson and Churchill, Med. Bot. t. 30, quoted by Dr. Pereira as representing this plant, is referred to by Dr. Lindley as a good representation of C. acutifolia of Delile. But Merat and De Lens say of it: ' Nous ne le connaissons que par les feuilles et les fruits qu'on en voit dans la commerce.' M. Guibort calls it C. cethiopiba; but instead of referring to C. lanceolata of Colladon. PI. xv. f. e. as representing this species, he says that it is exactly represented by the Sene de Nubie of Nectoux, pi. 2. "4 C. obovata, Colladon. Hayne, ix. 42. Nees and Eberm. 347. Diffuse herbaceous plant. Leaves equally pinnate, glandless. Leaflets four—six pair (somewhat villous, Roxb.), obovata, obtuse, but slightly mucronate, unequal at the base, the terminal pair more cuneate and larger. Stipules triangular, narrow, and tapering, rather stiff and spreading. Flowers yellow, in racemes. Bracts ovate, cordate; acuminate, concave, singled flowered. Legumes broad, membranous, smooth, lunate in shape, rounded at each end, with an elevated crest over each side on both valves, so as to form an interrupted ridge along the middle of each valve. Seeds six to eight, wedge-shaped, rugose as in C. lanceolata—A native of Africa, from Senegal (Ft. de Senegambia) to the Nile; found in Fezzan by Dr. Oudney (R. Brown), in Egypt from Cairo to Assouan, Nubia; found in the Adel county near Sultalli (Mission to Abyssinia); Desert of Suez; Syria; dry parts of India, as Kaira (Burns); Guzerat, Dekkan (Col. Sykes), near Delhi, and Valley of Rungush, near Peshawar (Falconer); high, dry, uncultivated lands of Mysore (Roxburgh. Wight). It has been cultivated in Italy (Sene d'ltalie), and forms three-tenths of Alexandrian Senna. " This species is very distinct, in its obtuse, obovate leaves and crested legumes from the preceding acute-leaved species. C. obtusa Roxb. was probably described from young legumes, as the author, like Dr. Lindley, has compared good specimens from Mysore with others from Africa. The obtusata of Hayne does not seemjto differ sufficiently from his C. obovata. It is possible, however that there are two very similar species in Africa. Mr. H. Grant, late of the 200 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. C. ACUTIFOLTA. India House, has favored the author with a specimen in flower, collected by him in February, at Philse which has upon it both obovate leaflets and some which are ovate and acute. Lieut. Wellsted's collection contains a specimen from the coast of Arabia, of which the leaflets are obtuse, elliptic, and hairy." Description.—Senna has a peculiar, agreeable odor, some- what resembling that of tea, and a nauseous, bitter taste. It has a pale green color, and consists of the leaflets of many different species. These afford several commercial varieties of the drug. a. Alexandria Senna: Senna Alcxandriana. This variety receives its name from the Egyptian port whence it is shipped. It consists of the leaflets of sev- eral varieties, and even different species of Senna. 1, Those of the C. Acutifolia, which is a variety of Boyle's C. Lanceolata, but is figured more linear in the American edition of his Mat. Med.: it is a product of Nubia, Sennaar, and Abyssinia. Its leaflets are acute and short, although the example given by Boyle is rather long. 2. Those of the C. Obovata, known by their rounded, obtuse summits, which are sometimes surmounted with a little projection. We find, also, the leaves of the Cynanchum Ole^efolium, or Argel, which are distinguished by their length, lighter color, absence of visible lateral nerves on the upper side, their thickness and firmness, and the regularity of their base. Sometimes, too, the leaflets of the Tepiiosia Apollinea, sometimes called Silver-leaved Alexandria, Senna, are to be found with this com- mercial variety of the drug.— These may be known by their silky or silvery aspect, their obovate oblong, somewhat cunei- C. Ole^folium. form, emarginate, equal-sided ap- pearance, and their lateral veins, being parallel, regular, and oblique to the midrib. The flowers and fruit of the Cynanchum are also often pres- ent ; the former are of a white color and in small corymbs , the latter in shape are ovoid, follicular, rather larger than an orange seed. Alexandria Senna is an excellent variety when the genuine lance-shaped leaflets are carefully selected. But as brought to us, mixed with those cynanchum and tephrosia leaves, which latter must be considered adulterations, it is hardly fit for use. C. Obovata. T. Apoliinea. CATHARTICS. 201 /?. Tinnevelly Senna : Finest East India Snna. This is cul- tivated by Mr. G-. Hughs, at Tinnevelly, in the southern part of India. It is a very fine, unmixed kind, which is becoming much esteemed. It con- sists of large, thin, unbroken leaflets of a fine green color. This is supposed to be produced by the C. elongata or C. lanceolata. y. India Senna : Mecca or Mocha Senna; Bombay Senna. This is the produce of Arabia, and has gained its different names from some of the ports and countries through which it is carried to Europe. It is brought to us chiefly from Bombay and Cal- [S^l/)) cutta. It consists of the leaflets of the Cassia elongata, \^\\/J with some of the leaf stalks and pods intermixed. VW The India Senna is distinguished from all other ^7 kinds, except the Tinnevelly, by the length of its „ leaflets, which is from an inch to an inch and a half, or more, and comparatively narrow. Its purgative powers are considered less active than most other kinds. o. Tripoli Senna : Senna Tripolitana. This is brought from Fezzan to Tripoli, and is hence called by this name. This has much the appearance of the Alexandria Senna, except that it is much broken up, and has hence more uniformity of appear- ance. It was formerly supposed to be a variety of the C. acutifolia, but is now considered the product of a distinct species, and is named C. jEthiopica. The Tripoli Senna is less esteemed than the Alexandrian. " Tunis Senna" says Dr. Pereira, " agrees with that of Tripoli." e. Aleppo Senna. This is an article that was formerly im- ported from Aleppo. It is produced by the C. Obovata, and has formerly been carried into India and Turkey, and thence to Europe; but being of inferior quality is not much used now. £. Senegal Senna. This, says Pereira, is a " blunt-leaved Senna, having a rougher and more glaucous appearance than the leaflets of the C. Obovata." The author has never seen any of it. fj. Smyrna Senna. This is another kind mentioned by Dr. Pereira, who saj-s it resembles the Tripoli Senna, but some of its leaflets are similar to the acute-leaved Alexandrian. d. American Senna : Cassia Marylandica. This is an in- digenous plant growing in rich soils, in bottom-lands or low grounds. It is a very ornamental plant, about three feet in Sight, with beautiful pinnate leaves, and is surmounted with clusters of very rich-looking yellow flowers, that are succeeded, like those of all the Sennas, with oblong, flattened legumes. It is found plentifully in the Middle States, along rivers, especially along the banks of the Ohio. The leaflets of this plant differ some- 202 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. what from most of those of the other species, being obtuse at both ends. They resemble the leaflets of the Tephrosia. and those of the C. Obtusa, more than any others. The Cassia Marylandica, or American Senna, is a pretty certain cathartic, and'is well esteemed by some of our practitioners, but the author has never thought much of it. It has rather an unpleasant and sickly odor, and a nauseous taste. It is also more apt to gripe in its operation than the best imported Sennas. Adulterations.—Senna is subject to adulteration in the countries where collected, as well as in Europe. The adulteration of the Alexandrian Senna, in Afri- ca, by means of the Tephrosia and Synanchum or Argel, has already been spoken of. This fraud is chiefly practiced at Boulac. This Senna is also said to be adulterated most shamefully with the leaves of the Coriaria myrtifolia, and the leaflets of the Colutca arborrscens or Bladder Senna, which is c. myrtifolia. said to be poisonous and astringent. The leaflets of the latter are elliptical, regular and obtuse. Their regularity at the base serves well to distinguish them from the C. obovata. The European adulterations, happily, are not extensive, and, it is hoped, will soon cease to affect us, as our government has, of late, taken some important stej)s to prevent the importa- tion of adulterated drugs. Analysis.—There have been three important analyses made of Senna, viz: one in 1797, by Bouillon La Grange; another by Braconnot j and a third by Lassaigne and Fenuelle, in 1821. The following table exhibits the results of the two last. SENNA LEAVES. SENNA LEAVES. braconnot. LASSAICJNE AND FENUELLE. Bitter Matter of Senna, 53-7 Cathartin, Reddish-RrownGum, 31-9 Chlorophylle, Matter, similar to Animal Mu- Volatile Oil, cus, perceptible by Acids, 6-2 Fixed Oil, Acetate of Lime, 8-7 Albumen, Malate (or some other Vegetable Mucus, Salt), of Lime, 3-7 Malic Acid, Acetate of Potash, "» T Chloride of Sodium, J Malate and Tartrate of Lime, Acetate of Potash, Mineral Salts, Watery Extract of Alexandrian Alexandrian Senna. Senna, 104-2 cassia maetlandica.—(American Senna). A print of the flowering top of the American Senna, representing the plant and a pod of about one-third the natural size. CATHARTICS. 205 Fenuelle found the pods to contain the same principles, with the exception of the Chlorophylle; instead of which he discovered a peculiar coloring matter. Water, cold or hot, readily extracts the virtues of Senna. They also yield to alcohol. But long boiling injures its prop- erties as a medicine. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Senna has been much employed, even from the earliest ages of medical history. Its reputation as a hydragogue has always been good. It operates with promptitude and certainty, and perhaps the only objection which can be urged against it is that it is somewhat drastic and is apt to gripe the bowels, unless it is combined with aromatics or stimulants. The most decided application, for Senna is in dropsical diseases, especially in forms of dropsy involving effusions into the larger visceral cavities. It also admits of very useful application in the removal of intestinal worms. With spigelia it forms a very popular combination, pink and Senna," prescribed for children against worms. It is much employed in combination with other articles, as a general cathartic or opening medicine, and has thus been used in habitual costiveness and dyspepsia. But it is not so good for this purpose as some other articles. Being very quick in its operation, it is compounded with many other articles less active, to improve their activity. For this purpose it is combined with podophyllin. The dose is gss. —gij. for a full hydragogue effect. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—Senna affords many prepara- tions—the following are among the most important. lNFUSifll SE.\M COMPOSITTO: Compound Infusion of Senna. fy Senna, gij., Coriander, bruised, gj., Water, Oj. Macerate for an hour in a covered vessel, and strain. Dose, fgjss.— ISFl'SDI SEM (CUM TAMRIADUS, D.) COIIPOSITDI, E : Compound Infusion of Soma.—Infuse for 4 hours (occasionally stirring, E.), in a covered vessel not glazed with lead, Senna, gj., Tam- arinds, gj., Bruised Coriander Seed, gj., Muscovado or Brown Sugar, gss., (gj., D.), Boiling Aq.,f gviij. Strain through linen or calico. The same may be made with 2 (or 3, E.), times the quantity of Senna. 206 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. This is a very good way to prepare the infusion of Senna, as the sugar and tamarinds much improve its taste. The dose as an effective purgative is fgjss.—fgiij. TINCTURA SEM COMPOSITE, L. E. D: Compound Tincture of Senna.—Macerate for 14., (7, E.), days, Senna, giijss., (giv., E., Ibj., D.), Bruised Caraways, giijss., (gv., E., gjss., D.), bruised Cardamoms, gj., (gv., E., gss., D.), Baisins, (stoned), gv., (giv., Coriander, bruised, gj., powdered Jalap, gvj., Sugar, gijss., E.), in Proof Spirit, Oij., (by measure, Cj., D.) Strain. (Kxpress the residuum and filter. Or prepare by percolation, as direc- ted for Comp. Tinct. of Cardamom. If Alexandrian Senna be used, free it of Cynanchum by picking, E.) "A warm and stimulant purgative. That of the E. P. is made more effective by the Jalap, and by the corrective effects of the Sugar. Usually prescribed as an adjunct to the Infusiom in doses of fgj., sometimes alone in doses of fgss." TINCTURA SENN'E ET JALAPS, U. S.: Tincture of Senna and Jalap.—IJ Senna, giij., Jalap, in powder, gj., Coriander, bruised, Caraway, bruised, aa., gss., Cardamom, bruised, gij., Sugar, giv., Diluted Alcohol, Oiij. Macerate for 14 days and filter, or Macerate for 48 hours, and then transfer to a displacement apparatus, and displace with Diluted Alcohol until Oiij., are obtained. SYRUPlS SENNJ, L. E., U. S.: Syrup of Senna.— Macerate in boiling Aq., Oj., (Oj., and fgiv., E.), with heat for 1 hour (12, E.), Senna, gijss. (giv., E.), Bruised Fennel, gj., L. Filter. (Infuse Senna into the water ; express strongly, so as to obtain at least Oj., and fgij., of Liquid, E.) Add (while hot, E.) Sugar, gxv., and Manna, giij., L. Boil down to a proper con- sistence; add to the infusion of Senna, Treacle concentrated in the vapor-bath, as much as possible, gxviij., E. Stir carefully. and when the mixture is complete, remove it from the vapor- bath. Carefully pick Alexandrian Senna, E. B^ Senna, gij., Fennel seed, bruised, gj., Boiling water, Oj.. Sugar, gxv. Proceed as L.. U. S. Dose, fgss.—fgj. Dr. Christison says that the syrup obtained by the Edinburg process is far superior to that prepared according to the Lon- don formula, as the infusion in that is added after the treacle has been concentrated. EXTRACTUM SEM FLUIDUM : Fluid extract of Senna. # Tin- nevelly Senna, Ibxv. avoirdupois, and exhaust it with boiling CATHARTICS. 207 water by displacement: (about four times its weight of water is sufficient.) Concentrate the infusion in vacuo to Ibx.; dis- solve in it Treacle Ibvj. previously concentrated over the vapor- bath till a little of it becomes nearly dry on cooling; add of Rectified Spirit (Sp. Gr. -835) fgxxiv.; and, if necessary, add water to make fifteen (16 oz.) pints. Every fg. will correspond to Senna gj. avoirdupois. This is Dr. Christison's preparation so highly recommended by him. It tastes very pleasantly, and generally operates without nausea or griping. The dose is fgij., for an adult. rOXFECTIO (ELECTUARIUM E. D.,) SENN/E, L. (U. S.) Confection of Senna. Bub together Senna gviij. and Coriander giv. Pass through a sieve gx. of the powder; boil the residue with Aq. Oiij. (Oiij. and ^ E.), Figs Ibj. and Licorice gij. down to one-half. Express, strain, evaporate in water bath till fgxiv. remain. In this dis- solve Sugar, Ibijss., and make a syrup ; rub in gradually Pulp of Prunes (Cassia, Tamarinds, L.,) aa Ibss.; then throw in the sifted powder, and mix (triturate to a uniform pulp, E.) Boil Pulp of French Plums Ibj. and Pulp of Tamarinds gij. in Treacle, by measure Oss., to the thickness of honey ; add very finely powdered Senna giv., and when cold, Essential Oil of Caraway gij. Mix well. D. Action—Use.—A mild but useful purgative in doses of gj. —giv. POTASS^E BITARTRAS. Synonyms.—Tartari Crystallt, Dub.; Fcex Vini, Roman; Cremor Tartari , Lat.; Doppelt weinsaures Kali, Weinsteinrahm, Ger.; Cremor de tartaro, Span.; Cremore di tartaro, Ital.; Tartrate acide, de potasse, Creme de tartre, Fr.; Super tartrate of potash, Eng.; Cream of Tartar, Vul. Description and Preparation.—Cream of Tartar is depos- ited from wines during their fermentation. The philosophy of its formation is this :—the salt is a native constituent of the juice of grapes, especially of those that are very tart; it seems to be in intimate combination with the sugar, the juice under- goes the vinous fermentative change, and alcohol takes the place of the latter, the capacity of the liquid for holding this salt in solution is destroyed, and hence it is deposited in crys- tals in the bottom and sides of the casks or vessels, containing the wine. In this state the salt is called crude tartar or argol. That deposited from red wines is of a reddish color, and is 208 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. called red tartar, and that from white, being of a dirty white color is denominated white tartar. Both kinds consist of potassa, united with an excess of tartaric acid, forming a bi- tartrate with this base, but which is impure from the existence of coloring matter, lime, and the lees of the wine, and hence, requires purification. The purification of tartar is conducted on a large scale at Montpelier, in France. Here they take advantage of the greater solubility of the bitartrate of potassa in hot than in cold water. "The tartar previously pulverized, is boiled with water in copper boilers. The solution, when saturated, is transferred to earthen pans, where it deposits, on cooling, a crystalline layer, nearly free from color. This is re-dissolved in boiling water, and the solution having been mixed with four or five per cent, of pipe-clay, is evaporated to a pellicle. The clay precipitates with the coloring matter, and the clear solu- tion, as it cools, deposits white crystals in crusts, which upon being exposed to the air, on linen, for several days, acquire an increased degree of whiteness." The powder of these crystals constitutes the Cream of Tartar of pharmacy. Cream of Tartar is in white powder, which has a pleasant acid and gritty taste, and dissolves slowly in the mouth. It is in- soluble in alcohol, soluble in sixty parts of water at 60°, and eighteen parts at 212°. Its formula is K O, 2 C4 Ha O5 or two eq. of tartaric acid—132, one of potassa=4715, and one of water=9, making it 188-15. The water can not be expelled without decomposing the salt, and is hence, supposed to act the part of a base. As usually found in the drug stores, it contains from two to six per cent, of tartrate of lime, and sometimes more or less sand. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Cream of tartar is a good hvdragogue cathartic, and is considered quite mild in its action. It is also diuretic, and is hence well adapted to the treatment of dropsy. The beverage called imperial, is a drink made by dissolving half an ounce of the salt in three pints of boiling water, and adding to the solution four ounces of white su^ar, and half an ounce of fresh lemon peel. Cream of Tartar wJiey, is made by adding about two drachms of the tartar to a CATHARTICS. 209 pint of milk. The dose of bitartrate of potassa is from gss., to gj., as a hydragogue cathartic. MAGNESIA SULPHAS. Synonyms.—Schwefelsaure Magnesia, Ger.; Sulphato di Magnesia, Ital.; Sul- fato de Magnesia, Span.; Salts, Epsom Salts, Vul. Description and Preparation.—Sulphate of Magnesia is a constituent of sea water, and of many saline springs. It occurs, also, as a native product in some soils or earths, and appears in the form of efflorescence, on rocks and grounds which con- tain it. Sometimes, also, it is found in the crystalline form. The bittern of sea-water, after the crystallization of common salt, contains Sulphate of Magnesia, and Chloride of Magnesium, and by simple evaporation the former may be separated by crystallization. Sulphuric acid is sometimes added to convert the chloride into a further quantity of the sulphate. The formula of Sulphate of Magnesia is Mg O, S O 3 -+- 7 Aq. = 123. As commonly prepared it is in "acicular crystals, but it may be crystallized in quadrangular or hexangular prisms, acuminated by two to six planes, the primary form being a right prism with a rhombic base. The salt is white or color- less, transparent, and sparkling, of a saline, nauseously bitter taste. Unalterable or slightly efflorescent, according to the dryness of the air. Sometimes, but only when impure, deli- quescent. Insoluble in Alcohol, soluble in its own weight of water at 60°, and in less than three-fourths at 212°. Exposed to heat, the crystals melt in their water of crystallization, of which six Eq. are dissipated; the salt is then fused into an enamel without decomposition. If moistened when in the anhydrous state, water is re-absorbed with increase of tern. perature." Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Salts, as this article is commonly called, is regarded a very mild and safe, but yet efficient hydragogue cathartic and diuretic, and is hence very highly esteemed in dropsical complaints. The dose of Sul- phate of Magnesia is about an ounce; but it is considered best given in divided doses, repeated. The most agreeable form in 210 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. which it is taken, is a solution of it in carbonic acid water, with lemon syrup. But it is commonly taken simply in a watery solution. POTASS^E TARTRAS.—Soluble Tartar. This is a deliquescent salt of tartar, possessing nearly the same medical properties as the bitartratc, or cream of tartar; but is less pleasant to the taste, and consequently little used in medical practice. The dose is gj.—gj. POTASSA BISULPIIAS. Synonyms.—Potassae Supersulphas; Sal Enixum; Bisulfate de Potasse, Fr.; Doppelt Schwefelsaures Kali, Ger. Description.—Bisulphate of Potash (KO, 2 S03 + 2 HO), is obtained in the manufacture of nitric acid, as a residual salt. It is colorless, and without odor; but possesses a decidedly acid bitter taste. It crystallizes into flat, right rhombic prisms. It is unalterable in dry air; very soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol; and melts when heated, gives off one proportion of acid, and is reduced thus to the simple sulphate. Action—Use.—A safe hydragogue cathartic; though not now much employed. With an equal quantity of carb. of soda, it forms an effervescing draft, useful in constipated habits and habitual headache. The two salts are to be dissolved sepa- rately in water, and then drank when thrown together. The dose of the Bisulphate of Potash is gj.—gj. PllYIS SAU.M'S COMPOSITUS, E. D: Compound Saline Powder.— £ Sulphate Potash, giij.; Sulph. Magnesia and pure Muriate of Soda, aa giv. Dry the Salt separately with a gentle heat; pulverize and triturate them well together. Preserve the com- pound in well-stopped vessels. Action—Uses.—This is a useful combination of several salts, in which some degree of stimulus is combined with the cathar- tic properties. It may be beneficially taken in costive habits. Dose, gij.—giij., dissolved in water.—B. P0TASSH SULPHAS CUM SI LPIIURE, E. I Sal Polychrestum (Jlaseri. Glaser's Sal Polychrest.—£ JNitrate of Potash and Sulphur, equal parts; mix; throw the mixture in small portions, into a CATHARTICS. 211 red-hot crucible; when the deflagration is over, and the salt cools, reduce it to powder, and preserve it in well-stopped bottles. Action—Use.—This Salt acts as a safe and mild purgative, and may be given with an equal weight or more of Bitartrate of Potash. It was formerly much used in Dyspepsia and chronic cutaneous diseases. Dr. Duncan says, that in use it agrees with the Sulphureous Waters. B Dose, gss.—gj. POTASS^E SULPHAS.—Vitriolated Tartar. Sulphate of Potash (KO, S03), is found in the organic and inorganic state, in four different forms:—1st., in the mineral Bolid form, about volcanoes and in alum, and polyhalite ; 2nd., in some mineral waters; 3rd., in many plants; 4th., in some animal secretions. When pure, it occurs in hard crystals of variable shape; but the primary form is a right rhombic, or rhombic octohedron. The crystals are unalterable in the air; insoluble in alcohol; soluble in sixteen parts of cold, and four parts of boiling water. The taste is somewhat nauseous and bitter. i,,, n—jjSCt—A mild hydragogue cathartic; but not much in use. Dose, gr. x.—gss. LIQUOR POTASSA EFFERVESCED, L. POTASSE AQUA EFFERVES- CENS, E.: Effervescing Solution of Potash.—Prep. Dissolve Bicarb. Potash, gj. in Aq. dest. Oj. Pass through the solution Carb. Acid Gas under pressure (more than sufficient for saturation ; preserve the solution in well-stopped vessels, L.). This may be extemporaneously imitated by pouring a bottle of soda- water (i. e., Carbonic Acid water) into a tumbler containing srr. xx. of Bicarb, of Potash.—R. This is a solution of Bicarbonate of Potash containing Car- bonic Acid Gas in excess. LEMON AND KALI. —A mixture of powdered White Sugar, dried and powdered Citric Acid, and powdered Bicarbonate of Potash—employed for making extemporaneous effervescing draughts. Acid and Alkali is to be kept separate until used. PULVERES EFFERVESCENTES.—The Ed. Pharm. orders—of Tar- taric Acid, gj.; Bicarb. Potash, gj. and gr. 160. Reduce both to fine powder, and divide into sixteen parts. Preserve the Acid and Alkaline powders in separate papers of different colors. 212 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Action— Use.—A common beverage, possessing laxative hy- dragogue properties. When taken it is mixed with various kinds of syrup, or with sugar, to improve the taste. It must be remembered, however, that the habitual use of Carbonic Acid drinks, as now practiced at the usoda founts" in our cities and towns, is not such a wholesome practice as is generally represented. It inclines to cholera, and cholera morbus. IRIS.—The Rhizoma, Leaves, and Flowers. Synonyms.—Iris, Ft., Lat.; Violen, Ger.; Ireos, Ital.; Lirio, Span.; Orris, Eng.; Flag, Vul. History.—This beautiful genus is valuable for its medical character, as well as the beauty of its flowers, and in some species, its agreeable odor. Many of the species have been used in Europe and America; but one only has been made officinal, the I. Florentina; but the I. Versicolor has also found a place in the secondary list of the U. S. P. They are natives of Europe and America. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Triandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.—Iri- dacese. Gen. char. Iris.— Corolla six-parted ; the alternate segments reflected. Stigmas petal-shaped.— Willd. Spec. cnar. All the species agree in having fleshy, perennial, horizontal Rhizomes, beset with fibers. Leaves radical, long, sword-shaped. Stem upright, from one to three feet high, sometimes branching. Flowers very beautiful; colors varied, but very rich. Grows in wet places; cultivated in gardens. There are many species of Iris—the I. Florentina, Germanica, Fcetidissima, and Pseudo-acorus, etc., are natives of Europe ; and the I. Versicolor, Prismatica, Lacustris, Missouriensis, etc., are natives of this country. Analysis.—The rhizome of the I. Florentina, and most pro- bably that of all the species, contains volatile oil, acrid resin, as ringent extractive, gum, starch or fecula, ligneous matter, and per- haps oxalate of lime.. CATHARTICS. 213 Physiological Effects.—Iris, in its recent state, is capable of producing violent effects upon the system, giving rise to severe nausea, vomitings, and drastic purging, with other unpleasant effects. In its dried state it is much more mild. Therapeutic Properties and Use. — The rhizome is a hydragogue cathartic and diuretic, and has also a powerful effect on the liver and glandular system generally. The pow- der of the root of I. Florentina, or orris of the drug stores, makes a valuable tooth-powder, being astringent, anti-scorbu- tic, acrid, and of a rich odor. The I. Versiador is the variety chiefly used as a cathartic in this country. It is very power- ful, and requires to be taken in small doses. It is regarded by very many in the reformed profession, to be perhaps the best single article that can be used in syphilis. Rafinesque says that a decoction of three-fourths Iris, and one-fourth eryngium yueefolium, has cured dropsy, without disturbing the bowels. Its chief application is in hydrothorax, syphilis, scrofula, etc. The flowers and leaves possess the same cathar- tic property with the root or rhizome, only they are milder in their effects. The dose of the powdered rhizome is from gr. v. to gr. x., repeated. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—EXTRACTUI IRIDIS ALCOH0LI- CUM: Alcoholic Extract of Iris.—Evaporate the saturated alco- holic tincture of Iris Versicolor, either by distillation, or by means of the common water bath, to the consistence of syrup; place it in shallow dishes in the sun, and let it thicken to the consistence of soft wax or pitch. Action— Use.—This extract is employed for making cathar- tic pills. Useful in Dropsy, Syphilis, Scrofula, Cancer, etc. It can be readily diluted with alcohol if desired, and given, dropped from a vial. Dose, gr. iij., gr. iv. IRISIN.—This is prepared, by washing thoroughly the Alco- holic Extract of Iris with cold water; by which means the extractive matter, some of its coloring matter, and a small quantity of gum (which is taken up in the spirit by the water it may contain), is removed, and the oleo-resinous principle, which is the active part of the plant, is left. This is called Irisin, under the supposition that it is a peculiar principle of the plant nearly pure. It is a soft resin. 214 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Action—Use.—Same as the Alcoholic Extract. Dose, gr. j.— gr- ij- 1RISTAE.— Messrs. Keith & Co., of New York, prepare an alkaloid from the Iris, which they call Irisine, and which is represented to possess the active medical properties of the plant. The author has had no experience with this article; but is informed by Dr. R. S. Newton, of this city, that it has proved in his hands, a useful and reliable article—quite equal to the Alcoholic Extract, and being in crystalline or powdered state, is much more convenient than that article. The dose is gr. j., gr. ij. Useful as a hydragogue; an alterative in syphilis, scrofula, cancer, and hydrarthrus. JALAPA.—The Root. Synonyms. — Jalap, Fr.; Jalappen-Wurzel, Ger.; Sciarppa, Ital.; Jalapa, Span.; Jalap, Vul. History.—Jalap is a native of Mexico, and has derived its name from the city of Xalapa, in the State of Vera Cruz, in the neighborhood of which it grows, on mountains, sometimes at the hight of six thousand feet above the level of the ocean. The drug is brought from the port of Vera Cruz in bags, con- taining from one to two hundred pounds. Botany.—Sex. Syst.— Pentandria Monogynia.— Nat. Ord.— Convolvulacese. Gen. char. Ipomgsa. Sepals five. Corolla campanulate. Stamens included. Style one. Stigma two-lobed ; the lobes capitate. Ovary two-celled ; cells two-seeded. Capsule two- celled.—Lindley. Spec. char. I. Jalapa. Some confusion has existed in refer- ence to the true species yielding the officinal Jalapa. The following description of the Jalap plant is taken from Royle's Therapeutics, and is most probably correct. " The true Jalap plant, has a tuberous, fleshy root-stalk with numerous pear-shaped tubers, externally brownish- colored, internally white, with numerous long fibers. The stem, climbing to a great extent, is of a brownish color, round and smooth, without downiness. Leaves on long foot- CATHARTICS. 215 stalks, cordate, with a tendency to become hastate in the lower leaves, deeply sinuated at the base and acuminate at the apex entire, very smooth. Pedun- cles axillary, two-flowered, com- monly only one blown at a time. Calyx without bracts; sepals five, obtuse, mucronate, with two of them external. Corolla of a crimson or a light-red color, with a long, rather clavate tube, four times longer than the calyx : limb undulated, with five plaits; lobes obtuse, submargin- ate. Stamens five; filaments smooth, unequal, longer than the tube of the coral, with white, ipomcea jalapa. linear, exserted anthers. Stigma capitate, deeply furrowed. Capsule two-celled; cells two- seeded." Analysis.—Guibourt analyzed the root of Jalap, but with- out the design of trying to procure all the salts and peculiar principles. He found it to contain " Resin 1765 per cent., a liquid Sugar obtained, by alcohol, containing some of the deliquescent salts, 1900; Brown, Saccharine extract, obtained by water 9-05 ; Gum 1042 ; Starch 18-78 ; Woody matter 21-60 ; loss 3-80—100. This, as M. G. remarks, differs from the analyses hitherto given, but in the presence of sugar, which he supposes to be of the nature of cane sugar, approximates Jalap to bat- atas and other Jalap (as rose Jalap) roots of the same family, which contain it. The cathartic properties depend on the resin : hence, rectified spirit is the best solvent. Water takes up the gum and starch, with little of the active principle. Though Jalap is apt to be attacked by insects, its virtues are not in consequence impaired, for they leave untouched the resinous part. This resin is of a grayish color, opaque, brittle, acrid in taste, soluble in alcohol, a little so in ether, readily so in nitric or acetic acid, and in solution of potash. It is now 216 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. often adulterated with guaiacum, which may be detected by the blue color produced by nitrous gas, while ether dissolves it, but does not dissolve pure resin of Jalap. Dr, Kayserhas named this rhodoretine, from its producing a red color with strong sulphuric acid. He considers it composed of C42 H35 O20." The resin of Jalap, may be said to be of two kinds; one, amounting to seven parts out of ten, is very hard and insolu- ble in ether; the other is soft and is soluble in that menstruum. Therapeutic Prop, and Use.—Jalap is an active, and pretty certain purgative of the hydragogue order, and has long been in use by the old profession. But it is in no respect superior to the Podophyllum except in quickness of action, and being much more expensive, will ere long give place to that article, to a very large extent. It is more drastic than the podophyl- lum, but it produces its cathartic effects in half the time re- quired by the latter. It is in view of this that it is now com- bined with podophyllum for hydragogue purposes. The com- bination is usually in about equal proportions, and a small quantity of Cardamoms, or fennel seeds pulverized is com- monly added to improve it, to render it less griping. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—PULVIS JALAPjE COMPOSITUS, I. E. D. (U. S.): Comp. Jalap Powder. Rub separately into very fine powder Jalap, giij. (gj. E. [U. S.] Ibss. D.) Bitartrate of Potash, gvj. (gij., E. [U. S.] Ibj., D.) Ginger, 3ij. Mix. Action—Use. — Hydragogue cathartic; useful in dropsies. Dose, from 9j. to 3j. It will reduce the swelling of dropsy in an incredible short time. TINCTURA JALAPJI, L. E. D. (U. S.) : Tincture of Jalap. — Mace- rate for fourteen days powdered root of Jalap, gx. (gvij. E., gviij. D. [U. S.]) in Proof Spirit Oij. Strain. (Prepare by digestion or percolation, v. Tinct. Cinchonas, E.)—Contains the Resin of Jalap, with some of the principles soluble in water. Action—Use.— Cathartic adjunct to purgative draughts, in doses of f^.—f^ij. EXTRACTUM (SIVE RESINA, E.) JALAPJ3, L. D.: Extract or Resin 8E- $ JalaP—L- !>• Macerate powdered Jalap root, Ibiiss. (Ibj. D.) m Rectified Spirit, Cj. (by measure, lbiv.*D.), for four days. Pour off the Tincture. Boil the residue in Aq. dist. Cij., (Cj., D.) to Css. (Ibij. D.) Strain the liquors, evaporate CATHARTICS. 217 the decoction, and distil the tincture till thick ; then mix the Extract and the resin, and evaporate to the proper consistence over a water-bath. The Extract must be kept soft for pills, and hard for powder, L. RESINA JALAP/E: Jalapin.—B; Finely powd. Jalap, any quan- tity; moisten with Rectified Spirit; in twelve hours put it into the percolator and exhaust with Rectified Spirit; distil off the greater part of the Spirit, and concentrate the rest to a due consistence over the vapor-bath. "As the active prop- erties of Jalap depend upon its resinous, and not upon its sac- charine, gummy, or amylaceous principles, this preparation is preferable to those of the L. and D. P., where the extracts of water and of spirit are mixed together, and the produce necessarily weaker than the Resin." Action—Use.— Cathartic in doses of gr. v.—9j. Usually prescribed in combination. The Resin of the E. P. in doses of gr. iij.—gr. xij. PODOPHYLLUM. This article, which was described and treated of in the order of Cholagogues, also merits a place here, as it is a very cer- tain hydragogue cathartic, if used in doses about one-third larger than recommended for other complaints, generally. ELATERIUM. The elaterium of commerce is the deposition that takes place when the juice emitted by the Momordica Elaterium, or Squirting Cucumber, is left standing in a vessel for some hours. The plant belongs to Sex. Syst. — Monoecia Monodelphia, and Nat. Ord.—Cucurbita. It has a large fleshy root, from which proceed several round, rough, trailing stems without tendrils. The vine very much resembles that of the common cucumber. To obtain the elaterium, the ripe fruit—which is a prickly bod}r about the thickness of a man's thumb and an inch in length, shaped much like the common cucumber — is to be sliced and pressed carefully in a very fine wire sieve, so as to force through the juice, which contains the active principle. This juice will deposit the elaterium in a few hours, when it is to be dried in the shade. 218 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. The best elaterium is that brought from Germany. Clut- terbuck's is generally the most esteemed. Physiological Effects.—Though possessed of very great power, elaterium is now conceded to be free from any specif- ically poisonous properties. When given in small doses long continued, it occasions no effects different from those which attend the use of other milder and innocent agents. Viborg, as related by Dr. K. Wibmer, in his work on Medi- cines and Poisons, gave a pound of the fruit to a horse, with- out any effect. Two and a half pounds of the entire plant — roots, stalk and leaves—were also given without any effect. Still, however, it is not advisable to be rash in its employ- ment, since it is known to have so powerful an effect on man. When an over-dose is given, its action seems simply to be irri- tant, and the irritation is evinced upon the mucous membrane of the bowels. When applied to the membranes of the eye or to denuded surfaces, it also proves irritant. From all that has yet been learned of its effects, when given in over-doses, they appear to be extremely like podophyllin. This article, also, is mild enough when given in proper doses; yet in excessive quantities it will, like elaterium, occasion much irritation and even inflammation of the mucous sur- faces ; or when applied externally and kept in solution it will occasion erysipelas. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Elaterium is the most effective hydragogue that we possess. It has availed in hydrocephalus, hydrothorax, hydropericardium, anasarca and other forms of dropsy, after many other means have failed. But the uncertainty of the strength of the commercial ela- terium should, when this is employed, ever be a caution against recklessness, since by an over-dose of this article much mischief might be done. Under doses of, say, one-eighth of a grain, should be given once in two hours, combined with lep- tandrin, or jalap. It would be scarcely advisable, however, to use an article of such power, in general practice. It should be reserved for special occasions — as in those hopeless cases of dropsy, that CATHARTICS. 219 trouble the practitioner occasionally.0 The dose of the best German elaterium is one-fourth of a grain. But the common article has been given in much larger doses. Often, no effects at all follow its exhibition in large doses, which must be refer- red to the worthlessness of much of the elaterium in market. In such cases, the practitioner must not commence the use of a new article of the medicine in similarly large doses. GAMBOGIA. Gamboge is a gum or gum-resinous exudation from an * The author well remembers a case which occurred in his practice near twenty years since, when he entertained strong prejudices against this medi- cine. The case was one of anasarca and ascites. Thorough and protracted treatment had been given by several respectable physicians; during all of which time the patient was getting worse, for the swelling continued to pro- gress, while his weight was increasing at the rate of five pounds per week. When the author was called to the case, the prospects were indeed almost hopeless; but the solicitude of the friends of the unfortunate sick man was not to be resisted, and a most thorough treatment was at once adopted. Diaphoretics had no effect. Diuretics seemed at first to promise something, but in a few days they evidently lost their power. Thorough emetics and vapor-baths had been instituted, with a view to a change of the determination of the fluids; but this, with thorough friction and internal stimulants, effected nothing. The most powerful hydragogues then in common use, conjoined with stimulants and tonics, were then invoked. By this means about two gallons of water were removed daily for about seven days, when the patient began to evince signs of debility, which contra-indicated the continued use of the hydragogues. They were therefore superseded by the use of tonics and astringents. In the mean time, the weight of the patient, which had been diminished about ten pounds, was again increasing. At this stage of affairs an itinerant practitioner came along, and hearing of the case, applied at once for the charge thereof. Under circumstances so dis- couraging, it is not common that the physician in attendance offers much objection to a change of responsibility. A change was made, and the new doctor applied his "Specific." The consequences which followed were astonish- ing to every one except the "New Doctor," who seemed to expect the effects with complete assurance. Four gallons of water were removed every twenty- four hours, for four days, by means of a hydragogue cathartic; and the author's prejudices against elaterium were giving way fast, as he witnessed a rapid convalescence of the patient after the use of the "Specific," which proved to depend for its activity entirely upon elaterium. 220 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. uncertain tree growing in India. It occurs in our markets in dry, hard and friable, bright-yellow masses. Sometimes the gum occurs in cyllindric form, when it is called Siam gamboge, and this is usually free from dirt, and of superior quality. Lump, or cake gamboge, occurs in lumps of several pounds weight, and is not so nice as the former kind, being sometimes mixed with foreign substances — as dirt, and sticks or bark. Gamboge has a slightly acrid smell and taste, and colors the saliva beautifully yellow. When pulverized it makes a fine, bright-yellow powder. It dissolves readily in water, and makes a superior paint for maps and pictures generally. Its composition is C40, H23, 08.—(Johnston.) Therapeutic Properties and Use. — Gamboge has hereto- fore been in use by some Beformers, on account of its activity, or rather the smallness of the quantity necessary for its eathartic action—having been for this reason combined with other less powerful cathartics to render them efficient in smaller doses. It is a hydragogue cathartic of very harsh and drastic action, and sometimes gives rise to severe griping and tormina; and has therefore been very justly laid aside since the concentrated indigenous cathartics have been introduced. Podophyllin will eminently well supply its place. Dose, gr. ij.—gr. v. SCAMMONIUM. Scammony is the concrete juice of the root of the Convol- vulus Scammonia, a tree growing in Syria. There are several kinds of the drug found in our market. One kind, called Aleppo Scammony, has been considered the best. Another kind, called Smyrna Scammony, was regarded inferior; but at the pre* sent these distinctions are not maintained, as they now no more indicate the quality of the article. Scammony is a gum-resin, of an ash-grey color, which comes to us in masses of various sizes, and shapes. It is difficult now to find it of pure or virgin character, since it is apt to be much adulterated with foreign substances, from motives of gain. In France, it is said to be manufactured out of base materials mixed with small quantities of the genuine drug. UATHARTICS. 221 Physiological Effects.—Scammony has been the subject of some dispute as to the safety of its use. But it is now proven not to be possessed of poisonous properties, and but for its drastic power, might be classed among the innocent medical agencies. When given in large doses, it irritates the mucous membrane of the stomach and bowels, and is sometimes fol- lowed by inflammation of these parts. In quite small doses, no notable effect except that of a laxative or aperient, is observed. Application and Use.—Scammony is a powerful hydragogue purgative, too powerful for common use. It is apt to occasion pain and griping, particularly when the bowels are not well supplied with mucus. When employed it should be com- bined with other and milder articles, such as rhubarb, leptan- dria, etc. Dose.—Pure or virgin scammony will operate as a purge in doses of gr. v.—gr. x. But common scammony some- times requires twenty grains. This uncertainty of strength in the commercial drug must inevitably, ere long, Dring it into disuse. COLOCYNTHIS. This is the fruit of an herbaceous, annual vine, growing in Turkey, and the islands of the Archipelago. As brought to us, the coloC3Tnth is in globular form, consisting of the fruit of the plant denuded of its rind. It is quite full of seeds, and of a very spongy consistence and light color. It has little odor, but an exceedingly bitter taste. Water and alcohol extract its active principle, called colocynthin. But since the dose of the substance is very small it is scarcely necessary to have it con- centrated. Colocynth is a most powerful hydragogue cathartic, long in use by the Old School physicians. It is quite too powerful and drastic for common use. But since the objections against it have been simply laid against its power, and not its quality, many of the Eclectic practitioners have been in the habit of employing it in under doses, combined with milder articles, which by this means are improved in their activity. The medicine is much in use by the Arabian physicians, and 222 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. by the German. In the United States, its employment is also much more general among the German physicians. No narcotic or direct sedative effects appear to follow its use; and when given in over-doses, the symptoms are very like those that follow the excessive use of podophyllin : they are— vomiting, violent purging, griping, inflammation, with pain and tenderness in the bowels. Dose, gr. v.—gr. x. The Officinal Extract is mostly preferred. Of this there are two kinds — the simple and the compound Extract of Colocynth. The simple extract is made by the evaporation of the aqueous solution, and is of little account; the compound is an alcoholic extract of colocynth, scammony, aloes, and cardamom, with an addi- tion of Castile soap. The dose of the former is gr. v.; and that of the latter, Avhich is by far the better article, is gr. v.—gr. xxx.; generally gr. x.—given in pill form. A large portion of Reformers object entirely to this article. RIIAMNUS CATIIARTICUS.—Buckthorn Berries. The fruit of what is called the Purging Buckthorn, a native of Europe, has been used a long time by the Old Profes- sion as a hydragogue cathartic, in dropsical diseases. But they are nauseating and drastic, and have no advantages over any of our more prominent indigenous articles of this order. We do not need it. It is commonly given in form of syrup. OLEUM TIGLIL—Croton Oil. This is the expressed or fixed oil of the Croton Tiglium, a tree growing in Hindostan, Ceylon, the Moluccas, and other parts of Southern India. The oil, as brought to us, is seldom genu- ine. It is adulterated with other fixed oils. Croton oil is perhaps the most active and powerful of all the cathartic agents known. When pure, it will operate in doses of from one to two drops, sometimes in less than one hour. In over-doses it is very severe, and often fatal; and from this circumstance and the uncertainty of its strength or purity, the article has of late been much less in use than for- merly, even by the Old Profession, with whom it has been mostly employed. CATHARTICS. 223 Besides its activity and smallness of dose, there is, however, still one other advantage in its employment—that is, the cir- cumstance of its operating principally through nervous influ- ence. It is hence emphatically a specific cathartic, and operates without being introduced into the stomach, or even the ali- mentary canal. Its endermic application will prove cathar- tic in a very short time. When thus used, it is commonly applied over the abdominal region, conjoined, in the quantity of a few drops, with some other soft oil. It is a vessicant, also, to the skin; and for this purpose (vessication) those who use revulsives of this kind have employed it. We can dispense with croton oil very conveniently; since our podophyllin will serve us in the object of smallness of dose, and oleum ricinus, or even senna, will answer all ordi- nary demands for promptitude. SOD^E CHLORIDUM. Synonyms.—Son^E Murias, E. D.: Chloruro di Sodio, Sal Commune, Ital.; Chlorure de Sodium, Hydrochlorate de Soude, Sel Marin, Fr.; Sal, Span.; Chlornatrium, Kochsaltz, Ger.; Salt, Eng. History.—Salt is a natural product, common to almost every portion of the world. It occurs mostly in solution with water, in certain springs, lakes, and the waters of the ocean. It is also found in the solid or crystalline form, in which it is called rock-salt. It is too common to need further description. Action — Use.— Salt is the common preservative employed in curing meat, and is necessary with food for most of the supe- rior animals. As a medicine it proves emetic, in large doses- hydragogue cathartic in smaller; and alterative and stimulant in doses of 3J. As a hydragogue gj. is usually given, dissolved in water. SODvE ET POTASS^E TARTRAS. Synonyms.—Sod^: Potassio-Tartras, L., Potassa et Sodje Tartras, E.; Tartrate de Potasse de Soude, Fr.; Weinsaures Nation-Kali, Ger.; Tartarized Soda, Roschelle Salt, Eng. Description.—This is a compound salt, discovered in 1672. 224 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. by Seignette, an apothecary of Rochelle. Having two alka- line bases, i. e. soda and potash, united with tartaric acid, it has been very unsettled in its name, and all the colleges differ in the names they give to it. It is colorless, crystalline; without odor, and of a mild saline, slightly bitterish taste. It is soluble in five parts of cold, and in less of hot water; also soluble in weak alcohol, but scarcely so in absolute alcohol. When pure, it is not much disturbed in the air, but as com- monly seen it effloresces in it. Its composition is Tart. Pot. 40, Tart. Sod. 34.5, Aq. 25.5 = 100. Action—Use.—One of the finest saline hydragogue cathartics, and is also diuretic. Dose, ^ij. — gj.; given also in efferves- cence, as in Seidlitz powders. SOD^E SULPHAS. Synonyms.—Sal Catharticus, Sal mirabile Glauberi, Sulphate de Soude, Fr.; Schwefelsaures, Ger.; Sulphate of Soda, Glauber's Salt, Cheltenham Salts, Eng. History.—Sulphate of soda is found sometimes effloresced on the soil in India and other countries. It exists in sea- water, and in springs and lakes, in some plants, and in some of the animal secretions. It is colorless, transparent, and crystalline, when freshly prepared ; but when exposed in the air it effloresces. Its composition is Na O 19.75 S03 24.69 Aq. 55.56=100. Soluble in water, slightly in alcohol. Action—Use.—A hydragogue cathartic, very safe in its use, but less agreeable than the Sulph. Magnesia. Dose, gj.—gij. SOD^E ACETAS. Acetate of soda is a salt, supposed to occur in most vegeta- bles containing the carbonate of soda. It is prepared from pyroligneous acid. It is, when fresh, a transparent, colorless salt, of a saline, bitterish taste, and is freely soluble in water, but sparingly in alcohol. Action—Use.—A safe hydragogue cathartic, but not much in use. Dose, sj.—3iij. DIAPHORETICS. 225 Class III.—DIAPHORETICS. Definition.—This class of remedial agents is variously called ; diaphoretica (from diawopsco, I transpire) ; sudorifica, (from sudor, sweat, and facio, I make) ; or diapnoics (from ma-wr perspiration). As these terms all indicate the elimi- nation of the same materials from the system—upon the same general principles (so far as the vital action is concerned), it will do no violence to the present plan of classification, to con- sider them synonymous ; and, indeed, this is the usual practice of our most popular therapeutists. " The terms diaphoretic and diapnoic have been used to designate substances which augment the insensible perspiration ; while the word sudorific indicates a substance increasing the sweat or sensible per- spiration. But, insensible perspiration and sweat differ in their physical conditions only—the former being the vaporous, the latter the liquid state of the same fluid. Hence, there can be no essential difference between diaphoretics and sudorifics." —(Pereira). It must be observed also, that the atmosphere, as to moisture and dryness, as well as temperature, very much modifies the process of perspiration ; and thus, under some circumstances, the mildest diaphoretics may prove sudorific and vice versa. Monus Operandi.—Dr. Edwards (De l'lnfluence des Agens Physiques sur la Vie, Paris, 1824) has shown, that cutaneous transpiration is effected in two ways—by a physical action or evaporation, and by an organic action, or transudation. Evap- oration, or the physical action, is the consequence of the porosity of bodies, and takes place equally in the dead and living state. It is influenced by the hygrometric states of the surrounding air, by its motion or stillness, by its pressure, and bv its temperature. Thus dryness, agitation, and diminution of the weight of the air, increase it. Transudation, or the organic action of transpiration, is a vital process, effected by minute spiral follicles, or sudoriferous canals, and depends essentially, on causes inherent in the animal economy, al- though it may be influenced, to a certain extent, by external agents. Thus, elevating the temperature of the surrounding 15 226 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. air, preventing its frequent renewal, and covering the patient with warm clothing, are means which promote the organic, but check the physical action of transpiration. Diaphoretics affect the transudation, or the vital processes. The}- affect the exhalents in one or both of two ways;—by increasing the force of the general circulation—or by specifically stimulating the cutaneous vessels.—Pereira. Physiology.—Perspiration is ver}^ justly considered, one of the most important physiological functions, performed in the animal system. It has been supposed, that three-fifths of all the ingesta, after subserving the general purposes of the economy, are destined to find their exit through the pores of the skin: this, however, is overrating the matter. But the mere evacuation of recrementitious matter is not the only physiological purpose involved in the phenomenon of per- spiration, for the evaporation thus sustained, is the grand means by which the physiological standard of the temperature of most of the larger animals, is maintained or regulated. Diaphoretics, which are the agents calculated to promote perspiration, are, therefore, not only physiological in their effects, but extremely important in their use. Application.—Perhaps no system of medicine ever intro- duced, has so fully contemplated the important use of this class of remedies, as the present Reformed or Eclectic system. A reference to any of our works on practice, discovers them among the most common applications that are made; and it may be remarked that this, perhaps, contributes no less than any other circumstance, to the remarkable success that attends the practice. The grand purposes effected by the process of perspiration, which stand so intimately connected with all the organic func- tions of the system, fully warrant the Reformers in taking the position they have, in reference to this matter. Some of the old school, as if determined to oppose every measure adopted by the Reformers, have consigned this class of remedies to comparative neglect. Professor Chapman, of Philadelphia, remarks: "The practice so generally prevalent, at onetime, of endeavoring to cure diseases of an inflammatory nature, by DIAPHORETICS. 227 extorting sweat by the profuse exhibition of the heating and stimulating articles, was productive of the most mischievous effects, and brought these medicines into discredit among regu- lar practitioners." ° In the next paragraph, he adds : " Of all the plans, however, of treating disease, the practice of sweat- ing is, perhaps, the most popular and generally adopted. By the vulgar, it is constantly resorted to, as the safest and most effectual process. Nor is this opinion confined, altogether, to the low and illiterate orders of mankind. Every class of society seems, in some degree, to have acquiesced in the pre- judice, and to entertain the same views." In Inflammatory Diseases. — Diaphoretics are important remedies in febrile and inflammatory diseases generally. They not only promote the evacuation of the irritating and com- bustible matters, which serve largely to maintain the fever and inflammation; but, as already hinted, by means of the evaporation they sustain, they let down the heat of the body directly. In their application, some discrimination, however, is necessary, as it is evident that the stimulating order of this class of remedies is not so freely admissible, while the circu- lation is confined. But this matter is fully treated of in the consideration of the different orders of diaphoretics. In Fevers.—In remittent and continued fever, a proper order of diaphoretics will be of great avail. That oppression, so common in these varieties of fever, which is dependent on the extreme dryness and heat of the surface, which is sometimes very much like that of incipient typhus, is often obviated by their use; and if early employed, they will fre- quently afford complete relief. Some order or other, of this class of remedies, perhaps, is always indicated in remittent, as well as every other variety of fever. In PneumoniaTyphoides.—Inpneumoniatyphoides,inwhich there is, as in true t}rphus, such a manifest tendency of all the humors that contain nitrogen, to putrefaction, the emunctories of the skin should be kept free, and active. Diaphoretics, therefore, are among our most important remedies. Prof. * Therapeutics, vol. I., p. 316. 228 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Chapman remarks, that two leadiug modes of treatment have been adopted in this affection. "By one set of practitioners, the most profuse use of diffusible stimulants has been recom- mended ; while, by another, the sweating plan is preferred." "My opportunities," says he, "have been sufficient to com- pare these different modes, and I do not entertain the slightest doubt of the superiority of the latter. The phj-sicians of this city [Philadelphia] at least, are generally agreed on this point, and they all acknowledge the infinitely greater success which attends the early and steady employment of the more active diaphoretic measures." In Typhus.—It is scarcely necessary, after what has just been stated, to mention the applicability of diaphoretics in typhus or typhoid fever. It is worthy of remark, however, that the agents of this class are much the most available in the incipient stages of those affections. In typhus gravior, it is often very difficult to procure diaphoresis. Nevertheless, it is still important that the means should be perseveringly applied' The vapor-bath will, in most instances, be indispensable, and should never be neglected. When the patient is too feeble to sit in the bath, a frame or other suitable fixtures, consist- ing of curved sticks, or sections of hoops, placed over him, while lying in bed, will keep off the covers so as to admit of thefree application of the vapor, by means of the proper pipes. In Acute Pulmonic Inflammation.—The very intimate sym- pathetic relation which subsists between the cutaneous surface and the lungs, renders the employment of diaphoretics par- ticularly proper in the treatment of inflammatory affections of the latter. When the skin is moist with perspiration, the breathing is always more free, the pain and distressful feeling in the throat and chest, less severe, and expectoration easier. (Eberle.) It is evident, when the determination is changed to the surface, the inflammatory action in the lungs must abate in a corresponding degree. Eberle thinks, that in incipient phthisis pulmonalis, the most important remedial means are such as tend to keep up a regular action of the cutaneous emunctories. In Visceral Inflammation.—Nor are diaphoretics less avail- DIAPHORETICS. 229 able in inflammatory affections of any of the other viscera, either of the thorax or abdomen, such as hepatitis, gastritis, enteritis, peritonitis, nephritis, cystitis, etc. Collaterally with their power to obviate inflammation, they have a manifest tendency to equalize the circulation, as well as the nervous action. In Rheumatism.—These same remarks will hold good in reference to the application of diaphoretics in inflamma- tory affections of an}- other tissues. Hence, they may be freely used in rheumatism, gout, and all phlegmonous attacks of external organs. Cholera, etc—The advantage of diaphoretics in dysen- tery, or diarrhea, as well as cholera infantum, and the ordinary summer complaint of children, should, perhaps, not go unnoticed here. Vogler, Stoll, Akenside, and Bichter, were among the first who called the attention of the profession to their utility in these affections. But at the present day, especially among Reformers, no encomium is necessary to insure attention to their claims. " The influence," says Dr. Eberle, " of the morbid condition of the cutaneous exhalents on those of the bowels, and vice versa, is often manifested in a very conspicuous way. We observe, for instance, dysentery, diarrhea, and inflammation of the bowels to ensue from the sudden suppression of perspiration : and on the contrary, these diseases, from whatever cause they may arise, are almost invariably attended with a dry skin. By exciting the cutane- ous emunctories in these affections, therefore, we break the chain of morbid action, equalize the circulation, and give an exit to those recrementitious matters which nature designs to be cast off by the skin, and the retention of which can not but prove injurious to the animal economy." In Dropsy.—Few at this day, doubt the applicability of those agents that promote the serous evacuations from the skin, in dropsy. It is very difficult, however, to excite perspiration in dropsy, and it will generally be in vain to depend on diaphor- etics, unless aided by the vapor-bath. In Diabetes.—In diabetes, it becomes an object likewise, to detract the scrum to the emunctories of the skin, and hence 230 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. diaphoretics will also be found beneficial. They should bo aided by frictions, and stimulating liniments. In the Exanthemata.—As to the utility of diaphoretics in the exanthemata, there has been some diversity of opinion. During the prevalence of the exclusively humoral pathology, the use of all evacuents, as it must be presumed, was very popular. It was supposed that all diseased action was depend- ent upon the presence in the humors, of some specific virus, and hence every means of depuration was instituted for the purification of the fluids. In the treatment of eruptive affec- tions, as well as others, therefore, diaphoretics held a high character. On the other hand, it is objected that diaphoretic measures are mischievous in the exanthemata, on the ground that as they maintain the determination to the surface, they enhance the inflammatory diathesis. The truth perhaps lies in the middle ground. It is probable that in specific affections of the skin, such as scabies, herpes, uticaria, etc., diaphoretics will be of little or no use, while the major exanthema, as variola, rubeola, scarlatina, erysipelas, etc., may require a treatment of this kind, at least in some of their stages. Collaterals.—In the application of this class of remedies, the fact should not be unobserved that the simple administra- tion of the best articles of the kind is not always sufficient to insure their specific effect. Various collateral means are often necessary, as warmth and moisture to the surface, the exclusion of the atmosphere, warm potations, etc. Among the most important adjuvants are the vapor-bath, or warm flannels, steaming bricks, bladders or jugs with hot water, placed to the feet and sides of the patient, etc. Sometimes, when the difficulty is dependent upon a spasmodic constriction of the cuticular emunctories, a cold or shower bath first, or the enveloping of the patient in wet sheets will take off the spasm, and then the usual diaphoretic remedies will be found to act promptly; and again it will be found that active collateral medicines are necessary. Thus, in eases in which the circula- tion is very languid, and the general vitality of the system is low, the most potent stimulants will be required in connection with the diaphoretics. DIAPHORETICS. 231 These matters are, however, further treated of under the different orders of diaphoretics, and hence, require no ad- ditional remarks here. Order I. SPECIFIC DIAPHORETICS. As was indicated under the general head contemplating diaphoretics as a class, it appears that these agents are not all equally dependent upon such physical causes as stimulation, relaxation, etc. ; but some articles have a specific power over the functions of cutaneous secretion, or the sweat glands. These agents manifest their diaphoretic power with equal cer- tainty, whether they are introduced into the stomach, or the rectum, or whether injected into the veins, or applied simply to the cutaneous surface in proper solution. It is indeed perfectly in accordance with reason, to suppose that all the organs possessing peculiar powers, and holding specific uses, may also be influenced by specific agencies. To deny this position would be to deny the perfection of the laws of cure, and to empale the philosophy of therapeutics. Any observation directed to the action of certain agents, will suffice to establish the claims here projected for the spe- cific diaphoretics, without the aid of an a priori argument. Sulphur, acetate of ammonia, and nitrate of potash, ascle- pias, and various other articles, are found to promote the elimination of perspiration, without the intervention of those intermediate conditions, i. e., relaxation, nausea, increased pres- sure of the circulation, or warmth of the body. The specific diaphoretics, therefore, can be made particu- larly available in cases where active stimulation, or the super- induction of nausea, or the inconveniences of external appli- ances are less admissible. The indications for their use would then appear to be in visceral inflammations, and in various forms of fevers. ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA.—The Root, Synonyms. — Knollige Schwalbenwurzel, Ger.; Houatte Tubereuse, Fr.; Pleurisy Root, White Root, Butterfly Root, etc., Vul. 232 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. History.—This is one of the most gaudy species of the beautiful genus Asclepias, dedicated to ^Esculapius, the ancient god of medicine, under his Grecian name of Asclepias. It attracted attention first by its beauty as a wild plant; but on investigation it was found of no less importance as a medicine. It is highly esteemed as a diaphoretic by the profession gener- ally, and especially by the new school of practitioners. It has found a place in the secondary list of the U. S. P. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.—As- clepiadacea3. Gen. ciiar. Asclepias. Calyx small, five-parted, Corolla ro- tate, five-parted, mostly reflexed. Staminal crown (nectuary), simple, five-leaved; leaflets opposite the anthers, with a sub- late averted process at the base. Stigmas, with the five angles (corpuscles) opening by longitudinal chinks. PoUinia five dis- tinct pairs. (Torrey). Spec, ciiar. A. Tuuerosa.—Root, perennial, large, branched, or tuberous, yellowish and rough without, and white within. Stems from one to fif- teen or more, upright or pro- cumbent, pu- bescent, cylin- drical, branch- ed, from two to three feet high. Leaves scatter- ed, supported on short foot- stalks, oblong lanceolate, en- a. tuberosa. tire, very hairy, of a green, thrifty color above, and paler below. DIAPHORETICS. 233 Flowers of a beautiful orange color, and disposed in terminal clusters, or corymbose umbels ; the corolla is reflexed, and of a very singular construction, peculiar to the genus: the nec- taries, or reflecting petals, are conical or terete. Perianth, folli- cles two, about three-fourths of an inch thick, by three in length, swelling in the middle, tapering at both ends, acumi- nate at the apex, one-celled, one-valved, containing the seed and seed-down, or silk. Seeds numerous, flatfish, circular, of a brown color, and attached to a tuft of silk, which, on the bursting of the follicle, spreads and carries the seed. Grows on sandy plains, in neglected fields, throughout the United States. It blossoms in July and August. Analysis.—The root of this plant contains an essential oil, bitter extractive, gum, feeula and resinous matter. Its diapho- retic properties appear to reside in the extractive, but its expectorant in the resin. Water extracts its diaphoretic vir- tues but not the exjiectorant. Much boiling impairs the medicine, and so does long keeping. Physiological Effects.—Asclepias Tuberosa, when taken in small quantities, produces no very sensible effects, excepting a slight bitterish, sweet and peculiar, but pleasant taste. In larger portions it slightly raises the pulse, and when taken for a few days improves the appetite, and increases the cuticu- lar excretions. In large doses, repeated, the pulse is sensibly excited, the perspiration increased, the appetite strengthened, and the spirits revived. Over-doses produce nausea and vom- iting, as well as purging if repeated. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—This article, although not so active as some others, may, nevertheless, be regarded, one of our most valuable diaphoretics. It has a specific power over the excretories of the skin, which it excites gradually, but effectually. The medicine is withal very pleasant to the taste, and agreeable to the stomach, and may hence be taken in infusion copiously, and thus also we secure the advantage in part of a sympathetic diaphoretic. It is also valuable as an expectorant, having a manifest tendency to excite the pulmo- nary secretion, and seems to evince a soothing influence to irritated parts, analogous to that of an anodyne power. One 234 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. of its vulgar names indicates the estimation in which it has been held as a remedy in pleurisy. Its power in this disease is dependent on its diaphoretic effect, conjoined with its soothing and expectorant action upon the pulmonary organs. ■' So many estimable qualities," says Barton,* " are usually attributed to this very favorite plant and popular medicine, that it is not easy to assign it a proper place in the materia medica. If the butterfly-weed is deserving of half its repu- tation, it is richly entitled to a distinguished rank in this work [Med. Bot.] ; and so numerous and respectable are the author- ities, in support of its celebrity, that it is with considerable diffidence, I venture to lessen, in the least degree, its elevated character as a medicine, by the intimation of any doubts of its just claim to its present undisputed reputation. My own experience with it is confined to a few trials in cases in which it is reported to be peculiarly beneficial; and these have resulted in an opinion, that there is some foundation for the encomiastic accounts of this medicine. It may be safely, nay, confidently recommended to physicians, as a mild cathartic, particularly suited to the complaints of children, as it leaves the bowels in a tranquil condition; and as a certain diapho- retic, attended with no inconsiderable expectorant effect." The author has made many trials of this article in various cases, and under circumstances which would admit of a test of its powers. He has found it a certain diaphoretic and expecto- rant when taken in large draughts of its hot infusion, and when properly assisted by the situation of the patient. But the cathartic, diuretic, antispasmodic, and other virtues ascribed to it, though possessed of most of them in some degree, are not sufficiently prominent to be depended upon. Asclepias Tuberosa is applicable in fevers generally, as well as in most inflammatory diseases, particularly those implica- ting the pulmonary organs, in which its infusion will serve well as an auxiliary means to be employed as a common drink, for maintaining a free perspiration and an equilibrium of the circulation, as well as a free condition of the lungs. As an * M. Botany, vol. I., p. 243. DIAPHORETICS. 235 expectorant it is best taken in substance, or the resinous extract (Asclepidin). The dose of the powder is about gr. xxx., taken in hot water, sweetened. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—INFl'SUM ASCLEPI.TUB.; Infusion of Ascbpias Tuberosa. IJ Aselep. Tub., in coarse powder, gj.; Boiling Water, Oj. Infuse for an hour, keeping it hot; and strain. Action—Use.—This is the most common form in which the A. Tuberosa is taken as a diaphoretic, and when a suitable quantity of sugar and cream is added, it makes a drink by no means unpalatable. Very good as a common diaphoretic drink, in fevers, pleurisies, etc. Dose, a wineglassful once every hour, or as circumstances may require. DECOCTUM ASCLEPI. TUBEROSE: Decoction of Asclepias Tuberosa. Boil giij. of coarsely powdered Boot of Asclepias Tuberosa, in Aq., Oiij., down to Ojss., and strain. Action—Use.—A good diaphoretic and expectorant tonic, in the secondary stages of pneumonia and pleuritis. Dose, a table- spoonful, sweetened with honey, once in two, three or four hours, as the indications may warrant. PULVIS ASCLEPI. TI'BEROStE COMPOSITUS: Compound Powder of Ascbpias Tuberosa. IJ Asclepias Tuberosa, gxvj ; Capsicum, 3J.; Lobelia; gss.; Caryophylus, gss. Pulverize and mix. Action—Use.—A valuable diaphoretic in fever and inflamma- tion of the lungs and pleura. Dose, gj. in hot water sweetened. STRIPES ASCLEPI. TTBEROSE COMPOSITUS : Compound Syrup of Asclepias Tuberosa. I£ Asclepias Tuberosa, in coarse powder, gxvj.; Aralia Baeemosa, bruised, gviij.; Cort. Prunus Virginica, gviij.; Convolvulus Panduratus, gviij.; White Sugar. Ibiv.; Ess. Anise, gviij.; Aq., q. s. Boil for two hours and strain; boil down to Oiij. Add the Sugar and Ess. of Anise. Action—Use.—An excellent diaphoretic and balsamic expec- torant, very useful in bronchitis, pneumonia, pleuritis, etc. Dose, one to two tablespoonfuls. EXTBACTm ASCLEPI. TTBEROS.E: Extract of Asclepias Tuberosa. B Asclepias Tuberosa, in coarse powder, lb. v.; Aqua., Cong. iv.; Alcohol, Oiv. Boil for three hours in the water; add the alcohol; stir, and boil for twenty minutes over a slow fire ; remove the kettle and let it stand over coals to simmer for an 236 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. hour, and strain while hot; now boil down to the proper consistence. This contains the diaphoretic and nervine tonic properties of the medicine, as well as the expectorant to a small extent; and is useful in most cases in which the root is recommended. The dose is gr. v.—gr. x. EXTRACTT)! ASCLEPI. ALCOIIOLICDI: Asclepidin. Place the satu- rated tincture of Asclepias Tuberosa into a still, and distil over the alcohol until the remnant acquires the consistence of hone}-; remove it from the still into an evaporating dish; let it evaporate in the sun until it becomes thickened to the form of a thick extract. Thus prepared it is a wax-like substance consisting of the resin and extractive of the root, having its odor and taste. The name Asclepidin, has been applied to this preparation and also to a powdered product of the asclepias. But the lat- ter is very much inferior to this in all the properties common to the medicine, and the formula is therefore omitted here. Action—Use.—This preparation contains all the active prop- erties of the asclepias, and may be employed for any of the purposes proposed for the use of this excellent medicine. Dose, as a diaphoretic or expectorant, gr. iij.; as a cathartic, gr. v., given in pill form, or in emulsion. PTEROSPORA AKDROM EDA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Pterospore Paradox, Fr.; Crawley, Dragon's Claw, Fever Root, Albany Beach Drops, Vul. History.—This singular plant, though long known to herb- alists, was not generally known to regular botanists until 1816. Dr. James, who found it growing near Albany, called it Mono- tropa procera. In 1818, Xuttall established the genus Pteros- pora, embracing this species, which he named, from the resemblance of its flowers to those of the Andromedea. Of late it has become very popular as a diaphoretic in fevers, and although not officinal, is much used in practice, especially by physicians of the new school. The author is unable to find it in any regular treatise on materia medica. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Decandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.__ Monotropes. DIAPHORETICS. 237 Gen. char. Pterospora. Calyx five-parted. Corolla ovate, five-toothed. Filaments flat; anthers two-celled, two-bristled, sub-peltate. Style short; stigma capitate. Capsule sub-globose, five-celled. Seeds winged. Spec. cimr. P. Andromeda. Root perennial (Baf), fleshy, tuberculous, tubers many, resembling the claws of a fowl. Stem erect, from ten inches to two feet in bight, simple, straight, covered with short, viscid hairs, cylindrical, leafless, sparsely beset with scales. Leaves none. Flowers in a terminal raceme, ovate, with five reflex teeth, some fasciculated, axillary to linear bracts, color pale or reddish-white; peduncle curved, nod- ding. The entire plant is without verdure. If affords four varieties, viz: the P. Flarieulis or yellow-stalked, P. Leucorhha or white-stalked, P. Elatior or high-stalked, P. Paueiflora or few-flowered. The plant is found on barren hills and shady uplands, in the Northern States and Canada. The P. Leucorhizaand P. Pau- eiflora are found in the Western States. It blossoms in July. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—The root of this plant is regarded, by many practitioners, as being one of the most prompt, certain, and powerful diaphoretics that we possess. It has been employed by the Indians, herbalists, and Shak- ers, of New Lebanon, says Bafincsque, as a valuable vermi- fuge, sudorific, anodyne, deobstruent and emmenagogue. But it is most highly esteemed as a diaphoretic and sudorific in fevers, especially typhus, and other continued as well as remit- tent fevers, of every variety. When taken freely it occasions the most profuse perspiration. Rafinesque also says that this article will relieve the night hectic fever, without debilitating the patient—that it avails in pleurisies and erysipelatous fever. —Is particularly good in low stages of fever. " I verily believe," says Elisha Smith (Bot. Plrysician,Revis. Ed., p. 11)5), "that this root, properly administered, with such other medicines as may be necessary, will break up any fever in the space of two or three days, not excepting continued, typhus, or yellow fever; and, that death from any species of fever, would be rarely known/' " With these powders—pow- dered root,"—continues he,« I have often given quick relief from 238 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. the excruciating pain of a supposed attack of liver-complaint; which, however, was caused by wind pent up in the bowels. It is an excellent medicine in pleurisy, and inflammations of the chest and brain, and is a sure remedy in erysipelatous fevers." The medicine is usually given in substance, in the form of powders, commonly called "fever powders." The dose is from gr. xx. to gr. xxx. It has never been analyzed, and hence its proper solvents are not known. LIQUOR AMMONLE ACETATIS. Synonyms.—Ammonia Acetatis Aqua, Ed., Dub.; Spiritus Mindereri ; Solution of Acetate of Ammonia. Spirit of Mindererus. Preparation.—Take of Acetic Acid, diluted, Oj.; Carbonate of Ammonia, in powder, q. s. Add the Carbonate gradually to the acid until it is saturated, or ceases to effervesce. It may be proper to remark, that when common vinegar is employed for the preparation of this article, it must be distilled, and not be used in its impure state, as is often done. Description.—Solution of Acetate of Ammonia is a limpid, colorless liquid, which has a taint odor, and a slight mawkish taste. If neutral, it will not change litmus or tumeric paper. But it is not always prepared so by the practitioner, being sometimes left a little acid or alkaline, according to the cir- cumstances attending its use. If taken internally, it is more pleasant when the acid predominates. But it is bettor if left more alkaline, when the stomach inclines to acidity. Its formula is N H', C4 H3 O3. Physiological Effects.—This preparation, though mani- festing, when taken in the quantity of an ounce or more, very considerable influence upon the system, and especially upon the secretories, is very mild and insinuating in its effects. If the skin is kept cool, or if the person taking it should exer- cise in the cool air, its action is directed to the kidneys, and free diuresis is produced; but otherwise its power is mostly displayed upon the excretories of the skin. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Acetate of Ammonia DIAPHORETICS. 239 is an excellent diaphoretic, possessing a specific power over the excretories of the skin. It is highly esteemed by many of the old profession as a diaphoretic in fever ; and being an innocent article, as well, as a potent remedy, may with all propriety, be embraced in the new Materia Medica. If the skin is kept warm while the medicine is taken freely, it will Beldom fail to produce a free diaphoresis. The indications for its application are high fever and inflammation, when the more stimulating diaphoretics are less admissible. The dose is from f^ss. to fjjss., every two or three hours, diluted with water and sweetened with sugar. Its effects are much promoted if, between the doses, some other good diaphoretics are used, and especially if the skin is kept warm, or the vapor-bath should be applied. ICTODES FCETLDA. This article (described among the antispasmodics) seems to have quite a specific power to excite the cutaneous exhalents, producing a free and continued diaphoresis. It is certainly worthy of attention in this respect. The dose is from gr. v.— gr. x. of tho recent root, shielded in some preserves. But when taken in the dried state, the dose must be double this quantity. It must always be taken in substance. SULPHUR. Synonyms. — Sulphur Sublimatum, D.; Sckwefel, Ger.; Azufre, Span.; Zolfo, Ital.; Soufre, Fr.; Brimstone, Eng. History.— Sulphur is very generally diffused throughout the mineral kingdom, and in small proportion, is found in most of the animal structures. In the vegetable kingdom it also plays a part in the primary organization of the tissues. In vegetables it is most common in the cruciferse, particularly in the mustard. In the earth it is found sometimes in its vir- gin state—occurring thus in volcanic regions, in the kingdom of Naples, in Sicily, and elsewhere. Its most common natural combinations with other minerals are in the form of sulpliurets of copper, iron, etc., called pyrites. It is found in solution in the sulphur springs, and lakes. 240 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Sulphur, as it occurs in the shops, is in bars or cylindrical bodies, one inch and a fourth in thickness. It is of a pale- yellow color, and has a shining fracture and crystalline tex- ture. It has a slight taste and smell, Avhich latter is sensibly increased when rubbed with the hand. It is negatively elec- tric; has a specific gravity of about 2 ; is soluble in alkaline solutions, petroleum, the fixed and volatile oils, and (when very finely divided) in alcohol and ether; but not in water. It begins to volatilize at ISO" and melts at 225°. It burns with a blue flame, and combining with oxygen, forms sul- phuric acid vapor or gas, which is irrespirable and exceedingly irritant. Sulphur in the sublimed state is called flowers of sulphur. When the sulphur is precipitated from its solution with lime, by means of muriatic acid, it is variously called—precipitated sulphur, milk of sulphur, and lac sulphur. Physiological Effects. — On vegetables sulphur appears not to have any effect different from other earths, as seeds will grow in it, and produce thriving plants. On animals and man, no perceptible effects follow its admin- istration in small quantities. An exception, however, obtains with reference to some of the parasites of the skin. Sarcoptes Hominis (Acarus Scabiei) or Itch Insrrf, magnified many hundred times the natural size. That on the right hand side, with dotted back, is the upper, and the other is the under side view. DIAPHORETICS. 241 The sarcoptes hominis, or acarus scabiei, is destroyed by sulphur in its application to the surface, or by its internal use. Such exceptions are not uncommon. The common spice, black pep- per (piper nigrum), which is but a gentle stimulant, and is much in use as a condiment, is nevertheless very poisonous to various species of the Diptera. The common house-fly (diptera muscidse), will take with apparently a high relish, sufficient of a sweetened solution of black pepper to kill it in an hour or two. Sulphur is found to enter the circulation and passes off through the secretions, in which it may readily be detected by its smell. Silver coin, carried in the pockets of persons that have taken sulphur, is blackened with hydrosulphurous acid, proving the passage of the sulphur through the circulation, or the body generally. In doses of half a drachm, it operates decidedly as a dia- phoretic, and is slightly stimulant; and when the quantity taken is increased to one or two drachms, it will operate as a purgative. Its cathartic action is marked by the absence of fluids in the dejecta, and it has thus been considered by Dr. Paris (Pharmacologia) to produce these effects chiefly by its action on the muscular coat of the intestines. Therapeutic Properties.—Sulphur is a safe and reliable diaphoretic, and is administered with great convenience, since it has so little taste; and the dose required for this purpose is so small. There is a serious objection, however, to its common use, in practice—it gives rise to a very offensive odor from the body, in the character of sulphuretted -hydrogen. Patients, there- fore, object to its use when they know that it is intended to be given. Sulphur promotes most of the glandular secretions, and it has been much esteemed in hemorrhoidal affections, and other diseases of the rectum, as also in pulmonary or bronchial diseases, when there is a want of the mucus secretion. It has also been regarded alterant, and has been employed against gout, rheumatism, syphilis, and scrofula. But the greatest use that is now made of sulphur, in prac- 242 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. tice, is as a remedy in cutaneous diseases, as in scabies, por- rigo, impetigo, herpes, eczema, etc. Dose.—As a diaphoretic, £ss., given in emulsion, syrup, or in milk. POTASS^E NITRAS. Nitrate of potash or saltpeter, has been employed by some of the Reformed School, as a diaphoretic, and diuretic. Others have denounced it as poisonous. As to the specific diaphoretic property possessed by this article, there is no doubt entertained by any persons ac- quainted with it; and it has also sustained its reputation as a reliable diuretic agency, useful in various nephritic diseases and other visceral difficulties. Our resources in the class of diaphoretics being quite abun- dant, we can have no grounds justifying the use of articles which are pernicious in their effects. The question involving the character of the present article in this regard, should there- fore be settled, as in all other cases, before authority is given for its use. That over-doses of the nitrate of potash may sometimes prove hurtful or even fatal, there can be no question. But this can be said of numerous other articles that are highly esteemed; and this certainly is no satisfactory evidence that the article is intrinsically poisonous. Numerous cases are recorded, however, in which enormous quantities of it had been given without bad effects. Dr. Christison, who has long been regarded as one of the most expert to detect poisons, reports a case in which an ounce had been taken and retained for a considerable time in the stom- ach, without producing any other unpleasant symptoms than vomiting. Nor is the history of the general use of this saltj when employed in medical practice or in domestic economy, in any degree indicative of its being poisonous. Nearly all the packed meats now put up are in part cured by the use of this salt; and it is observed that it always freshens meat, and improves its smell and taste, even when it is tainted or soured. Its effect upon venous blood is very analogous to the action of oxygen, turning it red; and when applied to blood out of the DIAPHORETICS. 243 body, it keeps it in a red and fluid state, and also preserves it for some time from putrefaction. Its antiseptic properties have been well tested by several of our most intelligent practitioners, who have employed it in yellow fever and other putrid forms of disease. Dr. Stotts- berry, whose heroism led him to Savannah, Ga., at the time of the terrific prevalence of yellow fever in that city, a few years since, and who there won private and public honors, not only for his philanthropy, but for his preeminent success in the treatment of that formidable disease, told the author a few months afterward, that he believed his success was chiefly dependent upon his free use of this potent agent. Dr. Stevens employed the nitrate of potash in very large quantities, in treating the malignant diseases of the West Indies some years since, and his reported success was aston- ishing alike to all. Dr. Cameron employed it with great bene- fit, in scurvy. (Med. Chi. Review, 1830.) The sentiment of the general medical profession is doubtless rapidly changing now in regard to the physiological effects of this article. The author, however, can not add any thing from his own practice either for or against the reputation of this article, never having been in the practice of its use. The dose, as a diaphoretic, is from five to fifteen grains, given in powder, or in solution with water. Order II.—NAUSEATING DIAPHORETICS. In observing closely the operation of the various therapeu- tic agents that belong to the class denominated Diaphoretics, it will be discovered that several prominent principles of action are involved. We find that while the articles of the foregoing order are dependent for the production of their specific effect upon their absorption into the circulation, and their actual contact with the exhalent vessels, a second order of diapho- retics are observed, which, in producing the same effect, are not necessarily absorbed into the circulation, but seem to act through the nervous system. A peculiar sympathy, elsewhere explained, appears to exist between the stomach and cuticular 244 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. exhalents, and it is by virtue of this, that the latter order of diaphoretics produce their specific effect. It has long since been observed that emetics and other nau- seating drugs are very apt to occasion diaphoresis, and it is upon a knowledge of this fact, discovered by observation, that the use of nauseating "fever powders" has been established* Emetics have also been discovered to be attended in their operation, not only by a diaphoresis, but a singular abatement of fever or inflammation, which could not be accounted for by the mere mechanical action attendant, nor the simple stimu- lating effect of the agents used; and it is certain that thous- ands of practitioners have been led by the good effects of emetics in fever and inflammation, to their general employ- ment in these cases, without apprehending the truth, as to the principle on which the much admired effect is produced. It is quite certain, from the foregoing facts, that there is sufficient reason for this division of the class, diaphoretics; though it is not certain that the term nauseating is more pro- per here than that of sympathetic. The discrimination ever practiced in the use of diaphoretics, by the philosophical practitioner, moreover, clearly evinces the propriety of this division. We find that the articles of the stimulating and exciting order of this class of remedies, though not mischievous in essence, are nevertheless contra- indicated in all cases in which the inflammatory diathesis is clearly marked, and when the system is confined, at least until the tension of the fibrous tissues is modified, and the violence of the arterial excitement is abated. In such cases the nau- seating diaphoretics are particularly applicable. Instead of enhancing the excitement of the heart and arteries, in pro- ducing their diaphoretic effect, they occasion the latter, by removing the very cause of the arterial perturbation ; that is, by obviating the constriction of the capillary system. They * This peculiar sympathy, however, does not necessarily require nauseating substances to produce this specific effect upon the exhalents of the skin. Any substance, particularly fluids, in filling the stomach may give rise to it. Thus a copious draft of cold water will sometimes produce free diaphoresis. DIAPHORETICS. 245 are admissible in the most violent forms of synochal fever, as well as the most aggravated states of inflammation. The first perceivable effect they produce, after the nausea, is a very perceptible modification in the pulse, showing their power to equalize the circulation. The fever or heat of the body will abate in a corresponding degree, and in a short time the per- spiration will appear. As soon as the system is thus relaxed, the stimulating diaphoretics may be used without the risk of inducing any undue arterial excitement. Thus it appears that stimulants are not phlogistic in their action, and that they are contra-indicated only while the circulation is confined. LOBELIA INELATA — As a Diaphoretic. This invaluable article, possessing so many different virtues, though regarded chiefly as an emetic, is, nevertheless, entitled to a place at the very head of the nauseating diaphoretics. No article is more prompt than this, in procuring diaphoresis, or even the most satisfactory sudorific effect. Application.—The chief application of this article, in view of its diaphoretic power, is in high grades of fever, and inflam- mation, when there is much spasmodic constriction, and dry- ness of the skin, and when the secretions are dried up. In these cases, it relieves the fever, and moderates the arterial excite- ment with astonishing promptitude. It should be given in small doses, frequently repeated, until it nauseates the stomach, when the doses are to be regulated according to circumstances. When the pulse moderates and the skin becomes soft and moist, the doses may be diminished. It seldom happens that lobelia, given in this way, fails of breaking up the most severe paroxysm of fever, or removing the urgent symptoms of inflammation. As congestion is incompatible with nausea of the stomach, lobelia is manifestly indicated in congestive fever, and all irregular conditions of the circulation attended with fever or inflammation. In remittent, bilious, or common autumnal fever, especially where their is much morbific accumulation in the vascular system, lobelia is an important remedy. The dose as a diaphoretic, isgr. iij. to gr. x. of the pulverized 246 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. seed; from gr. v. to gr. xv. of the pulverized herb; from f^ss.— f^ij. of the tincture, and from one to three drops of the oil. EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM.—The Herb. Synonyms.—Eupatorium Virginianum (Pursh), Eupatorium Connatum (Mich.) Durchwachsener Wasserdost, Ger.; EupatoirePerfoliee, Ft.; Thorough" wort, Boneset, etc., Eng. History.—This plant is a native of this country, and was a favorite, and popular remedy among the Indians generally, for many years, and was also, one of the first that the early Col- onial settlers became acquainted with. It was used as a feb- rifuge, and was taken in strong decoction to excite emesis, and to occasion a free perspiration; after which the doses were moderated, but the medicine was continued until a cure was completed. One of its vulgar names indicates some of its uses, being much applied as a vulnerary and relaxant in bone-setting. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Sygenesia ^Equalis.—Nat. Ord.— Compositse, Eupatorseceae, De Cand.; Asteraecese, Lind. Gen. char. Eupatorium. Calyx simple or imbricate, oblong' Style, long and semi-bifid. Receptacle naked. Pappus pilose, or more commonly scabrous. Seed smooth and glandular, quin- questriate. Nuttall. Spec. char. E. Perfoliatum. Root perennial, rather hor- izontal. Stems many, erect, from two to four feet high, one third of an inch in thickness, round, hairy, divided at the top into decussating branches, forming when in flower a dense, flat, fastigiate corymb. Leaves connate, pairs decussant, broad at the base where they join, from two to four inches long, from one to one and a half wide, rough, serrate, lanceolate, acumi- nate. Flowers small, terminal, white, sometimes tinged with purple, supported on short peduncles in bunches. The calyx, which is composed of imbricate lanceolate scales, embraces from ten to fifteen small florets which are campanulate, and have their border divided into five equal spreading segments. The anthers are five in number, black, united into a tube through which the bifid piliform style projects above the florets. Grows in meadows and wet places, throughout the United States. Its flowering time is in August and September. DIAPHORETICS. 247 Analysis.—Eupatorium contains a free acid, tannin, bitter extractive, gum, resin, acetate of lime, azote. It yields its virtues to water and alcohol. Physiological Effects.—E. Perfoliatum, to the taste, is bitter, and somewhat nauseous. When taken into the stomach in portions of twenty to thirty grains, it at first excites the pulse, but in from fifteen to thirty minutes softens it, and les- sens its frequency. When the dose is repeated it occasions nausea and diaphoresis. If it is still pushed further it will procure emesis. But no permanently unpleasant effects have yet been observed from its administration. Therapeutic Power.—This article has justly gained the character of a very certain and permanent diaphoretic, as well as that of an emetic, tonic and aperient. It would be needless to collect all the testimony that has been gained in its favor; and if it be even admitted, that the medicine has been much overrated, it is nevertheless certain that it well merits the confidence of the profession. " The sensible properties," says W. P. C. Barton, "of the boneset, indicate its medical virtues ; and it appears that the tonic and diaphoretic effects, both of which are unequivocal and powerful, are those the most deserving attention." The tonic virtues of this article have long been esteemed, and have been celebrated as efficacious in intermittents and remittents. But it is very certain that while these are estima- ble, many results have been ascribed to them that have been the legitimate effects of the diaphoretic power of the medicine. The hot infusion of the plant, drank freely, will seldom fail to establish a diaphoresis that will continue profuse, sometimes for several days. After the stomach and bowels are evacuated, in the autumnal fevers, the infusion, drank freely, will gener- ally complete the cure. The author above quoted, very justly remarks also, that " the efficaciousness of boneset is not confined to the simple forms of intermittent fever. It has, beyond disputation, been successfully employed in remitting bilious, in yellow, and typhus fevers, particularly in the form of the latter disease, lately so rife throughout the United States. And it is in cases 248 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. of this disease that I have myself used it, and in which I can offer the additional experience of an excellent practitioner, the late Samuel C. Hopkins, M. D. The doctor was among those partial to the sweating plan of treating this fever, and his unusual success in a multitude of cases for five or six years in succession is strongly in favor of that mode of practice. The boneset was the medicine used in producing this effect."* The Eupatorium is commonly prescribed in the form of infusion. This may be made by macerating an ounce of the herb in a pint of boiling water, for an hour, and straining; the tea may also be drank from the herb without straining, if prepared without pulverizing. This infusion is taken in doses of a wineglassful every half hour, or as the circumstances may require. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—EXTRACTUM EUPATORI, PERFO- LIATUM : Extract of Eupatorium Perfoliatum. Take of the herb of Eupatorium Perf, lb. v.; Water, q. s.; Alcohol, Cong. ij. Boil the herb in the water for three or four hours and strain; now add the Alcohol to the herb, and simmer over hot ashes for two hours and. strain. Distil off the spirit until there remains two pints, and after evaporating the liquor of the former process to a similar quantity, add the two, and evapo* rate by means of a water-bath to the proper consistence. The alcoholic extract is still more valuable. Action—Use.—The same as the aqueous infusion. Dose, gr. iij.—gr. iv. A good article also for making pills with quinine. The extract of eupatorium, as commonly prepared (aqueous extract) is much inferior to this. It is not only more feeble, and thus requiring a larger dose, but is also much much more nauseous to the taste and smell. Eupatorin.—Keith & Co., of New York, advertise an alka- loid preparation of the eupatorium perfoliatum under the above name, but the author has had no opportunity of learning much about its value. ANTHEMIS. Botany.—Sex. Syst. — Syngenesia Superflua.—Nat. Ord. — Compositae, Senecionideae, De Cand.; Asteraeceae, Lind. * Med. Botany, vol. II., p. 135. DIAPHORETICS. 249 Gen. Char. Anthemis.—Receptacle chaffy. Seed-down none, or membranaceous margin. Calyx hemispherical, nearly equal. Florets of the ray more than five.— Willd. spec. char. Anthemis Nobilis.—This species is the common Chamomile of the gardens. It is an herbaceous plant with a perennial root, and bushy, or finely-leaved top, with solitary white flowers, having a large yellow disk. Anthemis Cotula.—This is the com- mon Mayweed, or Wild Chamomile, also sometimes called Dogfennel. It some- what resembles the common chamomile in its appearance, but has an annual instead of a perennial root, and the plant grows somewhat larger, and is more regularly branched than the lat- J ter. a. cotula. Medical Properties and Use. — Both these articles are nauseant diaphoretics, and when taken in large quantit}7, will excite vomiting. They are usually em- ployed in the form of hot infusion, and taken freely until the desired effect is produced. The stimulant properties of these plants are found in the form of essential oil. But the oil is not so efficient for diaphoretic purposes as the infusion. Extracts have also been prepared, from both of these plants, but they are inferior in effect to the infusion. IPECACUANHA,—As a Diaphoretic. Ipecacuanha (treated of under the head of emetics) is also a pretty good nauseating diaphoretic, useful in febrile and inflammatory affections, but it is inferior to lobelia in this respect. The dose is from gr. v.—gr. x. EUPHORBIA,—As a Diaphoretic. The different species of Euphorbia (noticed among the emetics), when given in doses, so regulated as to keep up 250 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. nausea will procure a diaphoretic effect, available in many cases. The general dose is gr. v.—g. x. PULVIS SUDORIFIC^ COMPOSITUS. — (Compound Sudorific Pow- der) :— R Lobelia Sem., 3j- Camphor, 3ij. Papaverine, 3j- Pulverize and mix. Use.—One of the best general diaphoretic powders that can be made. The dose required is small, and its action is very prompt, and also persistent. It is extremely useful in febrile and inflammatory diseases, in which the nauseants and relax- ants are serviceable. Dose, gr. ij.—gr. v. Order III.—STIMULATING DIAPHORETICS. As obstructed perspiration may be dependent on various, or even opposite states of the general system, very different orders of the diaphoretic class of agents are required. Thus we find that the difficulty may involve a very high febrile action, characterized by an obstinate constriction and burning of the skin; and in other cases again, the circulation may be ex- tremely languid, the skin cold, relaxed and inactive, and hence dry, as before. In the first instance nauseants, or relaxant diaphoretics, are proper; but in the latter, the stimulant order are demanded. Stimulating diaphoretics produce their effects on somewhat different principles from either of those upon which the other orders of this class of agents operate. Here we find simply a propelling power exerted upon the circulation, by which the blood is pressed into the capillaries ; thus, in part, affording, upon mechanical principles, the means of more extensive secretion of the perspirable fluid. But the more notable principle of action involved in the operation of stimulant diaphoretics is a law of the living economy, sometimes called the law of correspondence, or the law of sympathy, which we often have to invoke in attempting to explain the more occult phenomena of animal life. The law DIAPHORETICS. 251 referred to here, is the affinity between the states of vascular repletion and the function of secretion. No one who has been any thing of an observer, has failed to remark how much more active the secretory functions are when the circulation is full, than when it is otherwise. Thus simple potations, even of cold water, but especially of stimulant infusions, will, in a very short time, occasion perspiration. This effect arises also from the ingestion, even of dry food to the stomach. All pure stimulants are more or less diaphoretic, in their effects on the system. They are general excitants, and evince their influence on all the living tissues in a manner corres- ponding with the functions that the different organs are destined to perform. Their most obvious and immedi- ate effects chiefly involve the circulation, as this is the point of their first general contact. But, being thus carried forward to the capillaries and external exhalents, before their exciting power is much exhausted, they stimulate the latter to increased activity. The diaphoretics of this order, like those of the preced- ing, are not, in the strictest sense, specific in their effects. But these, in virtue of their general exciting power, promote the functions of every organ with which they come in contact. According to the principles already discussed, it will appear that the agents of this order are not applicable in every case in which diaphoretics are indicated. Thus, in the sthenic diathesis, when there is much vascular excitement while the skin is constricted, and when there is, in consequence, a congestive tendency, pure excitants are contra-indicated, and hence, if used at all, they must be premised by the nauseants. Stimulating diaphoretics are indicated in all low forms of fever, in which a deficient action of the cutaneous emunctories is chiefly dependent upon an enfeebled condition of the cir- culation, as in typhus, typhoid pneumonia, typhoid fever, etc. POLYMONIUM REPTANS.—The Root. Botany. — Sex. Syst.— Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Polymonaceaa. 252 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Gen. char. Polymonium.—Calyx campanulate. Corolla mo- nopetalous, wheel-form. Stamens bearded at the base, on five valves, closing the bottom of the tube. Stigma three-cleft. Capsule three-celled, roundish, many seeded. Spec. char. P. Reptans.—This is a beautiful wild plant, commonly called Greek Valerian or Blue-Bells, and sometimes Sweat-Root. It grows in wet places, along streams, in new POLTMONIUMS REPTANS. meadows or woods. It has a perennial, white, fibrous root, and many radical, pinnate leaves on slender footstalks, among which rise the flower-bearing stems that are surmounted with fine, delicately blue, campanulate or wheel-shaped flowers. Medical Properties and Use. — Polymonium Keptans has ever borne a good character as a diaphoretic. In its general medical properties it compares with the polygala. Its proper- ties are readily imparted to alcohol and water. It is employed DIAPHORETICS. 253 in pleuritic and febrile diseases generally. It has also been prescribed in rheumatism, and scrofulous diseases. It may be prepared by infusion, or be tinctured in whisky or wine. Dose, gr. xx. of powder; fgj. of tincture; or a wineglassful of the infusion. POLYGALA SENEGA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Senega, U. S., L. E.; Polygale de Virginie, Ft.; Klapperschlan- genwurzel, Ger.; Seneka Snake-root, Eng. Botany. — Sex. Syst. — Diadelphia Octandria. Nat. Ord. — Polygalaceae. Gen. char. Polygala.—Calgx five-leaved, with two leaflets, wing-shaped, and colored. Legume obcordate, two-celled.— Willd. Spec. Char. POLYGALA SENEGA.— This is a very modest-looking peren- nial plant, growing wild in every variety of soil throughout most parts of the United States, but most abun- dantly in the Western States. It has a branched root, with a knotty head, from which arise annually, one or more erect, simple, round, smooth, leafy stems, from nine inches to a foot in hight. Sometimes thetstems are colored red or purple at the base, but they are green above. The leaves.are alternate or scattered, lan- ceolate, pointed, smooth, subsessile. The flowers are small, white, and dis- posed in a close spike on the top of the stem. Analysis.—The root has been an- alyzed by Trommsdorf, Gehlen, and others; and the following is the re- sult: 1, a peculiar acrid principle, called polygalic acid; 2, a yellow color- polygala senega. ing matter; 3, a volatile principle, supposed to be a peculiar essen- 254 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. tial oil; 4, pectic acid; 5, tannic acid; 6, gum; 7, albumen; 8, wax; 9, fixed oil; 10, lignin; 11, various earthy materials, among which were lime, potassa, alumina, magnesia, silica, and iron. The active principle or principles have not yet been satisfac- torily indicated; but if we are to judge from the character of the menstruums to which the virtues are yielded, we are left to infer that the activity of the root is dependent upon some- thing analogous to extractive, since we find that water, alco- hol, and ether will equally well extract them. Medical Properties and Uses.—This article has for many years, in the estimation of all classes of physicians, held a position in the very first rank of the stimulant diaphoretics. It is also pretty generally admitted to be a good pectoral, and an emmenagogue. When given in large doses, it proves emetic and cathartic. It has been generally employed in pneumonia, catarrh, croup, asthma, and amenorrhoea. It is exceedingly acrid to the taste, and will cause the saliva to flow in great abundance when it is chewed or kept in the mouth. It therefore constitutes a good sialagogue. The dose of the powdered root is gr. x.—gr. xx. That of the decoction, made by boiling slightly for an hour, an ounce of the root in a pint of water, is f^j. A syrup may be made of the seneka-root, by adding one pound of white sugar to a pint of its tincture, made with wine or whisky, and flavoring with any of the essential oils. The dose of this is fgj.—fgij. The watery infusion of seneka is taken in wineglassful doses. ARALIA. Botany.—Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Pentagynia. Nat. Ord.— Araliaceae. Gen. char. Aralia.—Flowers umbelled. Calyx five-toothed, superior. Petals five. Stigma sessile, subglobose. Berry five- celled, five-seeded.— Torrey. Spec. char. Aralia Spinosa : Angelica Tree.—This is an indi- genous shrub or tree, commonly called Southern Prickly-Ash, and Tooth-ache Tree. The tree grows in rich soil, mostly in the Southern States; and is cultivated here. Its hight is about DIAPHORETICS. 255 12 feet. It has an upright stem, which is thickly beset with prickles. The leaves are compound, and bi or tri-pinnate, and are situated at the top of the stem. The flowers are small, white, and situated in very large hemispherical umbils upon the top of the stem. The bark is the medical portion. Aralia Racemosa : Spikenard.— This is a very luxuriant herbaceous plant, growing in rich soil in most parts of the United States. It has a thick fleshy root, several feet in length, of a light color, and of quite an aromatic, balsamic ARALIA RACEMOSA. odor. The stem is very branched, smooth, and of purplish color. The leaves are decompound or tri-ternate. The flow- ers are in terminal clusters, and are succeeded by beautiful, dark, fleshy berries, of a sweetish, aromatic taste. The root is the officinal portion. Aralia Nudicaulis : False Sarsaparilla.— A pretty little species of aralia, growing in rich soil, in woodlands, in the Middle and Western States. It has a very long, creeping, fleshy root, of a light ash color, and about the thickness of a pipe-stem. The stem is more slender than the root; upright; about a foot in hight; and divided, at the top, into three 256 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. equal branches, which again divide, each into three more branches, thus forming a triternate top of leaves. The leaflets, like those of the spikenard, are ovate, lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, entire. The scape is naked, and bears a cluster of small, greenish-yellow flowers, which are succeeded by a corresponding cluster of berries, of the size of the elder- berry. The root is the part employed. Aralia Hispida : Dwarf Elder.—This is a dwarfish shrub, with a stem not over two feet high ; the lower part woody, and the upper herbaceous and branching. The stem is beset with stiff bristles. The leaves, like the other species are decompound. The fructification is also terminal, and resembles that of the spikenard. The root and top are both employed. The root is diuretic and alterative, and the leaves diaphoretic. The dose of the powdered root is gr. xx., that of the decoction of the leaves is f^ij. Medical Properties and Use.—All the above-named spe- cies of the Aralia are diaphoretic in some part. The bark of the root and stem of the A. Spinosa is very acrid, or pun- gent to the taste, and is one of the very best diaphoretics that we possess : indeed, it is commonly denominated a sudorific. It has acquired great celebrity as a remedy in Cholera, and was much in demand by the Eclectic practitioners in this city during the prevalence of this disease in the summer of 1850. The dose of the powder isgr. x.—xx: of the tincture, f^j.—fsjij. The root of the Spikenard is considerably diaphoretic, but is much more valued for its balsamic expectorant properties. It is eminently useful in pneumonia, pleurisy, and phthisis. It is commonly employed in syrups, with other expectorant remedies. It may, however, be given alone in tincture, or in the form of hot infusion. The dose is a tablespoonful of the alcoholic tincture, or three fluid ounces of the infusion. The Aralia Nudicaulis is mostly employed as an alterative, but it is not of much account for this use; and there is no doubt but its credit has, in a large measure, arisen from one of its common names, Sarsaparilla. The author is informed that Townsend, the elder, made this the principal constituent of his DIAPHORETICS. 257 Sarsaparilla Specific. The dose of the syrup of A. Nudicaulis is f^iii.; that of the tincture, f^ij. XANTHOXYLUM.—The Bark. Synonyms.—Xantuoxylum Americanum, Miller; X. Ramiflorum, Mich.; X. Fraxinifolium, Marshall; Frene Epineum, Fr.; Radice Lopeziana, It.; Prickly-Ash, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Dicecia Pentandria. Nat. Ord.—Xan- thoxylaceae.—Lind. Gen. char. Xanthoxylum.—Male. — Calyx five parted. Corolla none. Female. — Calyx, five-parted. Corolla, none. Pistils, five. Capsules, five, one-seeded.— Willd. Spec. char. There are quite a number of species belonging to this genus, most of them are southern or tropical, and all are possessed of very nearly the same properties. The X. Fraxine- cm is the officinal species. This is a Bhrubby tree, grow- ing from five to ten feet in hight, and is considerably ^-- branched. It is be- ^\p set all over with strong, sharp prick- les. The leaves are alternate and pinnate, with from four to five pairs of leaflets, and one ter- minal one. The prickly-ash grows in most of the Mid- dle and Western States. It is found in open woods, and rocky places. Medical Properties and Use.—The bark of the root and 17 XANTHOXYLON. 258 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Btem, and the berries, when ripe, afford one of our most reli- able stimulant diaphoretics or sudorifics. It has been in very extensive use by our reformed profession for the last twenty or thirty years. A common form of its employment is in syrup, combined with other articles, as a remedy for cholera, and dysentery. In 1850, when the cholera prevailed in this city, the author disposed here of nearly 200 pounds of the berries, which were all manufactured into syrups and other compounds intended for use in treating cholera. Prickly-Ash has also maintained a good reputation as a rem- edy for rheumatism. In dyspepsia, dependent upon atony of the stomach, the tincture of the berries has given much satisfaction. But one of the most important applications of the medicine is in low fevers ; in the malignant forms of remittent, in typhus, in yellow fever, and also in typhoid pneumonia. Pharmaceutic Preparations and Use.—TINCTURE XANTHOX- YLI: Tincture of Prickly-Ash. Bj Prickly-Ash Berries (or pow- dered bark), gviij.; Proof Spirit, Oij. Macerate 12 or 14days; pour off the tincture, and filter. Dose, fgj.—f^ij. In cholera, extremely large doses are given; fgj. has been poured down in cases of collapse, and often with good effect. SYRUPUS XANTIIOXYLI COMPOSITUS : Compound Syrup of Prickly- Ash. Xanthoxylum, 2 ounces. Capsicum, 1 ounce. Zingiber, 1 " Hydrastis, 1 « Cypripedium, 1 " Myrica Cer., 1 " Treacle, 8 pts. Best Rum, 4 " Tine. Myrrh, 3 " Place the dry articles, all in the powdered state, into a per- colator, pass the rum through repeatedly, and displace with water; now mix this tincture with the tine, of myrrh and treacle. This is a slightly modified process for the preparation of what was formerly called Hixsons cholera mixture, as given in Howard's Bot. Med., Vol. II., p. 432, and which has been highly esteemed in the treatment of cholera, cholera-morbus and dys- entery. The dose is one tablespoonful. DIAPHORETICS. 259 OLEUM XANTnOXYLI : Oil of Prickly -Ash.—Obtain a saturated high proof Alcoholic tincture of the berries of Prickly-Ash ; filter; place in a still and distil over, with a slow fire, two-thirds of the Alcohol; then remove and place the residuum into a shallow evaporating dish, and evaporate it spontaneously in a place free from dust, to the consistence of fixed oil. Properties—Use.—This oil possesses the active properties of the berries from which it is obtained, and may be employed as a very convenient substitute, in doses of five to ten drops. XANTHOXYLIN. There are two methods by which the oleo-resinous principle of the prickly-ash bark may be obtained. For both processes, the first step to be taken is to obtain a saturated tincture from the bark, with aleohol of the highest proof. Then in order to obtain the best product, this tincture must be evaporated in vacuo. But it will answer to let it evaporate spontaneously in flat vessels placed in a situation free from dust. After the evaporation is conducted to the extent that furnishes a thick oil, this is to be thoroughly shaken with cold water so as to wash out the extractive, coloring matter, etc., as much as can be done. The oily substance can then easily be separated from the water by the use of a separator. This product is what is now called Xanthoxylin, although it is by no means a pure or simple principle. A similar principle can also be obtained from the berries of the prickly-ash by the same processes. In the other method, instead of conducting the evaporation in the above way, that wastes the alcohol, this is distilled off, and the residuum is then washed as above. Ether has been employed, instead of the alcohol in this preparation, and being more volatile, facilitates the process. But as it is much more expensive, without affording any improvement upon the pro- duct, it will not be employed generally in this preparation. It, moreover, leaves its odor with the product. The profession are informed, in the Eclectic Dispensatory, that they are indebted to Mr. Wm. S. Merrill, of this city, for the preparation of Xanthoxylin. This is probably true. But they are also indebted to other persons for preparing it, nearly forty years since. 260 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. TABULAR LIST OF STIMULATING DIAPHORETICS. 1. Stimulating Diaphoretics, whose properties are contained in an Oleo-Resinous principle, and are hence more permanent in their effects. 2. Stimulating Diaphoretics, whose virtues aredependentuponan Essential Oil, and which are therefore much less permanent in their effects. Dose. Dose. Pul. Capsicum, grs. v.—xx. Pul. Zingiber, grs. x.—xxx. Pul. Piper Nig., grs. x.—xxx. Pul. Myrrha, grs. x.—xxx. Pul. Guaiacum, grs. x.—xxx. Pul. Ammoniacum, grs. x.—xxx. Pul. Canella, grs. x.—xx. Tinc. Asafcetida, ?3j-—f'3U' Tinc. Liatris, f3j.—f.dr.ij. Pul. Caryophylus, gr. x.—xx. Pul. Cinnamomum, gr. x.—xx. Infus. Mentha, f.oz. j.—f.oz. iij. Infus. Nepeta, f. oz. ij.—f. oz. iy. Infus. Hedeoma, f. oz. j.—f. oz. iij. Infus. Origanum, f.oz.j.—f.oz.iij. Infus. Salvia, f.oz.j.—f.oz.iij. Tinc. Camphora, f. dr. j.—f. dr. ij. Essential Oils generally are given in doses of min. v.—min. xx. PULTIS DIAPHORETICTS: Diaphoretic Powder. £ Myrica Cer- ifera, gxvj.; Zingiber, 3viij.; Capsicum, Caryophylus, aa., gj.; pulverize and mix.—(Dr. S. Thomson). Dose, gr. xx., in hot water, sweetened. B; Myrica Cerifera, Zingiber, Cort. Pinus Canadensis, Cort. Propulus Tremuloides, aa., gxvj.; Cort. Quercus Alb. vel Quer. Bub., aa., gviij.; Capsicum, giij. Caryophylus, gij.; pulverize and mix.—(Dr. J. Thomson). Dose, gr. xx., in hot water, sweetened. I& Asclepias Tuberosa, gxvj.; Myrica Cerifera, gxvj.: Bad. Cort. Laurus, Sassafras, giv.; Bad. Liatris Spicata, ^iv.; Bad. Zingiber, gxvj., Caryophylus, gij.; Capsicum, gij.; pulverize and mix.—(Howard). Dose, gr. xx., in hot water, sweetened. £ Papaverine, 3ij.; Camphor, gss.; pulverize and mix. Dose, gr. ij.—gr. iij. A very superior stimulant diaphoretic. Class IV.—DIURETICS. The term diuretic (from Jiooprjraoc; or dioupyoi':, "a discharge of urine ") is applied to that class of medicines which, when taken into the system, produce an increased discharge of urine. Modus Operandi.—A history of the operation of diuretics comprises the consideration of several special principles that are concerned. This may particularly be said of their metho- dus medendi, or remedial action. When the exclusive humoral pathology was most popular, it was supposed that diuretics, as DIURETICS. 261 well as other remedies, necessarily enter the circulation and produce their effects by direct action on the organs concerned. This, as already explained, is true in part, of remedies in gen- eral, but is, by no means, the sole method of their action. The functions of the kidneys sustain an intimate relation to those of various other organs of the system, and indirectly to certain external circumstances. Thus, when some of the other excretions are checked, as, for instance, those of the skin, the kidneys vicariously remove them, and thus their own secretions are augmented. All external influences, as cold, etc., which are calculated to obstruct the perspiration, will indirectly increase the urinary evacuations. We have an illustration of this fact in the gradual increase of the urine in the autumn as the cold weather sets in, and in all sudden changes of the weather, from warm to cold. This cause of increased diuresis is, therefore, equivalent to a fluid ingestion, which, as is well known, generally increases the urine to a proportionate extent. Diuretics may be considered to produce their common effect on at least two principles, viz: 1, that of entering the circula- tion and directly stimulating the kidneys to the increased performance of their normal functions; 2, that of operating on these organs indirectly through the nervous system. Most of the latter, however, also obviousjy operate to some extent on the same principle that involves the action of the former: yet it may nevertheless be expedient to divide diuretics into two orders; one of the orders may very properly be denomi- nated saline diuretics. The other, for the sake of distinction, is called stimulating diuretics. The chief application of diuretics is in dropsies, especially in anasarca. They are also available in some gravelly com- plaints, strangury, syphilis, fevers, visceral inflammations, and suppressions of urine. Order I.—STIMULATING DIURETICS. This order embraces that part of the class, diuretics, which are characterized by their more stimulating properties, and 262 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. which depend for their action principally upon an essential oil. They are all organic agents. The articles of this order produce their effects partly through the nervous system, and partly by a direct influence on the kidneys, by means of their absorption into the circulation. EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM.—The Root. Synonyms.—Queen of the Meadow, Gravel Root, etc., Vul. History.—The genus Eupatorium was dedicated to Eupa- tor, or Mithridates, King of Pontus, who first used some one of its species as a counter poison. The genus is very exten- sive; a number of its species are medicinal. But if we except the E. Perfoliatum, none, perhaps, is more valuable than this. This article had never received its merited at- tention by the profession, although it had formerly gained a place in the sec- ondary list of the United States Pharmacopoeia. In the reformed profession, however, it has for a num- ber of years been highly esteemed. Botany. — Sex. Syst.— SyngenesiaiEqualis. Nat. Ord.—CompositSD-Eu- patoriaceae, De Cand. As- teracese.—Lind. Gen. Char. EUPATORIUM. —Same as E. Perfoliatum. Spec. Chfcr. E. PlJRPU- reum. — Root perennial, horizontal, woody, with many long, black fibers. k. purpureum. Stems, from one to a doz- DIURETICS. 263 en, upright, from three to six feet high, from a quarter to half an inch or more in diameter, round, smooth, of a purple color, simple, giving off at the top, at different hights, several sets of short, divergent branches, bearing the flowers. Leaves in whorls, at the distance of about six inches apart, from three to nine at a whorl: they stand on petioles, from half an inch to an inch in length; they are from three to six inches long, from one to two inches wide, oblong, lanceolate, acumi- nate, rough, entire, serrate. Flowers purple, consisting of umbelliferous clusters, which are disposed in little bunches of five or more, to an involucre or scaly calyx, like those of the E. Perfoliatum. Found in meadows and other low grounds, throughout the United States. Flowers in August and September, Medical Properties and Use.—The fibers of the root of the E. Purpureum are actively diuretic. The caudex also possesses the same properties, but is woody and hard to pre- pare. The chief application is in dropsical diseases, in which its effects are astonishing. The author has also found it to give very prompt relief in some cases of gravelly habits. A gentleman in the eastern part of Ohio, who, for many years, Buffered extremely with paroxysms of pain and suppression of urine, and who had sought for medical aid in vain for years, was relieved very promptly by drinking freely of a strong infusion of the fibrous portion of the root of this plant. The medicine may be used, with confidence, in all cases in which diuretics are indicated. The dose is fgj.—fgiij. of the infusion, made by macerating an ounce of the coarsely-powdered root in a pint of boiling water. The plant yields its virtues readily to boiling water or to alcohol. Keith & Co., of New York, advertise an alkaloid prepara- tion of the E. Purpureum, which has been in use by Prof. R. S. JNewton of this city, and is reported by him to be of very great value. This firm of New York, in their Manual of 1857, set forth the properties and application of this article as follows: —" Diuretic Stimulant, Astringent and Tonic. Useful in strangury, gravel, and all chronic urinary disorders, gout, rheu- matism, hematuria, hematamesis, hemoptysis, dysentery, etc. 264 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. It has been found of great value in the treatment of the latter disease, and in pertussis, asthma, and all affections accompanied with dyspnoea. Dose, two to four grains." The Eupatorium Verticillatum (Tall Boneset; Joepye), which is a much larger plant than the E. Purpureum, but otherwise bears considerable resemblance to it, is of nearly equal value as a diuretic. Besides this, there are other species still, that possess similar properties, though of a feebler power. Among them are: E. Maculatum, or Spotted Boneset; E. Trifoliaium, Wood Boneset; E. Sessilifolium, Bastard Boneset; E. Urlici- folium, Deerwort Boneset; E. Violaceum, Yiolet Boneset. JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS.—The Berries and Tops. Synonyms.—Juniperi Cacumina et JFructus. Lond.; a^Mudir, Greek; Abhool, Arab; Ginepro, Ital.; Genevrier commun, Baies de Genievre, Fr.; Gemeiner Wachholder, Wachholderbeeren, Ger.; Enebro, Bayas de enebro, Span.; Juniper, Vul. History.—Juniper was employed by the Greeks and Ara- bians, and has been in use ever since its medical virtues and economical purposes were first discovered. In medicine it is esteemed as a diuretic, stimulant, and emmenagogue; in the arts, the berries, or essential oil, are used in the manufacture of gin. Native of the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and America. Evergreen. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Dicecia Monodelphia. Nat. Ord.— Pinaceae or Coniferae. Gen. char. Juniperus.—Male.—Amentum ovate. Calyx a scale. Corolla none. Stamens three. Female.— Calyx three- parted. Petals three. Styles three. Berry three-seeded, irregu- lar, with the three tubercles of the calyx.— Willd. Spec. char. J. Communis.—A bushy shrub or tree. Branches smooth, and angular toward their extremities. Leaves ever- green, three in a whorl, crowded, linear, channeled, subulate, stiff and sharp-pointed, longer than the fruit, of a shining green color on their lower surface, but having a broad glaucous line along the center of the upper, which is resupinnate. Flow- ers axillary, sessile, the males discharging much polen, of a yellow color. Females on a separate shrub, green, on scaly DIURETICS. 265 stalks. Fruit, globular, dark when ripe, ripens in the autumn of the second year. There are many other species of Juniper, all of which are very good and reliable diuretics. Analysis.—The entire plant seems to be possessed of nearly the same principles, varying mostly only in the chlorophylle, which is contained in the leaves, and the greater proportion of lignin in the trunk and branches. Trommsdorff, who anal- yzed the berries in 1822, obtained volatile oil 18, wax 40, resin 10-0, a peculiar species of sugar with acetate and malate of lime 338, gum with salts of potash and lime 7-0, lignin 330, water 120, (excess 3-7). Physiological Effects.—Much the same as those of the turpentines generally. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—The berries, essential oil, or tops of the branches, are diuretic and stimulant, consid- erably excitant to the renal circulation and secretion. The oil is most commonly used, for practical purposes. The appli- cation of juniper is in dropsies generally, particularly in ana- sarca and ascites. It is also available in gonorrhoea, gleet, leucorrhoea, and cystirrhoea. The dose of the berries is 3j.— jij, triturated with white sugar. The infusion, prepared from an ounce of the berries or tops, to a pint of boiling water, which is the most convenient way of using them, is taken in doses of fgiv. every four hours. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—OLEUM JUNIPERI: Oil of Ju- niper. Prepared by distilling the fruit, tops, or wood with water. Composition Ct0 H8. Action—Use.—Same as the berries. Dose, from five to ten drops or more. This is the best form in which to exhibit the Juniper. SPIRITUS JUMPERI COMPOSITUS.—L. E. D. U. S. Compound Spirit of Juniper. Macerate bruised Juniper Berries, gxv. (flbj. E. D.) bruised Caraways and bruised Fennel Seed aa, gij. (gjss. E. D.) in Proof Spirit, Cj. (Ovij. E.) Aq. Oij. (q. s. to prevent empyreuma, D.) for two days (twenty-four hours, D.,) (then add the water, E. D.), and with a gentle heat, L. distil Cj. (Ovij. E.). Action—Use.—An aromatic diuretic. Dose, fgij.—fgiv. 266 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. COPAIBA. The Juice, or Oleo-Resinous Exudation. Synonyms.—Copaifera Officinalis, Resina Liqua, Dub.; Copaiva-Balsam, Ger.; Bolsamo di Copaiba, Ital.; Baume di Copahu, Fr.; Balsamo de Copayva, Span.; Copavia, Vul. History.—It appears that the first account of the Copaiba tree is that given by Marcgrav and Piso, in the year 1648. In 1763 Jacquin described a species of Capaifera, winch he denominated C. officinalis, growing in the island of Martinique. Numerous species are now discovered, and their products have become very popular as a medicine, in almost every country. It is a native of South America, and the West Indies. Botany. — Sex. Syst.—Decandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Leguminoseae, Juss.; Amyridacese.—Lind. Gen. Char. Copaiba.—Calyx none. Petals four. Legume ovate. Seed one, with an ovate arillus.— Willd. Spec. char. The Copaiba Officinalis, described in the U. S. Dispensatory, is an elegant lofty tree, much branched at the top, crowned with a thick canopy of foliage. " The leaves are alternate, large, and pinnate, composed of from two to five pairs of ovate, entire, obtusely acuminate leaflets, two or three inches in length, rather narrower on one side than the other, smooth, pellucidly punctate, somewhat shining, and supported on short foot-stalks. The flowers are whitish, and disposed in terminal branched spikes. The fruit is an oval, two-valved pod, containing a single seed." There are many different species discovered, among which Royle gives the following, with their localities: ,„, * m -n s ( San Paulo and 1. C. Langsdorffi, Desf. j Minas. « n /-. • ,r . f San Paulo and 2. C. Conacea, Mart, j Minas. 3. C. Guianensis, Desf. { m^ro, Pa- 4. C. Multijuga, Hayne. Para. i- n -kit . ■ tt f Para, Maran- 5. C. Martu, Hayne. < , ' (Minas, Geraes. Cujaba, and Goyaz. r Rio & Moun- 7. C. Beyrichii, Hayne. 8. C. Officinalis, Lin 9. C. Jacquini, Desf. in.\ tains of Es- trelia. West Indies, and Venezu- ela. Description.—The commercial drug is an oleo-resinous liquid of about the consistency of honey, and is improperly called Balsam of Copaiva. It has a pale straw-color, strong, DIURETICS. 267 and poculiar odor, and disagreeable, nauseous, acrid taste. On keeping it, it becomes more dense, and darker. It is solu- ble in alcohol, ether, and oils ; but, like other oleo-resins, it is insoluble in water. It is obtained from the tree by making incisions into the bark, when the balsam runs out, and is col- lected and put up for the market. Analysis.—Stolze and Gerber found the Balsam of Copaiva to contain volatile oil from 32 to 34 parts, yellow resin 38 to 52, viscid resin 1-65 to 213, the rest being water in 100 parts. Adulterations.—Copaiba is said not to be so much adulter- ated in this country as in Europe. The fixed oils, especially the Castor oil, are the most common articles used in this fraud. It becomes an object with those that adulterate this drug, to use Castor oil, on account of its being, like the copaiba, solu- ble in alcohol, and, hence, less easily detected. Spirits of tur- pentine is also sometimes mixed with the copaiba. This may be detected by its smell, especially if the adulterated drug is heated. Castor oil may be detected by boiling with water. If the balsam, after the evaporation of the liquid, be hard and resinous, no oil is present; but if soft or greasy, there is no doubt of it. The extent of this adulteration will correspond with the consistence of the residue after evaporation. Physiological Effects.—Copaiba, when swallowed, pro- duces an acrid sensation in the mouth and throat. When taken in quantities of ten to twenty drops, it slightly excites the pulse, as well as the mucous secretions. In larger por- tions, as from half a drachm to a drachm, it proves diuretic and stimulant, with a very marked tendency to the mucous surfaces. In over doses, it is said to produce irritation of the mucous membranes generally, attended with pain, vomiting, purging and strangury. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—This article is now in general use among Eclectics. It is a stimulant diuretic, useful in dropsies, and chronic affections of the urinary organs, etc., having also a specific tendency to the mucous tissues; is hence prescribed in gleet, leucorrhoea, gonorrhoea, and syphilis. It is also considered available in various chronic bronchial, gastric and enteric difficulties, of an inflammatory character. 268 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Gonorrhoea is the disease in which the copaiba is most fre- quently employed, and there is good reason for its popularity in this application, since it seldom fails to give satisfaction. The doctrines, in reference to stimulants, which govern the old profession, do not admit of the application of copaiba, dur- ing the inflammatory stage of gonorrhoea, and it is, hence, prescribed by them in the onset of the symptoms only, or after some depletion is effected, by the interposition of cathartics. In the Eclectic practice, there is less discrimination in this regard, since the exciting cause of inflammation holds less importance, than the proximate. Their aim being direct for the subversion of the proximate cause, especially where the appliances required, do not tend much to aggravate the excit- ing causes, as is the case with this article, it is freely applied. When there is much inflammation, however, this state should be by no means disregarded. The Podophyllin and Irisin is thence brought into requisition. The dose is min. xx. to f^j. GALIUM.—The Herb. Synonyms.—Clevers, Goose-grass, Bed-straw, Catch-weed, etc., Vul. History.—This article owes its popularity, as a medicine, chiefly to the new-school physicians. It is not generally known to the practitioners of the old school. The author is unable to find it in any of their works, except a mere notice of three of the species, in the appendix of the U. S. Dispen- satory. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Tetrandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Ribiacese. Gen. char. Galium.—Calyx four-toothed. Corolla flatfish, four-cleft. Fruit dry; nuts, two ; one-seeded. Spec. char.—The Galium genus affords many species that possess nearly the same medical virtues, and also bear a close resemblance to each other in their physical character and habits. Among those generally used, are the G. asprellum, G. aparine, and G. trifidum. Clevers mostly agree in having slender, trailing, herbaceous, branched, quadrangular, scabrous stems; and small, whorled, DIURETICS. 269 nearly sessile, oblong, lanceolate, or ob-lanceolate, entire, and mostly scabrous leaves, with from four to eight in a whorl. The flowers are small, white or yellow, scattering or clustered. The seed is contained in a thin capsule, is black or dark, curved, small. Medical Properties and Use.—Galium is an excellent diuretic, applicable in all cases in which this class of remedies arc available. It is particularly useful in suppressions of urine, dependent upon either chronic or acute inflammation of the kidneys. The dose is fgij.—fgiv. of an infusion, made by macerating an ounce and a half of the bruised herb in warm water for two hours. LEONTODON TARAXACUM.—The Root. Synonyms.—Lowenzahn, Ger.; Tarassaco, Ital.; Pissenlit, Dent do Lion, Fr.; Diente de Leon, Span.; Dandeliou, Vul. History.—This plant is supposed to grow native in every country of the globe. It has been long known as a medicine, and its popularity as such has been various. Botany.—Sex. Syst.— Syngenesia iEqualis. Nat. Ord.— Composite—Cichoraceae.—DeCand. Lind. Gen. char. Receptacle naked. Calyx double, seed-down stip- itate, hairy.— Willd. Spec. char. Root perennial, fleshy, terete, branched, mil- ky. Leaves radical, long, pin- natifid, generally runcinate, with the divisions toothed, smooth and of a fine green color, reddish midrib. Scape long, cylindrical, hollow, na- ked, simple, smooth. Flowers large, of a golden yellow, L- taraxacum. with many florets; receptacle convex and pitted; seed-down stipitate, and when mature, forming a spherical cluster, is easily disengaged, and carries the seed with great facility. The entire plant exudes a milky juice, on being wounded. Grows 270 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. abundantly throughout this country, in meadows and other low grounds. Analysis.—The milky juice contains bitter extractive, gum, caoutchouc, saline matters, resin, and a free acid. The root, in addition to these, contains starch, sugar, and & peculiar principle called taraxacin. Water takes up its virtues. Physiological Effects.—In small quantities no particular effect is produced. In large portions, as that of gr. x. to gr. xxx. of the extract, it proves diuretic and aperient. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Dandelion is a mild diuretic, aperient, and tonic. It is very useful in chronic vis- ceral affections, especially those of an inflammatory character, implicating the kidneys and liver. It appears also to exert an influence over the glandular system generally, and is regarded as a highly important article of our materia medica. It has been highly esteemed for its benefits in the treatment of chronic hepatitis. But the medicine is not possessed of much medical activity; it should generally be combined with other more active articles, according as the indications may require. Some physicians esteem dandelion much in the treatment of tubercular consumption, especially when accompanied with dropsical effusions. The usual dose is gr. xx. to gss. The extract is much the preferable form of its use. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—DECOCTUM TARAXACI : Decoc- tion of Taraxacum. B; Taraxacum, gvij.; Aq., Oij. Boil together down to Oj. Press out and strain. Action—Use.—Same as the root in substance. Dose, fgjss. EXTRACTUM TARAXACUM: Extract of Taraxacum. £ Taraxacum, tops and roots fresh, Do. v.; Aq., Cong. v. Boil until the vir- tues are extracted; press and strain. Boil down the liquid to the proper consistence. This is the common officinal extract. Dose, gr. x.—3SS. EXTRACTUM LWISSATI TARAXACUM: Inspissated Extract of Tarax- acum. B; Taraxacum, roots and tops, any quantity, fresh. Bruise and press out the juice. Evaporate spontaneously to the proper consistence. This is the best preparation ef the dandelion that is used. The dose is the same as that for the common extract. DIURETICS. 271 ASCLEPIAS FIBROSA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Meadow Silkweed; Fibrous Asclepias; Narrow-leaved Cotton- weed ; Indian Hemp, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.— Asclepiadacese. Gen. char. Vide Asclepias Tuberosa. Spec. char. Root perennial, horizontal, fibrous, white ; fibers very long and numerous. Stems many, upright, smooth, round, shining, branched at the top, with a green-colored, flaxy bark. Leaves opposite, petiolate, lanceolate, pointed at both ends, smooth, entire, three inches long, by one in width; those on the top double or two joined laterally at the base. Flowers, in their organization, exactly resembling those of the A. Tu- berosa, but of a dusky yellow color, ajrpearing in clusters on the top of the stem and branches. They appear in July. Grows in meadows, and on the banks of streams, in most parts of the United States. Medical Properties and Use.—This is a mild diuretic, alterative, and aperient. Useful in dropsies, visceral obstruc- tions, especially those of the urinary organs. Dose, fgiij.— fgv., of an infusion made with gjss. of the root, to Oj. of Aq., three to six times a day. Another very pretty little species of Asclepias, much less common than the others spoken of in this work, was found by the author in the interior of Ohio, growing in wood-lands, in sandy soil. It is the A. Quad- rifolia. A true engraving is here given of this plant, in the hope that it may gain the atten- tion of the profession, so as to lead to the discovery of its vir- tues. From the little attention a. qcadrifolia, given it by the author, he is of 272 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. opinion that it possesses some diuretic properties, and the plant is therefore noticed in this connection. The A. Quadrifolia is a small and delicate species, growing about twelve to twenty inches in bight, with an upright stem, and four leaves. The flowers are small, white, and situ- ated on piliform, pubescent peduncles. TURPENTHINA. All the turpentines are powerful diuretics. They were described under the head of Stimulants, and are, indeed, inferior to but few other agents of the Stimulant class. But they are also equally valuable as diuretics, being very certain and prompt in their effects. The oil of turpentine, which is known in commerce aa spirits of turpentine, is the article commonly employed, when the turpentine diuretic is to be invoked. It will operate with great promptitude and certainty, but is liable to irritate the urinary passages when given in very large doses, or when long continued. The dose of oil of turpentine is from five to ten or twenty drops. It is given in emulsion, or it may be dropped on sugar, and thus administered. APOCYNUM CANABINUM.—The Root. Synonym.—Indian Hemp, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.—Apo- cynacese. Gen. char. Apocynum.—Vide Apocynum Androssemifolium. Spec. char. A. Canabinum.—In general appearance and character, this plant bears a very close resemblance to the A. Androssemifolium. The stems are, however, more brown. The leaves are acute at both ends, and somewhat downy beneath. The cymes are also pubescent, and the tube of the corolla in this, is of about the same length as the calyx, while that of the other species is longer; the corolla is also somewhat greenish without, and pinkish or purple within, while the flowers of the Andros. are white without, and tinged with DIURETICS. 273 red within. The Indian Hemp grows in similar situations with the other species, and like it abounds in milk. Medical Properties and Use.— The Indian Hemp is diu- retic, and in large doses, powerfully emetic and cathartic, rather too violent for use. In small doses, as that of gr. v. to gr. x.; it will operate sufficiently mild as a diuretic, aperient, and alterative. The medicine is highly recommended by some practitioners, in dropsy. It is also available in visceral obstructions generally, especially those of the kidneys, spleen. and liver. Some esteem it in fever. The dose, as a diuretic, is from five to ten grains, either alone, or in combination with some other diuretic. The plant yields its virtues to water and to alcohol. ERIGERON.—The Herb. Synonyms.— Fleabane, Scabious, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Sygenesia Superflua. Nat. Ord.—Com- posia>, Asteroidese.—De Cand. Asteraceas.—Lind. Gen. char. Erigeron.—Calyx imbricated, sub-hemispherical, often reflected. Florets of the ray linear, narrow, numerous. Receptacle naked. Pappus double, exterior minute, interior pilose, of few rays.—Nutt. Spec. char. There are many species of the Erigeron genus that possess analogous properties. All of them are highly medicinal, and have, perhaps, only been neglected on account of the commonness of the plants. The E. helcrophyllum and E. Philadelphicum, which very much resemble each other in their appearance, are here more particularly intended to be represented. They are indigenous, herbaceous plants; the first is biennial, and the second perennial. They have branching roots, and erect, round, and very branched stems, from two to three feet or more in hight. The lower leaves of the first are ovate, acute, deeply toothed, and supported on long, winged foot-stalks; the upper ones are lanceolate, acute, deeply ser- rate in the middle, and sessile; floral leaves lanceolate and entire; all except the radical are ciliate at the base. The flowers are in terminal corymbs; florets of the disk yellow; those 274 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. of the ray numerous, slender, and of a white, pale-blue, or purple color. Flowering time from June to October. The E. Philadelphicum has a top like the above. The lower leaves are ovate, lanceolate, nearly obtuse, entire, or remotely serrated, ciliate on the margin, and supported on long foot- stalks ; the upper ones are narrow, oblong, cuneate, entire, sessile, or slightly embracing the stem ; floral leaves small and lanceolate. Flowers numerous, radiate, disposed in a panicled corymb, with long peduncles bearing from one to three flow- ers, which resemble those of the above species, and appear about the same time. These plants generally grow together in fields and open places, in various parts of the United Stales. The author has discovered various other species of a very close resemblance to the above, some of which, perhaps, are new, as he has not been able to find any description of them in any works on botany. They all have a peculiar odor, which they readily give out on being bruised, and which is somewhat similar to that of ligusticum. Medical Properties and Use.—The erigerons are mostly diuretic, tonic, and some of them astringent. They have, of late, very justly gained much attention by our practitioners. They are, at least, only second in rank among all our indige- nous medical plants. The species just described are very cer- tain in their effects, and seldom disagree with the stomach, even after other articles that are considered mild, may have proved objectionable. In their operation, they appear to pos- sess a specific influence over the secretions; not only those of the glandular system generally, but also, of the mucous and serous tissues, as well as of the lymphatics. Their diuretic power is pretty constant, and is quite available in dropsical and kidney affections, and especially in irritability of the bladder. Professors Wistar, Physick,Barton, and Eberle, all add their testimony to their power in hydrothorax, anasarca, etc.; and some of them recommend them in gout, associated with a lithic diathesis. The medicines have even been declared to dissolve urinary calculi. The herbs should be collected while in blossom, and carefully dried and preserved in close jars. Age impairs their virtues. The latter are taken up by water, DIURETICS. 275 but more readily by alcohol. The usual form of exhibition is by infusion, made by digesting an ounce and a half of the herb in a pint of boiling water, until cool. The dose is a wine- glassful, repeated as may be necessary. UVA URSL—The Leaves. Synonym.—Bearberry, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Decandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.—Eri- caceae. Gen. Char. ARBUTUS.— Calyxfive- partite, pale-red. Corol rose-color- ed, ovate-urceolate, five-cleft, bor- der revolute. Stamens ten, inclosed; filaments flattened. Anthers com- pressed, with two pores at the apex, and furnished laterally with two reflexed arms. Ovary globose, supported by three scales. Style short. Stigma obtuse. Berry glob- ose, scarlet, with five single-seeded cells. Spec. Char. Uva Ursi.—An ever- green, procumbent shrub. Leaves coriaceous, obovate, obtuse, entire, \ shining, of a deep-green above; UVA URSI- lighter color, and covered with a net-work of veins on the under surface; hence reticulated. Flowers in terminal clusters of eight or ten, each supported by three small bracts. Grows on stony alpine hights, in the United States, Europe, and Asia. The leaves are the parts employed, and are usually collected in autumn. " They have sometimes been adulterated with the leaves of Vaccinium Vitis Idasa, or Whortleberry; but these are dotted on their under surface, and have their margins revo- lute and somewhat crenate, and may thus be detected. Uva Ursi leaves, when dried and powdered, have an odor not unlike that of hay; the taste is bitter and astringent. The active properties are extracted both by water and spirit. They contain gum, resin, extractive, some gallic acid, and about 276 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. thirty-six per cent, of tannin. The watery infusion is precipi- tated by gelatine, and a bluish-black color is produced, with the sesquichloride of iron. The leaves are employed in tan- ning, in some parts of Russia." Therapeutic Properties and Use.—A rather mild diuretic, tonic, and astringent, supposed to have a specific direction to the urinary organs. It has also been reputed to be antilithic. It is recommended in diabetes, catarrh of the bladder, incon- tinence of urine, gleet, leucorrhoea, and monorrhagia. The dose is 9j.—3j. of the powder, or fgj.—fgiij. of a strong decoction. DIOSMA.—The Leaves. Synonyms.—Buchu, D.; Bucku, E.; Barosma, Lind.; Buchu, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.— Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Rutacese. Gen. Char. Barosma.— Calyx five-cleft. Petals five, with short claws. Filaments ten. Style as long as the petals. Stigma, minute, five-lobed. Fruit composed of five cocci, covered with glandular dots at the back.—Abridged from Lind. Spec. char. There are various species of the Barosma that are medicinal; they are natives of Southern Africa. They are described as being small perennial, shrubs, growing about two feet in hight. The leaves are small, opposite, scattered, ovate, acute, of a dark-green color above, paler beneath, crenated, and beset with small, transparent punctures, which are most observed near the crenations. Flowers whitish, or of a faint red, terminal to the branches. *\\o#b The Barosma Crenate, B. Crcnulafa, and B. c/^A^C--7 l^Hyf^fsf Serratifolia, are the species which constitute d^;~)/4^&2i> the commercial Buchu. S#m;!U'?k*~v\ Description.—The leaves of the several W£l p/^^*^ species above named, come to us together, XfM¥^^>^ r ° :^^WStL*|, (Jr.; Storacei Ital.; Estoraque, Span.; Storax, Ger., Fr., Eng. History.—Hippocrates, Theophrastus (Hist. Plant lib. ix. cap. 40, 55) and Dioscorides speak of this article; and there is no question, but that it was in use from very early periods of civilization. The trees yielding it grow in the countries about the eastern coasts of the Mediterranean, occupied by the earlier nations. Botany. — Sex. Syst.—Decandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Styracese. Gen. char. Styrax.—Calyx inferior, Corolla funnel-shaped, Drupe two-seeded.— Willd. spec char, S. Officinale.—Leaves ovate, villous beneath, Racemes simple, shorter than the leaf.—Nees. A small tree growing in Syria, Palestine and Greece. Cul- tivated in Italy, France and Spain. Description.—There are several varieties of Storax brought to us, which require a separate notice. a. Storax in the Tear ; Storax in grains. This is the best kind of storax. It occurs in yellowish-white tears about the size of peas, and which are sometimes tinged with a reddish hue. This variety is not, however, common in our market. /3. Amygdaloid Storax. This sort occurs in compact masses, of a yellowish or reddish-brown color. It is also rare- ly brought to our country. y. Storax Calamita. This, which in Europe, is consider- ed as a variety of the amygdaloid storax, is found in our market in masses of various shapes and sizes, of a reddish-brown color. It is somewhat tenacious, yet is easily broken, antl softens in the mouth. When exposed it becomes whitened, with an efflorescence of benzoic acid. This seems to be a mixture of the virgin storax and other substances, principally sawdust, and is what European authors call Scobs Stracina. Pereira gives four varieties of this, viz.: 1, Common Storax or Styrax Vulgaris; 2, Solid or Cake Storax; 3, Drop or Gum Storax; 4, Brown Storax or Hard Storax. d. Liquid Storax. This is the kind of storax most employed in the United States. It is a semi-fluid substance of a greyish color, but which on exposure changes to a dark or 310 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. blackish appearance. It somewhat resembles grained honey. It is brought to us in jars. Analysis.—The calamite storax, in three of its varieties, has been analyzed by Reynsch, and the following shows the result: 1. Volatile Oil, two kinds, obtained by distillation with water, and collected with ether from the product; one kind solid, the other fluid. 2. Resin, soluble in alcohol; insoluble in water: constitues a large pro- portion. 3. Sub-Resin,—Not well defined. 4. Benzoic Acid. 5. Gum and Extractive. 6. Matter Extracted by Potash, not defined. 7. Woody Fiber; constitutes a large proportion. 8. Ammonia. 9. Water. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Storax is now much less in use than formerly. It possesses similar properties to the balsams above described, and being less active, less agree- able, and not in any degree more economical, it has been superseded, in a large measure, by the fine American balsams. The purified or strained storax is given in pill form, in doses of 9j. But the tincture is more eligible. Dose, gj. Strained storax is also sometimes applied to ulcers, in form of a plaster, to good advantage. BENZOINUM. Synonyms.—Styrax Benzoin: Benzoe, Ger.; Benjoin, Fr.; Benzoino, Ital.; Benjui, Span.; Benzoin, Eng.; Balsam of Benjamin, Vul. Botany.—Idem Styrax. spec. char. S. Benzoin. Leaves oblong, acuminate, tomen- tose beneath. Racemes axillary, compound nearly the length of the leaves. (Per.) A tall tree of quick growth, common to Sumatra, Java, Laos, Siam, and Borneo. Description.—There are two varieties of the medicine called benzoin, brought to us. One is in whitish tears, uniting by a reddish-brown connecting medium. The other variety is not in tears, but is in dark brown masses of irregular shape and size. The first is the most valuable. EXPECTORANTS. 311 Benzoin has a fine odor, which is very marked when the substance is heated. It has but an indifferent taste at first, but leaves an acrid impression upon the mouth. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—The benzoin possesses balsamic and expectorant properties quite similar to the tolu, but inferior to that article, and is now mostly displaced by it in medical practice. It is still retained, however, in one or more officinal com- pounds. One of these is the Tinctura Benzoini Compositi : £ Ben- zoin, giij.; Purified (strained) Storax, gij.; Aloes, in powder, .588.; Alcohol, Oij. Macerate 14 days and filter. This is the Balsamum Traumaticum, sometimes called Jesuit's or Friar's Balsam. Use.—A stimulating expectorant employed in chronic catarrh. Dose, fgj.—fgij. Benzoin is employed as a means for fumigating rooms, ships, hospitals, etc. For this use it is simply to be heated on coals, or on a hot iron, or stone. INULA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Inula Helanium; Alantwurzel, Ger.; Aunee, Fr.; EnulaCam- pana, Ital., Span.; Elecampane, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Syngenesia Superflua. Nat. Ord.— Composite Asteroidese.—De Cand. Aater&cess.—Lind. Gen. char. Inula. Receptacle naked. Seed-down simple. Anthers ending in two bristles at the base.— Willd. spec. char. I. Helanium. Root large, perennial, branched, flattened, somewhat fleshy, aromatic. Stem annual, upright, branched at top, 3 to 5 feet high. Leaves large, entire; ovate| serrate, prominently veined; radical ones largest, petiolate;' those on the stem sessile and embracing; all smooth above and pubescent beneath, with a large fleshy midrib. Flowers large, of a golden yellow, somewhat resembling a small sunflower (helianthus); disposed singly on the tops of the stem and branches. Seeds striated, quadrangular, and furnished with a.simple, slightly chaffy pappus. A native of Europe, long 312 materia medica and therapeutics. introduced, and cultivated in gardens, for medical use. But from its prolific character, and the facility with which its seeds are scattered, it has become a door-yard and way-side plant, and is often found in great abundance in old settlements, grow- ing in open places and pasture-grounds. Analysis.—The root of the inula contains several very active and valuable medical principles, which are peculiar; these are, 1st, an essential oil; 2d, soft resin; and 3d, a peculiar principle called inulin. Besides these it contains a bitter extract- ive,-soluble in water and alcohol, gum, albumen, lignin, wax, and various saline substances. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Inula is prominently stimulant, anodyne and balsamic expectorant in its action, but possesses also additional powers, much esteemed by some prac- titioners : thus it is tonic, diaphoretic, diuretic, emmenagogue, dedbstruent and alterative. Its application is mostly in diseases of the organs of the chest, as in the secondary stages of peripneumonia, pneumonia, phthisis, bronchitis; and the sequelae of rubeola, scarlatina, etc. The dose of the powdered root is gr. x. It may be remarked that inula is an agent of considerable power and per- sistency of action, and that it will do duty in much smaller doses than are usually given. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—OLEUM INULiE: Oil of Elecam- pane. This is obtained from the recent root, or that which has not been long kept, by the ordinary process of distillation with water. It is not obtained in large quantity, however, and possesses no properties, in any considerable degree, distinctive from the soft resin, which is a much more economical prepara- tion. The dose of the oil is five to ten drops, taken on sugar. It is stimulant, anodyne, balsamic and emmenagogue. RESINA INUL/E: Resin of Elecampane. fy Inula, powdered, ibv.; Alcohol, highest proof, Cong, ij.; obtain a tincture by percolation, place in a retort or still; distil slowly until two- thirds of the Spirit has passed over, and finish the evaporation by exposure to the air in a shallow vessel. In a small way the evaporation of the tincture may be expectorants. 313 conducted by the latter method from the first; the distillation being practiced only for economy. The product of spontane- ous evaporation is perhaps somewhat superior. This is the most eligible and most powerful preparation of the inula, and will give universal satisfaction, in all cases in which the root has been found serviceable. As prepared in either of the above processes, it is a soft resin, of a dark brown color, and of an aromatic, acrid and peculiar balsamic taste, being intermediate between camphor and oil of anise. Resin of Inula is powerfully stimulant, also expectorant, bal- samic, anodyne, diaphoretic, emmenagogue, diuretic and tonic. Dose, gr. iij.—gr. v. A powerful remedy, and sustains its action for 12 hours. INULIN.—When a strong decoction of the root of the elecam- pane is filtered while hot, and then set aside, it will precipitate a yellowish-brown powder, which, in cold weather, will remain in a powdered state, but in hot becomes concrete. This arti- cle has been variously named—helanin, alantin, and inulin, as above. It consists of several organic constituents of the root, so much of the resin as is soluble in hot, but not in cold water, some of the extractive, some fecula or starch, gum, etc. It is possessed of some medical activity, and may be used as a substitute for the resin, above noticed, but is less efficient than that article. The dose is gr. v.—gr. x. The elecampane enters as an ingredient into several very valuable expectorant and balsamic syrups, but is liable to pre- cipitate its active principles, unless the syrups contain con-- siderable alcohol or sugar. BALSAMUM GILEADENSE. This is the " Balm of Gilead," of sacred history, and BaXaapiov of Dioscorides. It is produced, as an exudation from a tree growing on the coasts, along the eastern extremity of the Mediterranean, and in Arabia; in which latter place the balsam is called in the Arabian tongue, Akooyeelasemoon- roomie. By the Persians it is called Roghe*n bulsan. The lat- ter, or bulsan, is the Persian and Arabic name of the tree itself. ■ In ancient times, very wonderful properties were ascribed 314 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. to this balsam, and even now the Arabians esteem it much ; and the Egyptians consider it a panacea. It is employed there, that is, in Egypt, and also in Arabia, internall}- as a stomachic and anti-dyspeptic. It is also considered a great nervine, and is employed in pulmonic diseases, and as a remedy or prophylactic against sterility. Externally it is applied to fresh wounds, cuts, bites, venomous stings, as of the asp and scorpion; also to ulcers. It is possessed of analogous medical properties to those of our balsams now in use, but is not brought to our market in a regular way. It is much esteemed in Asia, and in Egypt, as a cosmetic. LIQUIDAMBER.—The Balsam. History.—The Liquidamber, of Europe, is the same sub- stance here called Sweet-gum, and is the produce of a tree growing in this country, in various parts from Maine to Texas, or Mexico. The balsam, however, is not yielded spontaneously by the trees growing north of Tennessee, in any quantity justifying an attempt at its collection. Botany. — Sex. Syst. — Moncecia Polyandria.—Nat. Ord.— Amentacese. Gen. Char. LlQUIDAMBER.--STAMINATE FLOWERS. — Ament conic, surrounded with a four-leaved involucre. Corolla none. Filaments numerous. Pistillate Flowers.—Ament globose, also surrounded with a four-leaved involucre. Scales one- leaved ; styles two ; carpels two.—Eaton. Spec. char. L. Styraciflua.—Stem upright, large. Branches spreading. Leaves palmate, with acuminate lobes, serrate, vil- lous at the union of the veins beneath. The Sweet-gum is a beautiful forest tree, less common in the Middle than in the Southern States. In appearance the trunk and branches resemble somewhat the poplar. The leaves, in form, are similar to the maple, and it bears a globular, rough, compound seed-vessel, or ball with many seeds. T^e tree grows very luxuriantly on the Southern river-botton- . mere the author has seen it in size equal to the largest ? 'as. EXPECTORANTS. 315 Medical Properties. — The balsam which runs from wounded parts of the trunk of the tree, in Southern parts, is a beautiful, limpid, or slightly tinged, thick, honey-like excretion ; is a fine stimulating balsamic expectorant, useful in phthisis, chronic affections of the lungs, resulting from rubeola, or scarlatina, spasmodic asthma, bronchitis, pertussis, etc. It may be applied in various ways—by inhalation of the fumes arising from it in boiling with water ; in form of alco- holic tincture; in simple state, dropped in sugar; in confec- tion, or, when inspissated or thickened, as it dries, when left remaining for some time upon the surface of the tree, it can be chewed, and the parts thus dissolved by the saliva, may be swallowed. This latter is the most common way that it is used in the South, where it is collected. The dose of the tincture is gj.—gij. In substance, taken ad libitum. GALBANUM. This is a gum-resin, or concrete juice of an umbelliferous plant growing in Africa, on the eastern coast from Nubia to the Cape of Good Hope. The gum somewhat resembles that of assafoetida, and has rather similar properties, but perhaps more expectorant. It has been employed in bronchial affections, and in amenorrhoea and rheumatism. The dose is gr. x.—gr. xx. in pills. Externally it is applied in form of plaster to swellings and suppurations. OPOPONAX. This is a gum-resin produced by an umbelliferous plant called Pastinaca Opoponax, a kind of parsnip, growing in Tur- key, Greece, Italy, and the South of France. The drug brought to us is the inspissated juice which flows from the base of the stem, when wounded. It is brought here from Turkey, and occurs in tears, in lumps, or various-shaped pieces, of a reddish-yellow color, speckled with white. It has a strong odor, a peculiar, unpleasant, and bitter taste. It is inflammable, and burns with a bright blaze. It is only 316 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. partially soluble in alcohol or water. But dilute alcohol will dissolve more of it than either water or strong alcohol alone. Opoponax was formerly considerably employed as an anti- spasmodic and deobstruent, and applied in asthma, hysteria hypochondriasis; also in chronic visceral affections, and as an emmenagogue. But it is now almost entirely neglected. Other articles, of domestic origin, and which are equally available, have taken its place. The dose is gr. x.—gr. xxx. SAGAPENUM. This is another gum-resin brought to us from Asia. It is the product of a plant supposed to belong to the Umbellifera. The drug comes from Alexandria and Smyrna. It possesses properties somewhat analogous to Asafcetida, but is inferior to it, and is now almost entirely in disuse. Dr. Ainslie in his Mat. Ind., states that it is employed by the Arabians as a lith- ontyrptic. LEDUM PALUSTRE.—Marsh tea. The leaves of this plant, which is a small evergreen shrub, growing in low or wet places in the northern parts of the United States, are balsamic aromatic, stimulant and expecto- rant. The tincture is a valuable adjunct to other remedies of the kind in asthma, whooping-cough and phthisis. The L. La- tifolium, or Labrador tea, is quite similar in its virtues, and may be indiscriminately employed with this species. They are also considered useful in various eruptive diseases. SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE: ERYSIMMUM OFFI- CINALE.—Hedge Mustard. This is a small annual plant, common in this country, grow- ing in old grounds, along fences, roadsides, and among rubbish. It belongs to the Class Tetradynamia, and Order Siliquosa; Nat. Ord. Cruciferse. The herb is employed as a domestic remedy in chronic coughs, hoarseness, and in catarrhal affections gener- ally. The juice of the plant is mixed with honey or sugar, EMMENAGOGUES. 317 and given in this way, in doses as large as are agreeable to the stomach. The seeds, in substance, may also be employed in asthma to advantage. But, like many other secondary reme- dies, this article has not been sufficiently tested to enable us to fix an exact value upon its virtues. There are several other articles, most of which hold their position, and are described in other classes, in the present arrangement, that are valuable balsamic expectorants; among these might be named the Asclepias Tuberosa, Aralia Race- mosa, Populus Bals^emia, Liatris Spicata, Alium Sativum, Alium Cepa, Alium Porrum. The expressed juice of the three latter articles, i. e. of the Garlic, Onion and Leek, when obtained without the employment of heat, is of great value as a therapeutic agent. These articles have been long in use in domestic practice, as a remedy in cough, catarrh, humid asth- ma, pertussis, etc. The juice of either of these plants is also actively cathartic, even in small doses. Order VI. MECHANICAL EXPECTORANTS. Emetics prove expectorant by virtue of their mechanical influence over the lungs, and are more effectual in relieving them when choked with phlegm, than any other means that can be employed. They, however, are not depend- ent for all the effect in this way, simply upon their mechani- cal action, but partially, upon their stimulant and nauseating power. They are particularly applicable in asthma, whoop- ing cough, etc. Class VI.—EMMENAGOGUES. The term emmenagogue (from eppywa. 'the menses,' and aya> ' I drive') is applied to such agents of our Materia Medica as possess the power to promote menstruation, or the natural periodical discharge common to adult females of the human species. The specific action of emmenagogues has been a matter of question with many. But it is probable that this want of agreement has arisen entirely from a deficient knowledge, alike 318 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. of the physiology of the menstrual phenomenon, and of the principles involved in the operation of the agents designed to promote the process: for many of the agents used as emmona- gogues, unquestionably possess a specific action over the secre- tory functions of the uterus. If menstruation were a mere incidental or accidental occur- rence—a result of plethora, congestion, etc., and if it consisted simply of a discharge of common blood, as in cases of epistaxis and haemoptysis, the facts concerned would be widely different. Then, indeed, there would be much more reason to doubt the general specific character of the agents used to promote it. But we find menstruation to be the effect of a specific function of the uterus, i. e. secretion; and, hence, that the fluid thus elim- inated, although in its general appearance, similar to blood, is nevertheless of a peculiar character, possessing various char- acteristics not common to the latter; the color is not constant, like that of blood; its odor is very different; it does not coagu late like blood, possesses no fibrine, and, above all, its chemical analysis gives different results. This view of the matter, it is thought, will place emmena- gogues in equal rank with other agents that are destined to promote the specific functions of organs, as diuresis, diaphoresis, catharsis, etc. A peculiar aptitude may as properly be admitted here as in any other case. But if reasoning a priori is not satisfactory, actual experience may suffice, as it is well known that emmenagogues are marked with a uniformity of effect when properly applied. But here it may be remarked, that much more discrimination is necessary in the use of these agents than is generally supposed, and it is from this very circumstance that the confusion in reference to the siiecific power of emmenagogues has emanated. Prof. Chap- man has made some very judicious remarks on this point. "Hitherto," says he, :'our practice has been, for the most part. exceedingly empirical. We have advanced blindly on, pre- scribing for the disease only, without adverting to those vari- ous circumstances which modify the action of remedies, and influence, most materially, the ultimate results." (Ther. vol. i. p. 468.) EMMENAGOGUES. 319 No class of remedies, therefore, will show more clearly, the propriety of distinguishing the different varieties of the agents concerned, into orders, the application of which fully contemplate these various important circumstances that should regulate their use. Thus it needs no extra discrimination to discover that when amenorrhoea is dependent on debility, or a want of action in the uterus, that a different order of em- menagogues is required, from those which are indicated in an inflammatory condition of the system, as from the effects of cold or exposure. The importance of emmenagogues as a class of medical agents may in some degree be estimated by the amount of mis- chief which is liable to result from menstrual obstruction, and which admits of remedy by the use of these agencies. The very peculiar and extensive uterine sympathy devel- oped in the female at the age of puberty, and in the state of gestation, well suggests how much the general system may be influenced by the condition of the peculiar organs of this sex. But a priori arguments are by no means the best grounds for the portrayal of this point. Chlorosis, amenorrhcea, and dis- menorrhcea, in all their various and distressing symptoms will afford the proper means of an estimate correspondent to the object and importance of the present class of agents. The distressing indications, for the use of emmenagogues, are alas! too often apparent to go unobserved. If the age of puberty is one of interest to the common ob- server, it is certainly not less so to the experienced mother. But how different is the cause of her interest at this period: she watches for the change of features in her child with intense feeling, lest a static form occur. If in the mornings there should be apparent any signs of fading color ; if listlessness, languor, or debility should supervene; if depraved appetite, constipation of the bowels, headache, palpitation, and pain in the side be complained of, the fears of amenorrhoea will be con- tinued, and all the gloomy symptoms of chlorosis are not far behind. The debilitated habit will now be confirmed; the patient becomes the object of general sympathy, and the sen- timent of all parties places that person who so lately, perhaps, 320 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. was noted for sprightliness and healthy vigor, into the unhappy list of invalids. Peevishness, irritability, or perhaps total dejection and passiveness may now be the characteristics, and the poor sufferer may endure the wearisome months, or per- haps years, of affliction with a blanched, green, yellow, or perhaps spotted face, staring eyes, swollen or cedematous lids, dropsical limbs,tumid abdomen; perhaps attended with hectic fever, night-sweats, emaciation, and insupportable prostration. These symptoms are seldom developed to this extent with- out being complicated with other visceral disease. Such are some of the symptoms of chlorosis. Dismenor- rhcea may not indeed give such notable external signs of affliction, but no one but the poor sufferer herself can tell what has to be endured in her case. The lunar paroxysms become to her ordeals of intolerable anguish and dread. The sequela? of uterine derangement are also very serious. Hysteritis, cancers, epilepsy, paralysis and a great variety of nervous diseases, phthisis pulmonalis, and death are not unfre- quent consequences. Order I. STIMULATING OR SPECIFIC EMMENA- GOGUES. This order is designed to embrace those articles of the pres- ent class which evince, in their operation, a specific emmena- gogue effect, and which are indicated in all cases of amenorrhcea, dependent upon debility, or deficient vital action of the uterus. Their modus operandi is easily under- stood, as it can not be difficult to conceive that the uterus, like all other organs, must be possessed of special sensitive endowments, which render it susceptible of special impres- sions from particular agents. It is hardly necessary to remark that the articles of this order are not only inefficient, but must be even pernicious in cases of amenorrhcea, associated with an inflammatory condition, either of the uterus itself, or any organs so related as to com- mand powerful sympathetic influence over it. This may, of course, also, be said of their applicability in obstruction of the menses, that may be collateral with any variety of fever. > 21 B0TE0PHI9 KACEM09A. A representation of the top of the stem, the characteristic form of leaves, and the tassel in its progressive stage of development. Taken from Nature by the Author. EMMENAGOGUES. 323 BOTROPHIS RACEMOSA.—The Root. Synonyms.—CimicifugaRacemosa, U. S., Torry, Grey; Macrotrys Race- mosa, Eaton, De Cand.; Actea Racemosa, Linn.; Cimicifuga Serpentaria, Pursh; Schwartz Schlaungewurze, £<:?•.; SerpentaireNoire, Ft.; Black Cohosh, Rattle Weed, Black Snake-Root, Squaw-Root, Vul. History.—This is a well known indigenous plant, that con- tributes largely to enrich the verdure of our forests, and wild lands. It was a popular medicine among the American Abo- rigines, who were acquainted with it for centuries. They considered it an emmenagogue and abortive, and gave it to their squaws in parturition, whence one of its vulgar names. Among the profession there has been much controversy, both in regard to its virtues and its proper generic name. All, however, admit it as an important article of the Materia Medica. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Polyandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— ActeaB, Rafin.; Rcnunculacese, Lind, Gen. char. Botrophis.—Calyx four-leaved. Corolla with many minute, flat petals. Stamina many. Pistil one. Capsule dehiscent, longitudinal. Seeds many, lateral.—Rafin. The generic name Cimicifuga is adopted in the U. S. Dis- pensatory ; and our late writers have generally followed suit. But, it is certain that the original name Actea was as correct as the one now officially adopted. Professor Eaton rejects the name cimicifuga: " I yield to authorities, in most cases," says he, " but in this case, I can not submit to the absurdity, as no one can be better acquainted with the cohosh than myself." The only argument that can be presented in favor of either of the old names, beside that of the propriety of avoiding inno- vation, is the idea and convenience of having the cohoshes, all of which so nearly resemble each other, still retained in the same genus. A strict adherence to science, however, precludes this idea. When, then, our regard for science compels us to forego this convenience, we ought not to stop half-way of what is strictly correct, we of course should have no affinity for the name macrotrys, andought not to stop short of a cor- rect botanical name. This is provided in the institution of 324 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Rafinesque's new genus Botrophis, which makes this article its type. Prof. Griffith says, " The genus Botrophis of Rafinesque, founded on the single pistil and single dehiscent capsule would now be adopted, were it not that the officinal species is still recognized in the TJ. S. Pharmacopoeia as Cimicifuga, as well as by our highest botanical authorities." But does he consider the immortal Linnaeus (the founder of this system), De Can- dolle, Pursh, Wildenow, Eaton, Wright, and Rafinesque mean authority ? These are all opposed to the name Cimici- fuga. Now, as the adoption of either of the old names will utterly fail to reconcile the authorities, and as the plant in question can not, in justice to science, be placed in either the actea macrotrys, or cimici- fuga genera, it is very proper to adopt the new genus of Rafinesque, which is expressly cre- ated for it, and which is important also to the systematic arrangement of other plants. Spec. Char. C.RAOEMO- sa.—Root perennial, large, tortuous, black outside, with many long black fibers. Stem simple, up- right, from three to six feet high, furrowed, ter- minated with from one to six spikes. Leaves few, very large, ternate- ly decompound; leaflets sessile, oblong, lanceo- late, incised or deeply toothed; end ones tri- lobed. Flowers in long terminal racemes; ra- cemes cylindrical, white, BOTROPHIS RACEMOSA. EMMENAGOGUES. 325 when young always curved or reclining at the top, lower flow- ers maturing and disappearing first. The calyx of the flower is white, petioloid, like a corolla. The true petals are small and shorter than the calyx. The capsule is dark and dry, with one cell, and a longitudinal receptacle, opposite to the open- ing, to which the flat seeds are attached. The old stalks, with their long capsuled racemes, sometimes remain standing through the winter. Grows throughout the "United States in rich soil, in woods and new grounds. Analyses.—The following results were obtained by the anal- ysis of Mr. Tilghman : 1, Fatty matter; 2, Gum; 3, Starch; 4, Resin; 5, Tannin; 6, Wax; 7', Gallic acid; 8, Sugar; 9, Oil; 10, Black coloring matter; 11, Green coloring matter; 12, Lignin; 13, Salts of lime, iron, magnesia and potassa. He did not deter- mine, however, in which of these principles the active proper- ties reside, or whether he discovered the principle possessing them, at all. The virtues, however, yield to alcohol, water, and still better, to ether, and are found chiefly in the resin. Physiological Effects.—The Botrophis is capable of pro- ducing some very marked or decided effects upon the system. Its taste in the mouth is peculiar, but not very strong. In small doses it produces no visible effects ; but when taken in portions of from one to two drachms, it occasions at first an excitement of the pulse, and an exhilerating effect upon the spirits, somewhat resembling intoxication, which is followed by vertigo, imperfect vision and headache, attended with much relaxation of the nervous and muscular systems. Over-doses are, without doubt, capable of doing mischief. Therapeutic Properties.—The virtues of this plant have been variously regarded, as it respects their relative promi- nence. Some have considered the medicine chiefly emmena- gogue, others, merely tonic, and some again have regarded it most valuable as an expectorant, or as an antispasmodic. It is, without doubt, one of the best emmenagogues that we possess. It also possesses valuable alterative powers, and evinces an extensive influence over the secretions generally, especially those of the skin and the bronchia. Its action upon the nerv- ous system is very manifest, by the symptoms arising from an 326 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. over-dose, giddiness, intoxication, headache, imperfect vision and general relaxation. It may possess tonic powers, but its relaxing effect so far predominates, that they are seldom much developed in the operation of the medicine. When used as an emmenagogue, the medicine should be com- bined with stimulants, or some of the permanent tonics, according to circumstances. As this article is not treated of in any other place, it may be proper here to mention its value in the treatment of rheu- matism, and chronic pulmonary affections. The author has succeeded better with this article, combined in equal propor- tions, with guaiacum, in those affections, than with any other remedies he has ever used. It may be given in the concentrated form (Botrophin), which is entirely the most eligible form of its use, or taken in substance, by infusion, tincture, or decoc- tion. The dose of the powder is gr. x.—gr. xxx.; that of the tincture fjj.—%iij.; that of the infusion, prepared by an ounce of the powder in a pint of boiling water, f^j.—f^iij.; that of the decoction, formed by boiling ^iij. of the root in Oij. of water, down to Oj., is gss.—,§j., repeated once in three hours, or as circumstances may indicate. BOTROPHIN : (Mae rot in.)—This is prepared from the root of the Botrophis, in precisely the same manner as the Podophyl- lin is made : see p. 176. When properly prepared, it is in light or grayish-white powder, somewhat resembling that of the root. It has a very decided taste, and smell peculiar to the root. It is of a resinous or resino-extractive character, and possesses the medical properties of the root, in a highly con- centrated form. It is a very powerful agency, and requires to be used with care. Action—Use.—Same as that of the root; emmenagogue, abor- tive, antispasmodic, emetic, cathartic, anodyne, diaphoretic, expectorant, and tonic. Very useful in amenorrhcea, parturi- tion, hysteria, coughs, rheumatism, gout, fevers, etc. Dose, gr. ss.—gr. jss. ACTEA.—The Roots of the Actea Alba, and Actea Rubra, Synonyms.—White and Red Cohosh, Bane-berry, etc., Vul. History.—These are two species of the Cohosh, that grow in this country, in similar places to those in which the black, ACTEA ALBA. An engraving of the Actea Alba, or White Cohosh, representing the top of the stalk, leaves and raceme of berries. It was taken from Nature, by the Author. EMMENAGOGUES. 329 or foregoing species is found, although they do not grow so plentifully. They have also been used by the Aborigines, for the same purposes to which they applied the other, and were very much esteemed by them. They have, however, not been much in use by the whites,—have never been officinal, nor much spoken of by writers on the Materia Medica; indeed, with most of them, they have entirely escaped notice. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Polyandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Actese, Rafin. Ranunculacese, Lind. Gen. cuar. Actea.— Calyx., four leaved. Corolla with four large flat petals. Stamens many. Pistil one. Berry not opening. Seeds lateral.—Rafin. spec. char. Both the A. alba, and the A. rubra, very much resemble the Botrophis, except in their fructification. Before the plants are in blossom, they can scarcely be distinguished from each other, nor from the foregoing plant, even by the best botanists. These, however, do not attain quite the size of the botrophis. Their fruit alone, differs much from that plant. This in both species, consists of oblong, or globular, smooth berries, fleshy without, about a quarter of an inch in diameter, and half an inch in length. They are disposed in a loose raceme, and stand on thick, colored peduncles. The ber- ries of the A. Alba, are of a beautiful white, and their pedun- cles red, while the berries of the A. rubra are red, as the name denotes. The fruit of both species is considered poisonous, and hence, the name Bane-berry. Medical Properties and Use.—The medical properties of both these plants, are regarded to be identical with those of the botrophis, and are used for the same purposes, in the same way. Some have regarded their emmenagogue virtues more active than those of the latter article. Others, again (Griffith, etc.), have considered the white and red cohoshes poisonous, like the helebore. The author has never used them to a suffi- cient extent to know from his own experience that they are posi- tively free from pernicious effects. But as he has never seen any thing wrong with them, and as they have proved themselves possessed of such valuable emmenagogue powers, they have been admitted to a place here. Should their further trial, 330 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. however, prove them to be poisonous, they must, of course, be expunged from the Materia Medica. GOSSYPIUM.—The Bark of the Root. Synonyms.—Paratie Vayr, Tamool; Kapas ke" jurr, Dukhanie; Ussul ul koten, Arab.; Puttie vayroo, Tell.; Watta, Japanese; Cay-boung, C. Chi.; Karpasi, Sanscrit; Be/* Ban, Mod. Gr.; Baumwolle, Ger.; Algodon, Span.; Cotone, Ital.; Coton, Fr.; Cotton, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Monodelphia Polyandria. Nat. Ord.— Malvaceae. Gen.char. Gossypium. — Calyx cup-shaped, obtusely five- toothed, surrounded by a three-parted involucre, with dentate- incised, cordate leaflets, cohering at the base. Stigmas three to five. Capsule three to five-celled, many seeded. Seeds sur- rounded by a tomentose wool.—De Cand. Spec. char. G. Herbaceum.—There are many species pos- sessed of nearly the same properties, yet the above is the one which is most employed. Cultivation makes so much change in the character and growth of the cotton-plants, that it is somewhat difficult to give a description of their specific character, without extend- ing the subject too much. They are natives of Tropical Asia and Africa, but are cultivated in many other parts of the world. It will grow in any of the torrid and temperate regions, but the seeds will not mature in a distance more than 30° from the equator. The species of the cotton-plant are mostly shrubby, and biennial or perennial, and one of them forms a tree. They are very branched, and have alternate leaves, more or less palmate. They are marked with little black dots, and on the under side the nerves have one or more glands. The young branches also have the dots. The flowers are large and showy, yellowish, or red, with fine spreading petals united at the base, and more or less cordate. Stamens numerous. Capsule, or pod, round, oval, or pointed, three to five-celled, and opening at the apex. The root, which is the object of the present attention, is. fusiform, and gives off small radicles throughout its length. EMMENAGOGUES. 331 The bark is of a reddish-brown color, and the woody portion is white. The bark has a sweet, astringent, and rather agree- able taste. Analysis.—H. B. Orr, of Nashville, Tenn., analyzed the root of the cotton-plant cultivated in that State, and found the following results:—Gum, Albumen, Starch, Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid, Chlorophylle, Iodine, Caoutchouc, Black Resin, Red Extract- ive, and a considerable oily matter. Medical History.—It has been known for many years, that the black women in the South, used an infusion of the root of the cotton-plant for various diseases among themselves especially amenorrhoea and dismenorrhcea, and they would take it in parturition. It was also observed, that they would sometimes drink copiously of it, to produce abortion; that they often succeeded in effecting it. These facts became notable, and the profession in Mississippi gave the matter some attention. The result was, that they found this plant possessed of most remarkable emmenagogue, and even abortive powers. Drs. McGown and Bonchell were the first to give public notice of the matter. The latter wrote a communication to the West. Jour, of Med. and Surg., about 1812. Still, however, there was no particular interest manifest- ed upon the subject, except by a few Southern physicians, until attention was again called to the claims of the medicine in 1852, by Dr. J. Travis, of Marlborough, Tenn., who reported a case to the Nashville Jour, of Med. and Surg., in which the cotton-root gave the most satisfactory emmenagogue effects, where menstruation had been suspended for ten months. In July, 1855, Thorn. J. Shaw, M. D., gave a communication in the same paper, in which he set forth the merits of this article in such a way as could not fail to awaken a general interest upon the subject. Among Eclectic physicians, this article is now in very extensive use. Therapdutic Properties and Use.—From the above his- tory of this new medicine, it appears that in it we are to have a very important accession to the emmenagogue class of medi- cal agents. This is a desideratum, certainly, since we have had no agents of very decided powers in this way that were 332 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. free from objections. The secale cornutum, which, though not considered to be really poisonous, since it is found not to give rise to any unpleasant symptoms when given even in very large doses to males, has been found, nevertheless, to have a very peculiar and dangerous power (if indiscreetly used), over the uterine system: and, besides this, it is not by any means certain as an abortive or expulsive agency; while the pro- priety of its admission to the title even of an emmenagogue, has been often questioned. Botrophis Racemosa, is emmenagogue and abortive, but re- quires so large a dose as to be disagreeable, from the nausea it occasions, and besides it is somewhat narcotic. None of all the other articles could be absolutely relied upon. But in the gossypium, we now have at once an emmenagogue and abortive, or expulsive agent, of very fair promise. We can but hope that further experience may continue as credita- ble to this new article as that now recorded, and accorded for, and to it. Since this is a new article of Materia Medica, and as all the light, in-such cases, that can be reflected from experience, will be commonly appreciated, a few paragraphs from the commu- nication of Dr. Shaw to the Nashville Journal of Medicine and Surgery, will be here given: " Its action in amenorrhcea, I think superior to any other emmenagogue in the Materia Medica, though it would be proper to pay some attention to the gen- eral health of the patient before its exhibition. It is superior to any thing I have tried in the way of emmenagogues. " I have had cases in which I have first tried the usual em- menagogues with but little effect (or success), when I would determine on trying the decoction of this root, which far sur- passed my expectation, by acting with the most marked effect; menstruation being produced on the following day after its exhibition. All of the symptoms disappeared on the exhibition of the medicine. I believe this to be the best emmenagogue that we can employ in mere suppressio mensium, where there is no other disturbance of the general health. " With the usual emmenagogues, I was enabled to produce the catamenia on a young lady, which continued for about 24 EMMENAGOGUES. 333 hours, then suddenly becoming very sparse and painful; and in a few days after this period had passed, I employed the infusion of the cotton-root as a means of exciting this function, which it did on the following day, a plentiful discharge being produced, which continued for five or six days. She has been regular at every period since that time, and has enjoyed good health, with the exception of a few simple attacks, which caused no derangement of the menstrual function. For about 12 months previous to the exhibition of this medicine, her health was very much impaired, but she commenced improv- ing, and soon recovered her health. I could detail other cases similar, in which I have tried the decoction with the same effect, but I deem it unnecessary to mention its action in each individual case. "As a parturient agent, I think it superior to ergot, in one sense of the word, and in another about its equal, its action being about as prompt as that of ergot, and attended with much less danger. I have tried both in parturition, and found the cotton- root decoction to act with as much efficacy as ergot. In some cases in which I have tried it, the pain was, to some extent, allayed, and labor promoted with as much speed as when ergot was administered. It appears to be perfectly harmless, from the fact that its action is almost unattended with pain. It causes neither gastric distress nor acceleration of the pulse; if it does it is not perceptible; both of which are occasioned by ergot, to some extent. " I have witnessed its action in retained placenta, with good effect, which was an expulsion of the mass in about 20 minutes after the exhibition of the first dose. It may be proper to say, that I gave two doses before the placenta was thrown off. I believe it to be safer as a parturient, or an emmenagogue, or at least as safe, as any other article of the Materia Medica." The seeds of the cotton-plant are oily and mucilaginous, and are sometimes fed to cattle. In Jamaica they are employed as a medicine in dysentery. Its oil, obtained by expression, is a fine cosmetic; it softens the skin, and is said to remove specks, blotches and freckles. The eotton wool, which is the great 334 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. object of its culture, for its use in fabrics, is also medicinal. It has been discovered, not long since, that when applied, raw, to a burnt or scalded surface, it will obviate the irritation and pain. In erysipelas it is almost equally serviceable as a topical application. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—DECOCTUM GOSSYPI: Deeoctvm of Cotton-Root. R; Cotton-root, giv.; Water, Oij. Boil for an hour; strain; boil down to Oj. Dose, a wineglassful once an hour. An Emmenagogue and Parturient. TINCTURA GOSSYPI: Tincture of Cotton-Root. £ Bark of Cotton- Root, dry, gviij.; Proof-Spirit, Oij. Digest 14 days; filter. Dose, 3J., three or four times a day. An Emmenagogue and Parturient. CAULOPHYLLUM THALICTROIDES.—The Root. Synonyms. — Leontice Thalictroides [Linn); Blau Cohosch, Ger.; Co- hoche Bleu, Fr.; Cohosh, Indian; Blueberry, Blue Cohosh, Eng.; Papoose- root, Squaw-root, Vul. Botany. — Sex. Syst. — Hexandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Barberideae. Gen. char. Caulophyllum (Leontice) ; Calyx colored, with six equal sepals. Corolla six-petaled, shorter than the sepals. Fruit a globular, one-seeded drupe. Spec. char. C. Thalictroides.—Root perennial, very fibrous, and matted. Stem annual, upright, smooth, about two to three feet in hight, divided at top into petioles and peduncles. Leaves compound, ternate; leaflets sinuate, divided or lobed, smooth, terminal one largest, sometimes five-lobed or nearly palmate. Flowers small, in a loose corymb axillary to the petioles of the leaves, of a greenish-yellow color. Frtdt a cluster of beautiful blue berries, one-seeded. A luxuriant wild plant, resembling the Actea somewhat; grows in rich soil in open woods, on hill- sides, and rich bottoms, in most of the States. It flowers in May and June. Medical Properties and Use.—Although this plant has been long in use by various native Indian tribes, and the earlier white settlers of this country, and has been considered CADLOPHYLLUM THALICTROIDES. 336 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. one of the most important of our indigenous plants, it has not received much attention by the old profession. It is not mentioned in the U. S. Dis., nor by Barton, Bigelow, Christi- son, Pereira or Royle. Among Reformers, however, it is much employed, and holds a high position as a remedial agent. It has very decided properties, which may be judged of by the impression imparted to the taste. It gives an acrid and pecu- liar sensation to the tongue and fauces, which is very persist- ent, and causes a flow of the saliva. Caulophyllum is stimulant, diaphoretic, antispasmodic, em- menagogue, parturient, and tonic, and has been found of great service in a large variety of diseases. Its most common use is in obstetrical practice, in which it has been much relied upon by some Eclectics, as the late Professors Morrow and Hill; esteemed also by Beach, Jones, Baldridge, and others. It was in much favor among the Thomsonians—Smith, Howard, Cur- tis, Hance, Perry, and others. The diseases in which it has been found useful, are—amenorrhcea, dismenorrhcea, hysteria, leuchorrhoea, rheumatism, epilepsy, singultus, chorea, and in fevers, particularly the eruptive and typhus. The dose of the powdered root is gr. x.—gr. xx. Pharmaceutic Preparations. — The caulophyllum was mostly employed at first, in the form of Infusion, Decoction, and Syrup. No formula, however, is given, the practice having been to obtain the full strength of the root, taking large pro- portions of it in the preparations. Of late, however, several pharmaceutic preparations have been made, and which have gained some reputation in the Eclectic profession. EXTRACTUM CAULOPHYLLI ALC0H0L1CUM: Alcoholic Extract of Blue Cohosh. Prepared by evaporation of the saturated Alcoholic Tincture of the Caulophyllum, to the consistence of Fluid Extract. This preparation has been improperly called Caulo- phyllin. A precipitated extract has also been prepared, by adding water in excess to the fluid extract, so as to cause a precipitate, which is then dried in the air. This is in powder, and is nearly of equal activity to the above, and has the advantage of convenience in its use. EMMENAGOGUES. 337 Action— Use.— Same as the powdered root or decoction. Dose, gr. iij.—gr. v. Caulophyllin. — There have been several preparations offered to the public under the name of Caulophyllin. That which has been mostly used under this name, is the precipi- tated extract above spoken of. But last year, Keith & Co., of New York, announced a new Neutral Principle obtained from caulophyllum, which they call caulophyllin, and they confi- dently claimed attention to it. At the present time, the article put up by this House, is stated to be a re-composition of the active, organic principles of the root, that are first separated in the forms of resin, and neutral principle. The friends and patrons of this House have much to say in favor of this last preparation. Professor R. S. Newton informed the author, a short time since, that he gave it a thorough trial in his clinic, and has found it to be excel- lent— possessing the properties of the root thus definitely isolated. SENECIO GRACALIS.—The entire Plant. Synonyms.—Cacalia; Cineraria; Life-root; Female-Regulator, Unkum, etc., Vul. History.—Much confusion has existed in reference to the identity of this very valuable plant. It has been confounded with an European species of Senecio, the S. Vulgaris or ground- sel, although it bears no botanical resemblance to it. Various other incompatible species of this extensive genus have also been mistaken for this plant, and have been assigned a com- mon medical application. This article has been long in use by several Indian tribes, who gave the decoction to their squaws about the time of expected delivery. It was kept by their " medical men," and carried about as a very precious remedy. Some itinerant empirics, in the earlier periods of Western life, were often encountered, who called themselves " Indian Doctors," and they would always have sacks of roots with them. The Senecio Gracalis is one of the most valued of these. 22 338 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Botany.— Sex.t Syst. — Syngenesia Polygamia Supcrflua. Nat. Ord.—Composite.— Wood. Gen. Char. Senecio.—Involucre of many unequal leaflets, or invested with scales at base, the scales withered at the points; receptacles not chaffy ; pappus simple, capillary, and copious.— Wood. Spec. char. S. Gracilis.—Leaves orbicular, on long petioles, cauline few, linear-oblong, incisely dentate ; peduncle short, pilose, with small, few-rayed heads.— Wood. A small plant, growing on low, wet grounds along streams in meadows, and along the banks of rivulets in woodlands. Found in most of the Western States. It has a round leaf, slightly cordate, serrate, and is supported on long petioles. The root is horizontal, beset with many fibers, and has a peculiar spicy taste and smell, which is somewhat persistent. The caudex, or main root, is notable for having a deep blue line in its center, extending through the entire length. The petioles are bluish or purple at the base. Medical Properties.—Few of the native productions have been held in higher esteem by those who first employed them, than this. The Indians of this section, as before stated, set very great value upon it, and there is little doubt but that it has merit. The author gave it some trial in his earlier prac- tice, and his recollection is, that it gave great satisfaction. Several of his friends also had used it some thirty years since, and they also spoke in commendable terms of it. The taste of the medicine is quite sufficient to warrant us in supposing it to be possessed of active properties. This is somewhat balsamic and stimulant. It is very similar to the taste of the Asarum Canadensis, and that article has an estab- lished reputation in the way this is recommended. The properties of the Senecio maybe set down as stimulant, emmenagogue, anodyne and tonic, and its applications are in amenorrhoea, dysmenorrhoea, irritability of the gravid uterus, or premature labor-pains, colic in children, and general nerv- ous debility. It has been given in form of decoction, and this was the man- ner of its use entirely, in earlier times, in the West. But it is EMMENAGOGUES. 339 much more constant and reliable in its action in form of alco- holic or wine tincture. B; Root of Senecio, gij.; Alcohol or strong Wine, Oj. Digest fourteen days. Dose, jij. three times a day. SARRACENIA P URPUREA.—The entire Plant. Synonyms.—Side-Saddle-Plant, Fly-trap, Huntsman's Cap, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Polyandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Sarracenieae. Gen. char. Sarracenia.— Calyx double, permanent, 3 and 5 sepaled. Corolla five-petaled, caducous. Stigma peltate, permanent, very large, covering the stamens. Capsule five- celled, five-valved, many seeded. Spec. char. S. Purpurea.—Leaves radical, short, gibbous- inflated or cup form, contracted at the mouth, having a broad, arched, lateral wing; the contracted part of the base hardly as long as the inflated part; scape with a single, large, nod- ding flower.—Eaton. A very odd-looking, perennial water-plant, growing also in marshes ; one to two feet in hight. Flowers purple, appear in June. Grows in the Middle and Southern States. Medical Properties and Use.—This plant has been highly esteemed by several Eclectic physicians, as a remedy in cer- tain diseases of females, particularly chlorosis, leuchorrhoea, amenorrhcea and dysmenorrhoea. It is also esteemed to be of good service in dyspepsia and sick-headache. The plant is astringent, tonic, nervine, and emmenagogue. It is commonly given in form of infusion. The dose is half a wineglassful of the strong, watery infusion. Bidens Bipinnata.—This is an annual plant, one of the common weeds of the rich bottoms of the West. It is com- monly called Spanish Needles. This plant, and one or two other species of the Bidens, the B. Frondosa (Beggar's Tick), and the B. Tripartita (Swamp Beggar's Tick), have been employed in a medical way. The seeds are considered a valuable emmenagogue. Some have 340 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. also attributed expectorant properties to them. The decoction is the form in which it has been used. But the tincture would seem to be more eligible. POLYGONUM HYDROPIPER.—The Herb. Synonyms. — Polygonum Punctatum, Elliot; Polygonum Hydropiper- oides, Eich.; Flehe Kraut, Ger.; Smart-Weed, Knot-grass, Water-Pepper, etc., Vul. History.—This is an humble indigenous plant, growing in door-yards, and about brooks and water-courses. It has been treated with neglect until brought into notice by Dr. Eberle, as an emmenagogue. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Octandria Trigynia. Nat. Ord.—Poly- gonaceae. Gen. char. Polygonum.—Perigone simple, unequal, colored, five-parted. Stamens six to eight. One to three styles. Seed one. Spec. char. P. Hydropiper. — Root white, fibrous. Stems jointed, slender, of a reddish or greenish-brown color, redder at the joints, and about a foot in hight. Leaves alternate, long, lanceolate, acuminate, petioloid, entire, smooth, very pungent to the taste; petioles sheathing. Flowers small, white or red- dish, and disposed in loose, terminal racemes. There are a number of species of polygonum that very closely resemble each other, but, although possessed of nearly the same virtues, they differ very materially in their potency as medical agents. The P. persica is the species most valued by Rafinesque, but is much inferior to the P. hydropiper. The former may be known by its growing larger, with a redder or more deep-colored stem; larger leaves, which are also marked by a circular dark spot in their center. The flowers are red- der, and disposed in larger and more compact racemes. The P. hydropiper may be known by the biting or pungent taste of its leaves. Med. Properties and Use.—Dr. Eberle considered this one of the best emmenagogues that we possess. " I have employed," says he, " this plant in perhaps twenty cases of amenorrhcea; and I can affirm, that with no other remedy or mode of treat- ment, have I been so successful as with this. I have seldom ASCLEPIAS SYRICA. An engraving of the Asclepias Syrica or Cottonweed, representing the top of the plant in flowering time. Taken from nature by the author. EMMENAGOGUES. 343 found it necessary to continue its use for more than six or Beven days, before its emmenagogue powers were manifested." The author has also proved it successful in a number of cases. Dr. Eberle used it in a saturated tincture, in teaspoonful doses. It will answer just as well to use the cold watery infusion. But the plant should never be scalded, as this impairs its medical virtues. Long keeping also injures it. The medicine is perfectly safe, and may be taken freely until the desired effect is produced. ASCLEPIAS SYRICA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Cotton-Weed, Silk-Weed, Milk-Weed, Vul. History.—This is the most common species of the Ascle- pias, growing in great abundance in most parts of the United States, delighting in rich, sandy soil. As a medical agent, it has been classed with the A. tuberosa, and the other species. But it has never gained much popularity with the profession, although it had obtained an admission into the United States Pharmacopoeia. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.—Ascle- piacese. Gen. char. Vide Asclepias Tuberosa. Spec. char. A. Syrica. — Root perennial, horizontal, long, creeping, white, of the thickness of the little finger. Stem erect, simple, round, smooth, and about three or four feet high. Leaves opposite, large, petiolate, oblong, obtuse, entire. Flowers resembling in their organization, those of the A. tuberosa, of a pale purple color, sweet-scented, disposed in globular clusters on axillary peduncles. Pericarp oblong, pointed at both ends, covered with prickles, opening longitudinally, and containing the seed, and a large quantity of silky seed-down. Seed flat, of a brown color. The entire plant abounds with a thick, milky juice, resembling cream. Its blossoming time is July and August. Medical Properties and Use.—The root of this stately plant, although not possessed of any very active properties, is nevertheless medicinal, and may be regarded as emmenagogue, anodyno, and alterative. It has generally been considered as 344 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. analogous to that of the A. tuberosa, in its medical virtues. The author has never exhibited it, except in some cases of amenorrhoea, in combination with some other articles. But it has been favorably reported of in these, as well as in some other cases, by some very respectable practitioners. Water and alcohol take up its virtues. The dose is gr. xx.— gr. xxx. of the powder; f*gij.—fgiij. of a decoction, prepared with gjss. of the root to Oj. of boiling Aq. The inspissated milky juice is used for the same purposes in doses of from gr. v.—gr. x. LEONURUS CARDIACA.—The Root. LEONURUS CARDIACA. Synonyms. — Mutter Kraut, Ger. ; Motherwort, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Didyna- mia Monogynia. Nat. Order.— Labiateae. Gen. Char. LEONURUS.— Calyx five-angled, five-toothed. Corol- la upper lip erect, villose, flat, entire ; lower lip three-parted; middle division undivided. Lobes of anthers parallel, having shining dots. Exotic. Natural- ized. Spec. Char. L. CARDIACA.— Root perennial. Stems numerous, square, upright, from 12 to 18 inches or more high. Leaves opposite, on long petioles, rough, three-lobed, serrate. Flowers whitish red, in axillary clusters, beset with the prickly calyx. Blossoming time in June. Med. Properties and Use.— Motherwort is an emmenagogue and tonic, which has long been a remedy in domestic practice. EMMENAGOGUES. 345 It is not very active in its effects, and is chiefly applicable in cases of amenorrhcea, dependent upon general debility. It is usually taken in the form of infusion or tincture. The dose of the infusion, prepared with the leaves of the plant gij., and Aq. Oj., is a wineglassful, three or four times a day; or, from f^j.— f3iij. of the tincture. Besides these, there are other articles of this order that are occasionally prescribed by practitioners as emmenagogues, and used as domestic remedies, among the most prominent of which are the following : 1. Hedeoma Pulegioides. 2. Tanacetum Vulgare. 3. Rosemarinus Officinalis. 4. Rubia Tinctorum. 5. Polygala Senega. 6. Aloe. 7. Myrrha. 8. Asarum Canadense. 9. Capsicum. 10. Sabina. This article is rather too severe. Order II. —RELAXANT AND TOPICAL EMMENA- GOGUES. It has already been stated that the specific agents of this class are inadmissible in some cases of amenorrhoea, in which other articles of a different order may nevertheless be, not only safely, but very profitably invoked. This remark relates to cases that are complicated with conditions involving febrile and inflammatory action. Here it would be in vain to expect any benefit from the specific emmenagogues, as it is evident that secretion is incompatible with fever and inflammation. We are left then, to hope for success alone from those means which possess the power to obviate collateral difficulties. These are found in the use of emetics, nauseants, baths, and frictions. EMETICS,—In Amenorrhcea. Emetics and nauseants, especially lobelia and its kindred 346 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. articles, are of the greatest importance, in the treatment of those varieties of amenorrhoea, which are attended by fever, and inflammation. But it is not from the primary action of emetics, that is, the mere mechanical effect of emptying the stomach, that we are to expect the good results of these agents. Their constitutional effects alone, will insure the object here sought. The general relaxation of the system, and consequent modification of febrile and inflammatory action, is always necessary in these cases, to reestablish the secretions. Nevertheless, it appears, sometimes, when a topical impres- sion is indicated, that an infusion of lobelia injected to the uterus, which may be done by means of a catheter and syringe, for virgins, and the common female syringe for mar- ried ladies, will occasionally produce the most happy effect. Chapman considers emetics useful, also, in amenorrhoea, dependent upon debility. " Emetics in these cases," says he, " are more effectual [than the fetid remedies] and seem to operate as well by the general renovating impression which they make on the system, as by awakening sensibility in the uterus to the action of emmenagogues. Two or three times repeated, in the course of a week, I have known active vom- iting, of itself, in several instances, to restore the menstrual secretion, and still oftener prepare the way, as stated above, for the successful use of the specific remedies." VAPOR-BATH,—In Amenorrhoea. As to the utility of the vapor-bath, in the treatment of amenorrhcea, brought on by cold or any other cause capable of inducing an inflammatory condition of the system, and thus checking the secretions, there can be no rational dispute. No agent is more effectual in obviating this condition, and exciting the secretions, than heat and moisture conjointly applied. This has been fully tested by thousands of practitioners. The vapor may be applied to the entire body in a common bath-room, commencing the bath at a temperature of about 100° F., and raising it gradually as high as it can be borne by the patient. It should be continued for from fifteen minutes EMMENAGOGUES. 347 to an hour, according to the circumstances which regulate vapor-bathing in general. The adjoining cut represents a very convenient apparatus for the genera- tion of vapor, for medical use. It consists of three compartments : — 1st, a small spirit-lamp; 2nd, a fur- nace part, into which the spirit-lamp is placed, and which is so constructed as to support the vessel containing the water to be evaporated, and which also confines the heat of the lamp; 3rd, the evaporating basin or cup which rests upon and within the fur- vaporizing apparatus. nace, by means of a phlange adjustment, and having a mov- able, perforated cap. The entire apparatus is small and con- venient; the furnace and evaporating basin are each required only of the size of a pint-measure, and the former receives the spirit-lamp — so that all need not be of greater dimensions than that of a quart measure. By constructing it so that the evaporating basin may be of slightly larger dimensions than the furnace, and setting the phlange adjustment so as to adapt it to the latter, a still smaller compass is obtained in packing it for carriage or transportation; for the furnace con- taining the lamp may thus be placed within the evaporating basin. This apparatus is designed for use, where the conveniences of a common vapor-bath are not to be had. In its employment, nothing more is necessary than placing the subject upon a chair, shielded from the air by the use of a quilt or blanket, when the apparatus, having its basin two-thirds filled with boiling water and the spirit-lamp lighted under it, is placed under the chair. A dense hot vapor is thus produced, which can be conveniently confined to the entire surface, excepting that of the head, by the surrounding envelop, if it is nicely adjusted around the neck and the floor. In many cases it may be most advisable to apply the bath to the lower extremities, and hips only—what is generally 348 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. called the Hip-bath. This is effected by means of a bathing apparatus prepared for the purpose. A temporary means may also be prepared, by surrounding the lower extremities of the patient with blankets, so adjusted round the body as to confine the vapor (which may be applied by means of a pipe) to the hips and lower parts. By this arrangement, the vapor can be raised to a much higher temperature, which, in virtue of the great topical relaxation thus produced, may be more available, in some cases, than a general vapor-bath. MEDICATED VAPOR-BATH,—In Amenorrhcea. This bath has the double advantage of the hot vapor, and the various medical substances with which it may be medicated. In view of their specific action, some of the vola- tile emmenagogues are generally used, such as the oil of pennyroyal, and rosemary. The vapor should be applied to the entire body, in view of impregnating the system as much as possible with the medicines. RUBEFACIENTS AND FRICTIONS,—In Amenorrhcea. Remedies of these kinds may be successfully invoked in amenorrhcea, as well as in other cases. Some of the active stimulating liniments, applied with friction, are most availa- ble. I£ 01. Hedeoma, fgj.; 01. Rosmarinus, fjj.; Alcoholic Tinc. Lobelia, fjiv. Mix. These applications should be perseveringly practiced until the desired effect is produced, seeing that their effects are not produced at the expense of the living powers. Class VII.—ANTHELMINTICS. Anthelmintics (from awe,' against,' and dptvec;,' a worm') are a class of remedies that are used to destroy intestinal worms, or for expelling them from the alimentary canal. It is, however, still disputed, whether there are substances pos- sessing a specific power to remove worms. " There is no topic," says Professor Reese, " upon which the profession is so justly ANTHELMINTICS. 349 chargeable with uncertainty and palpable error, as it is with reference to the treatment of diseases attributed to worms in the alimentary canal, by remedies denominated anthel- mintic, to which the specific property of destroying worms is ascribed." It is well known," he adds, " that the existence of living worms in the stomach and bowels is often found to be consistent with otherwise sound health, and that they often spontaneously escape from the body per os and per anum, when no previous evidence of their existence has been discernible, and when no other disturbance of health can be detected. This is often observable in school-boys, who partake freely of unripe fruit; and these worms are of the variety called lumbrici; and they are often found in the bowels of persons who have been killed when in high health. Still, however, this same kind of worms is found in children, and persons of bad general health, and sometimes accumu- lating in such numbers as to become a source of disease, and require remedies for their destruction and removal. In most cases, however, even of this character, the worms are often the effect of preexisting disease, and by no means its primary cause; notwithstanding their presence may now be the only apparent source of mischief. Especially will it be found in children, that their digestive organs have been impaired for a long time, and their health frail and feeble, before any suspicion of worms could be gathered from the symptoms. And, in a multitude of examples, anthelmintics, supposed to be specific in their action, are given, for weeks and months, when there is not only no proof of the existence of worms, but when the ultimate history of the patient proves that he has only suffered from the suspicion of being troubled with worms, while his malady has been all the while of another and a different character. This discovery is, however, very often delayed until the articles of this class, and many more, have been tried in vain, and until mothers, nurses, doctors, and quacks, have drugged the patient to surfeiting with worm nostrums, and vermifuges of every variety." * Medicines, their uses, etc., p. 39. 350 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Others again, are alike confident in the specific virtues of anthelmintic remedies. Dr. Paris in his admirable pharmaco- logical work, considers the vegetable bitters absolutely poison- ous to worms, and thus maintains the specific power of such remedies in worm complaints ; and Prof. Eberle, in his Thera- peutics, in speaking of anthelmintics, states, also, that " some of them act in the manner of poisons on these animals—that others destroy them by mechanical action on them—and that others again, simply expel them from the bowels, by produc- ing strong purging;" which is corroborative of the views, not only of the gentlemen just named, but of many others. General observation seems to establish the fact, as stated bv Prof. Reese, that there are unequivocal signs of worms in some cases, when the patient may be otherwise in good health ; and it is equally evident that, in numerous instances of this kind, quite a uniformity prevails in the anthelmintic effect of some of these remedies. In such cases, therefore, it would be diffi- cult to prove, that the medicines produce this effect by obviat- ing that " depraved condition of the system" supposed to favor the generation of parasites. The fact should not be overlooked however, that although instances occur in which worms are found in persons who seem to enjoy good health, yet, in other cases, perhaps the majority, they follow as the remote consequence of some other morbific cause; and hence, a dependence upon specific worm medicines, in all cases, must necessarily lead to disappointment, as they are seldom found to remove all the symptoms, much less to effect a permanent cure. Five different species of worms are known to be generated in the intestinal canal: 1, The taenia solium; 2, The taenia lata; 3, The trichocephalus, or trichuris; 4, The ascaris ver- micularis; and, 5, The lumbricoides. These different spe- cies require a corresponding modification in the treatment. Thus, this class of medicines has been divided into several orders. When an anthelmintic remedy, devoid of cathartic power, is used, it will generally be necessary to follow its exhibition with a purgative remedy, with a view to remove the worms. ANTHELMINTICS. 351 In reference to doses, in the employment of anthelmintics, it may be remarked; that although it can not be supposed that intestinal worms can be destroyed in children, or small persons any easier, i. e., that it will require less power to kill a worm in one person, than another, yet we are ever in the practice of giving under doses to young children, and our observations of the results of this practice, appear to fully justify it. The explanation of the matter appears to be, that small bodies, and consequently small capacities of the enterse must hold the solutions of any articles given in a more concentrated state ; or, in other words, small children have less aggregate quantity of fluid, or other material in their alimentary canal, than larger persons have, and that any medical ingesta must necessarily be less diffused, or attenuated in them, than in the latter. The solutions of the anthelmintic agency, of a given quan- tity, are thus stronger in children, than in larger persons. CHENOPODIUM ANTHELMINTICUM. — The Seed and Herb. Synonyms. — Wurmsamen, Gansefuss, Ger.; Anserine Vermifuge, Fr.; Wormseed, Goosefoot, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.—Che- nopodiacea3. Gen. ciiar. Chenopodium.—Calyx five-leaved, five-cornered. Corolla none. Seed one, lenticular, superior.— Willd. Spec. char. C. Anthelminticum.—Root perennial, branched. Stem upright or procumbent, branched, even from the ground up, from one to three feet or more in hight. Leaves subsessile, scattered, attenuated at both ends, oblong, rather thick or fleshy, dotted beneath, large below, larger ones sinuated by large, unequal, obtuse teeth, upper ones entire, and small, nerves very conspicuous. Flowers very small, numerous, and yellowish-green, disposed in large, loose, leafy pannicles, com- posed of many alternating small spikes, which are again beset with small glomerules, containing from five to twelve sessile flowers. Seed flat, lenticular, shining, and covered by the per- sistent calyx. The whole plant possesses a very strong, peculiar 352 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. odor, ungrateful to most persons, but very agreeable to some. This is dependent upon an essential oil, which is obtained by distillation with water. Therapeutic Properties.—The Chenopodium Anthelminti- cum is the best anthelmintic that we possess. The only objec- tion that can be urged against it, is that of its disagreeable odor, which makes it difficult of administration to many per- sons, and especially to children. The medicine expels speedily the Lumbricoides and other intestinal parasites, and may be used with confidence, as a general vermifuge. A dose of it is usually given before breakfast in the morning, and at bed- time, in the evening, for three or four days successively, and then followed by a brisk cathartic, as 01. ricini, in large doses. Should a single course of the medicine not prove satisfactory, and there should be unequivocal evidence of the existence of worms, the same course is repeated. The dose of the powder, prepared from the leaves and ra- cemes, containing the seed, is from 9j.—9ij., to a child three years old. The oil is now almost exclusively used. The dose of this, for a child, is from fifteen to twenty drops, mixed with sugar, or given in the form of emulsion. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—PULVIS CHENOPODII COMPOSI- TES : Compound powder of Wormseed. B; Chen. Anth. Semina, gj. Oranti Cort. 3J. Anisum Sem. 3J. Pulverize and mix. Action—Use.—An excellent anthelmintic. Dose, 9j.—9ij. OLEUM CHEWODII: Oil of Wormseed. This is prepared by distilling the dried herb with water. The oil is of a light yel- low color, when fresh, but becomes brownish when kept. Its specific gravity is 0-946, according to Baume, but according to Brande, 0-931. Dose, from min. x.—min. xv., followed by a brisk cathartic. OLEUM CHEWODII COMPOSITUM: Compound Oil of Wormseed. B, 01. Chenop., gij. 01. Terebinthin®, gj. 01. Anisii, gss. 01. Ricinii, Oj. Mix. Action—Use.—This is an excellent preparation, as a com- mon vermifuge, and will meet every reasonable expectation. Dose, a teaspoonful, to a child three years old, every morn- ing and evening, for three days, when, if it does not operate, it should be followed with a dose of oil. ANTHELMINTICS. 353 KOUSSO.—The Flowers. Synonyms. — Brayera Axthelmintica (Kunth); Banksia Abyssinica (Bruce); Hagenia Abyssinica (Kirk); Koosso (Abys). History.—This is a new anthelmintic in our country, but has been long in use by the natives of Abyssinia, Africa. The plant was described by Bruce in his travels (Vol. vii., App.), but was not generally known in Europe or America until it was made a subject of publication in Paris, in 1823, by Dr. Brayer, who had returned from Constantinople, where he had practiced his profession, and had gained a knowledge of this great remedy. It was investigated by Dr. Kiichenmeister, and reported to be far superior to every other known anthelmin- tic in the removal of the tape-worm. In 1847, it was favora- bly reported upon by the French Academy of Medicine, and has since become generally and favorably known in our own country. Description.—The flowers are imported, packed in boxes. They retain their shape, or clustered appearance, somewhat, and are of a greenish-yellow color. Their odor is fragrant, and the taste at first slight, but afterward acrid and disagree- able. It is supposed that their active anthelmintic properties were in a resinous principle; but as water extracts the virtues to a considerable extent, in the dried state, it is not certain yet how this may be. Application.—In a domestic way, the flowers are boiled in milk, in quantity of about four drachms to a pint of milk, and this decoction is given in divided doses, at intervals of a few hours, until a cathartic effect is produced. If catharsis does not take place in four to six hours, a dose of some active pur- gative is given, while the kousso is discontinued for the time. In a professional way, the medicine is administered in pow- dered form, in doses of one to two drachms, stirred up in half a pint of warm water. It is always to be taken upon an empty stomach. If the desired effect is not secured by a single trial thereof, it is to be repeated in a few days afterward. The experiments of Kiichenmeister seem to prove that the 23 354 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. superiority of the kousso to most other anthelmintics is only in its application against tapeworm, and that its use against the common round worm (ascaris lombricoides), is inferior to spigelia or chenopodium. These observations are rather corroborated by the results of general practice in this country. But as a remedy against tsenia, it is, it seems, quite unrivaled. SANTONIN. Santonin is a peculiar principle obtained from the immatured fruit or flowers, peduncles and small leaves or bracts, of sev- eral species of Artemesia ( Wormseed), growing in Asia and the north of Africa. The wormseed of commerce is variously called Aleppo, Levant, Alexandrian, or Barbary wormseed, according to the port or country from whence it is brought. Formerly, the crude vegetable product or flowers, leaves, etc., improperly called semen contra, or semen santonica (it is not seed) was employed, in substance, in doses of ten to thirty grains, repeated at intervals. But since the discovery of the active crystalline principle, santonin, the crude substance is scarcely ever employed in this country. The santonin if genu- ine, is an article of very great power, and requires quite a small dose. In over-doses, it causes severe abdominal pain, vomiting, purging, cold sweats and great prostration. It is, however, not known to be specifically poisonous to the human species. Preparation.—The knowledge of the preparation of this article can, at present, be of but little importance to the profession, since the plant is not here found in quantities to justify its preparation. It is said to be obtained by treat- ing the wormseed with hydrate of lime and alcohol, evap- orating the tincture to one quarter, filtering to separate the resin, and treating it, while hot, with concentrated acetic acid. On cooling, the santonin is deposited in crystals (see Am. Journ. Phar., vol. xv., p. 278). Application.—Santonin is, perhaps, the best general anthel- mintic that we possess. It proves effectual against all species of intestinal worms. ANTHELMINTICS. 355 Dose; from one-half of a grain, to two grains, is a full dose, which is to be repeated once in six to twelve hours, and then followed with an active cathartic. As the santonin is insolu- ble in water, it is best to administer it dissolved in oil. From two to five grains of the powdered santonin may be dissolved in an ounce of castor oil, and may then be given in doses of a teaspoonful to an adult, and in half or a fourth the quantity to young children. OLEUM TEREBINTHIN^E. This article is one of the most efficient anthelmintics that we possess, but is rather harsh in its operation, and is objected to by very many of our practitioners. It is, however, perhaps, the most certain article we can use for the expulsion of taenia, and is almost equally sure in removing every other species of intestinal worms. The dose is ^ss., twice a day, for four or five days in succession; and then to be followed with castor oil. The dose advised for taenia, in the United States Dis- pensatory, is fgj. to fgij., followed by castor oil, if it does not operate in three or four hours. SPIGELIA.—The Root. Synonyms.—Spigelia Marylandica, Dub.; Spigelie, Ger.; Spigelia, Ital.; Spigelie de Maryland, Fr.; Pink, Carolina Pink, Eng. Botany. — Sex. Syst.— Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Gentianae.—Juss. Spigeliaceas.—Martius, Lind. Gen. char. Spigelia. — Calyx five-parted. Corolla funnel- shaped, border five-cleft, equal. Capsule didymous, two-celled, four-valved, many-seeded.—Nutt. spec. char. S. Marylandica. —" Root perennial, branching, fibrous. Stems erect, four-sided above. Leaves opposite, sessile, ovate-acuminate, smooth, with the margins and veins a little pubescent. Racemes terminal, one-sided, three to eight-flowered. Calyx persistent, five-parted; segments linear, subulate, finely serrulate, reflexed on the fruit. Corol scarlet, funnel-shaped, much longer than the calyx; the tube inflated and angular at 356 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. the top, the limb in five acute spreading divisions, with the five stamens spread between them. Anthers oblong, heart- shaped, converging. Ovary superior, ovate. Style longer than the coral, jointed near its base, and bearded at the extremity. Cajisule smooth, didymous, or composed of two cohering, one- celled, two-valved, globular carpels attached to a common receptacle. Seeds numerous." Analysis.—The roots and tops, analyzed by M. Fcnuelle, "yielded a fixed and volatile oil, a little resin, a bitter extractive mat- ter, supposed to be the active principle, with mucilaginous and saccharine matter, and some salts. The leaves afforded the same principles, but a less quantity of the bitter principle." Physiological Effects.—It is contended by many persons that the pink root is narcotic and poisonous. Others again, who have used the medicine for many years, have declared it perfectly innocent. The author has used it considerably, and has never observed any bad effects from it. But, should it become settled that it is really poisonous, it must be expunged from our Materia Medica. It is also remarked, that all the bad effects that have been observed in the use of this article have been caused by another plant, which is inadvertently or fraudulently collected and sold, mixed with the spigelia. Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Spigelia is a valuable anthelmintic, much used in this country. It is not very unpleas- ant to take, and is pretty certain in its effects. It may be given in powder, gr. x.—gr. xx. to a child three or four years old ; 3J.—gij. to an adult; or of the infusion, (giv. to boiling Aq. Oj.); fgiv.—fgj. may be given to a child. A quantity of Senna equal to the Spigelia is usually added, to insure a cathartic effect. FILIX MAS.—The Rhizoma. Synonyms.—Aspidium Filix Mas. Lond., Dub. Johannis wurzel, Ger.; Felce machio, Ital.; Helecho, Span.; Fougere male, Fr.; Male Fern, Eng.; Male Shield Fern, Vul. History.—This article, although used by the ancients, and ANTHELMINTICS. 357 mentioned by Dioscorides, Theophrastus, Galen and Pliny, did not appear to be known generally to the profession, until attention was attracted to it in the year 1775, by the publica- tion of the mode of treating taenia, employed by Madame Nouffer, the widowed lady of a surgeon in Switzerland, who had acquired great celebrity in the cure of tape-worm by a Becret nostrum. Her singular success was such, as to attract the attention of the medical profession at Paris, and some of the most eminent physicians of that city were deputed to examine into the subject. Upon their favorable report the secret was purchased by King Louis the XV., at the price of 18,000 francs. The plant, though supposed to be a native of Europe and Asia only, is found in the north of Africa, as well as in the United States, growing in pine forests from New Jersey to Virginia. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Cryptogamia Filices. Nat. Ord.—Fili- ces, Jussieu. Filicales, Lind. Gen. char. Aspidium. — Fructification in roundish points, scattered, not marginal. Involucre umbilicated, open almost on every side.—Smith. Spec. Char. A. FlLIX MAS (Pursh); A. GOLDIANEM (Hooker). —Rhizoma horizontal, thick, with numerous tufts (the bases of the fronds) ranged along the common axis, separated from one another by brownish-yellow, silky scales. The true roots emerge from between these tubercles, and descend downward. The fronds or leaves ascend upward in tufts of one to four feet high. Fronds bipinnate, rising in a circle from the tufted rhi- zoma ; pinnules obtuse and serrated, only slightly narrowed downward, and the lowest leaflet of considerable size, lobes usually a little combined at the base. Veins distinct, after leav- ing the midrib, not uniting with those of the adjoining pin- nule. Stipes, or footstalk and midrib, either glabrous, yellow, or densely clothed with purple scales. Sori roundish, scattered, covered by an indusium, which is reniform, attached by the sinus. Sori placed in two rows, near the central nerve, and below its lower half.—Nees von Esen. 358 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Analysis.—The Rhizoma was analyzed by Geiger, and was found to contain of a "fat oil 69, resin 41, with tannin, starch, gum, uncrystallizable sugar. Morin, of Rouen, indicates a vola- tile oil. M. Pescheir, of Geneva, found its active principle solu- ble in ether, an aromatic and strong smelling fixed oil, adipocire etc. Ether extracts the adipocire along with the active ingre- dient, but deposits the former on standing." Medical Properties and Use.—The Rhizoma of this plant has been very popular as an anthelmintic, especially as a reme- dy for taenia; and it is still highly esteemed by many prac- titioners as a remedy against worms. M. Ronzel (Jour, de Pharm. 3e. ser., iv. 474) seems to have been very successful, with this article, in the treatment of taenia, having removed more than a hundred, and never found it to fail. Doctors Peschier and Ebers also speak favorably of its success in the removal of this order of entozoa (U. S. Disp.). It is also said to be still more efficient in the removal of the bothriocephalus latus than our species, or taenia solinum. The dose of the pow- der is from gj.—giij., to be given in the form of electuary or emulsion, repeated, morning and evening, for one or two days successively. It is usual to follow the medicine with a brisk cathartic. M. Ronzel gives half an ounce to adults, made into boluses, and to be swallowed in the space of fifteen minutes in the morning, on an empty stomach. Pharmaceutic Preparations.—EXTRACTUM FILICIS MARIS: Etherial Extract of Male Fern.—B;. Buds of Filix Mas. giij.; Ether Ibij.; digest, filter, and evaporate to the proper consis- tence. The Ether may be saved, by conducting the evapora- tion in a still. This is Dr. Peschier's preparation, so much esteemed. Action—Use.—A remedy for taenia. Dose, gss.—3J. B;. Rhizoma Filix Mas. giij.; Alcohol, Oij.; digest, filter, and evaporate to proper consistence. This preparation is, perhaps, equally good as the above, but the product of the process is not so successful, as two and a half pounds of the Rhizoma will only yield about ^xiij. of the extract; while a pound of the Rhizoma, when treated with ether, will yield an ounce and a half. Action—Use.—Same as the above. ANTHELMINTICS. 359 PUNICA GRANATUM.—The Bark of the Root—Rind of the Fruit,—Flowers. Synonyms.—Granatbaum, Granat-rinda, Ger.; Ecorce de Grenade, Fr.; Malicorio, Scorza del Melogranati, Ital.; Corteza de Granada, Span.; Magilam palam, Tamool; Anar, Pers., Hin., Dukanie; Rana, Arab., Rom.; Dadimapun- doo, Tellingoo; Daime, Malayan; Gangsalan, Java; Roma, Portugal; Delun- ghedie, Cyngalese; Deleemb, Mahratta; Voa. 1ti~n, ancient Gr.; PoeTw, modern Gr.; Nar, Turkish; Pomegranate, Eng. History.—The bark of the root of Pomegranate was employed as an anthelmintic by Dioscorides, and by Celsus. This early knowledge of it is still continued in some parts of the East. The medicine was introduced into the West by Doctors Buch- anan and Anderson, and is now a popular remedy in various countries, especially in Germany. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Icosandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Myrtaceae. Gen. char. Punica.— Calyx five-cleft, superior. Petals five. Pome many-celled, many-seeded.— Willd. spec. char. P. Granata.—Stem arborescent and irregular, in arid situations rather thorny. Leaves usually opposite, often fascicled, oblong, inclining to lanceolate, quite entire, not dotted, smooth, shining, and of a dark green. Flowers commonly solitary, of a brilliant scarlet. Calyx thick and fleshy, adhe- ring to the ovary, turbinate, five to seven cleft. Petals five to seven, crumpled. Stamens numerous, often double. Style fili- form; stigma capitate. Fruit of the size of a large apple, with a thick, leathery rind, and crowned by the tubular limb of the calyx. Cells several, arranged in two strata, separa- ted from each other by an irregular trans- verse diaphragm, lower division of three cells, the upper of from five to nine cells. Seeds numerous, involved in pellucid pulp, with granate. foliaceous, spirally convolute cotyledons. — Nees von E.—A native of Asia, but has been introduced into the East and West Indies, where it flourishes. Is is also cultivated in Europe and in the United States. 360 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Analysis.—The bark of the root was analyzed by Mitouart and Latour de Trie, and others; but the source of its peculiar anthelmintic powers has not been discovered, and the subject requires further investigation. It contains tannin (about 20 per cent.), gallic acid, resin, wax, fatty matters, and mannite. Description.—The root itself is heavy, knotted and of a yellow color; its bark is often sold in strips, sometimes with parts of the root still adhering to it. On the outside, of a grayish-yellow color; on the inside, yellow, something like that of the barberry. It has little smell, when chewed colors the saliva yellow; has an astringent taste, without any dis- agreeable bitterness. Adulterations.—The bark is apt to be adulterated with the barks both of box and of barberry. The former is white and bitter, but not astringent; the latter yellow, very bitter, and is not affeeted by the tests of the genuine article. An infusion of the bark of the root of the pomegranate yields a deep "blue precipitate with the salts of iron, a yellowish-white one with solution of isinglass, and a grayish-yellow one with corrosive sublimate; and potash or ammonia colors it yellow." Therapeutic Properties and Use.—Although all parts of the pomegranate tree are astringent, and useful in diarrhoea and dysentery, yet the medicine is chiefly valuable as an anthel- mintic. It is regarded by the Germans to be one of the most successful articles known to the profession, for the removal of taenia. It is also available for the expulsion of other kinds of worms. Dr. Ainslie (Mat. Ind. vol. i., p. 323), says that the Mahom- etan physicians consider the bark of the root a "perfect speci- fic in cases of tapeworm." They give it in strong decoction— their formula is: gij. of fresh bark to Ojss. of water, boiled down to fgxij.—of this they give a wineglassful every half-hour, until it carries away the worm. It will often sicken the stom- ach, but they say it will be sure to be effectual, and the sickness must therefore be endured. " The Arabians and Persians," says the above-named traveler, "hold the pomegranate fruit in great estimation; placing the juice among their Cardiacs Mokewyat-dil. The flowers of the ANTHELMINTICS. 361 male plant gulnar, they rank among their styptics Manyatroaf- wuisshuluddum." It may be given in doses of 9j., in powder; or a decoction may be formed by steeping for twelve hours, fresh Root-bark of Pomegranate, gij. in Aq. Oiss., and boiling down to Oj. Of this fgij,—f^iv. may be administered in the morning, fasting, and repeated every two hours, until three or four doses have been taken; pursuing the same course another day, if not effi- cient at first, with occasional doses of castor oil, or some other active purgative. MELIA AZEDERACH.—The Bark of the Root. Synonyms.—Azedekach, U. S.; Pride of China, Bead tree, Vul. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Decandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.— Meliacae. Gen. char. Melia.—Calyx five-toothed. Petals five. Nectary cylindrical, toothed, bearing the anthers in the throat. Drupe with a five-celled nut.— Willd. Spec. char. M. Azederach.—A beautiful tree, rising 30 or 40 feet in hight, with a trunk near a foot in diameter. Leaves large, doubly pinnate, consisting of smooth, acuminate, denticulate, dark green leaflets. Flowers of a lilac color, very fragrant and delightful, and are disposed in axillary clusters near the tops of the branches. Fruit a round drupe, yellowish, and about the size of a cherry, when ripe.—A native of Syria, Persia, and India. Cultivated as ornamental trees throughout the Southern States. Medical Properties and Use.—The bark of the root is said to be a very good anthelmintic. It is used in the form of decoction; giv. of the bark are boiled with Oij. of Aq. to Oj. Dose, a tablespoonful every hour or two, until its effects as a cathartic are manifested. It is said by some to be narcotic in its effects, when large portions are taken, and is hence of dubious utility. LOBELIA CARDLNALIS.—The Root. Synonyms. — Rapuntium galeatum Virginianum (Moris); Rapuntium Maxium (Max.); Lobelia Coccinea (Stokes); Rothe Kardinalsblume, Ger.; 362 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. Kardinaals bloem, Dutch.; Lobelia Cardinale, La Cardinale, Fr.; Fior Cardi- nale, Cardinalizia, Ital.; Escurripa, Span.; Cardealina, Portugal; Scarlet Car- dinal, Red Lobelia, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Pentandria Monogynia (Monadelphia Pentandria.—Barton). Nat. Ord.—Lobeliaceae (Campanaceae. Barton). Gen. char. Lobelia.—Calyx five-cleft. Corolla monopetalous, irregular, on upper side cleft, nearly to its base. Spec. Char, LOBELIA Cardinalis. — Root perennial, fibrous. Stem annual, upright, simple, pubescent. Leaves ovato- lanceolate, acuminate eroso-denticulate. Flow- ers magnificent, brilliant, carmine, in a terminal spike. One of the very finest of our wild or na- tive plants, growing in low or wet grounds, in meadows, along streams, and in open woodlands, in the Western States. The adjoining cut repre- sents the flowering top of the plant in full de- velopment, and also a figure of a flower and calyx, separate. Medical Properties, Use.—The Lobelia Cardinalis was employed by the Cherokee tribe of Indians, as a remedy for the expulsion of worms, and also in connection with the L. Syphilitica, as a remedy in Syphilis. The late Prof. Drake spoke of this plant as an anthelmintic, and antisyphilitic, and so did Schoepf and Rafinesque. It is, however, considerably nauseant to the stomach in the doses required, to be successful CARDINALIS. LOBELIA CARDINALIS. An engraving of the upper half of the plant, from a drawing taken from nature by the author, in the last of July at the commencement of its flowering. ANTHELMINTICS. 365 in the expulsion of worms; and it is, therefore, still likely to continue as heretofore, to be but little used in this way. It is useful in the treatment of remittent fever, and in acute inflammation of the liver and spleen. The author has not had any experience in its use in other inflammatory visceral dis- eases, but has no doubt, from its active properties, and its effects in those cases in which its virtues have been tested, it will prove itself, on fair trial, to be a most valuable agent. "* The medicine has as yet been mostly employed in the form of decoction and tincture. In fevers, the tincture or decoction is to be given in doses as large as is admissible with- out occasioning too much nausea, until a free diaphoresis is produced. As an anthelmintic, it is given with spigelia in doses of gj.—aa, in powder, or a wineglassful of the decoction; gj.—aa to Oj. of water, once in three hours; to be followed by a cathartic of senna or podophyllum, after three doses of the anthelmintic are taken. Order II—MECHANICAL ANTHELMINTICS. This order of anthelmintics is designed to embrace all those articles that are used, either to destroy entozoa, or remove them from the intestines on purely mechanical principles. MUCUNA.—The Spicules of the Pods. Synonyms.—Dolichos Pruriens, Pubes leguminis, Dub.; Ruhkratze, Ger.; Pois a gratter, Fr.; Dolico Scotante, Ital.; Cow-itch, Cowhage, Eng. Botany.—Sex. Syst.—Diadelphia Decandria. Nat. Ord. — Pabaceae, or Leguminoseae. Gen. char. Mucuna.—Calyx with two long caducous bracte- oles, campanulate, two-lipped, under lip entire, lower trifid. Vexillum shorter than the wings and keel. Keel terminated by a polished acute beak. Stamens diadelphous, alternately longer. Legume hispid, oblong, few-seeded, with partitions of cellular substance between the seeds. Seeds oval, roundish, or reniform, with a narrow, oblong line, the hilum.—Twining plants of the tribe Phaseolece. spec. char. Royle gives two species: 1, M. prurita, a native 366 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. of East India; 2. M. pruriens, which is indigenous in the West Indies. " M. pruriens, Dec.— Leaflets ovate acute, the middle one rather rhomboidal, the latter ones oblique at the base. Racemes lax, many-flowered, interrupted, 1 — 1^ feet long. Flowers with a disagreeable alliaceous odor, standard flesh-colored, wings purple or violet, keel greenish-white. Calyx hairy, pink, with lanceolate segments. Legume about three inches long and roundish, as thick as the finger, with somewhat keeled valves, densely covered with strong and stiff, sharp- pointed, brown hairs.—Native of the West indies. Bot. Ro^;. 1838, t. 18, Steph. and Churchill, iii. t. 179." ' M. prurita, Hook.—Leaflets smaller, more obtuse, the mid- dle one truly rhomboidal, the lateral ones dilated on the upper edge. Raceme ovate, compact, more often three-flowered. Flowers dark purple. Calyx with short triangular teeth. Legumes oblong, much broader, curved and compressed, with- out any raised keel on the back of the vales, densely covered with sharp, stinging hairs; which, white and soft Avhen young, become brown and stiff when ripe.—Native of the East Indies. Hooker, Bot. Misc. ii. 348; Suppl. t. 13." Description.—The pod is about three or four inches long, and about the thickness of the little finger, compressed, and in general shape like that of the italic /. It is covered with small, short spiculae or hairs, which constitute the medical por- tion. These are of a brown color, and when handled, pene- trate the skin in soft parts ; thus occasioning the most intoler- able itching. Physiological Effects.—The spicula} seem to be poisonous when applied to any portion of the body not protected by a mucous membrane, as they produce such excessive smarting. But when taken into the system, in view of its anthelmintic power, it is regarded very innocent, as it appears that the mucous coat of the intestinal canal is a perfect barrier to their action on the bowels or parietes of the primse viae. Therapeutic Properties.—The spiculae are a very certain anthelmintic. Their action appears to be simply mechanical. They penetrate the worms, and thus destroy them. That this ANTHELMINTICS. 367 is the principle of their action, is very certain from the result of experiments performed with the article upon the worms out of the body, as well as by the fact that the tincture or decoction does not possess the least anthelmintic power. When worms which have been killed by the cow-itch are examined, after their passage, by the microscope, they are found to be penetrated by the spiculae as by so many spears, and the points where thus penetrated, present appearances of having been highly inflamed. The usual mode of preparing the spiculae for use, is to dip the pods, which are covered with them, into molasses or honey, and then scraping them off with the liquid, which is in a proper state for use when it has attained considerable thickness with the cow-itch. A tablespoonful of this is a proper dose for an adult, and a teaspoonful for a child three or four years old, every morning and evening, for three days, and then followed by a brisk cathartic. CATHARTICS—As Anthelmintics. Cathartics may be reckoned with the mechanical anthel- mintics. They are generally depended upon to carry off the worms even when the ordinary anthelmintics are used, and are often very efficient in expelling them when given alone, especially the more active kind of purgatives. Aloes is particularly serviceable in expelling the ascaris vermicidaris. It is used by injection into the rectum as well as administered per stomach. Gamboge, though too drastic for common use, has been highly esteemed for its anthelmintic virtues. Castor oil is one of the most serviceable articles of the cathartic class that are given to expel worms. To insure their success, they should be taken so as to produce active purging. Order III—PKOPHYLACTIC ANTHELMINTICS. This order of anthelmintics is intended to embrace those articles of this class that most generally are regarded, rather as preventatives of the generation of worms, than as agents for their removal when they become a source of annoyance. 368 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. There are, however, two principles on which the articles of this order are considered to display their anthelmintic powers. 1, They consist, universally, of bitter substances, which, although conducive to the health and propagation of almost every other species of animals (especially those whose diges- tion makes a biliary apparatus necessary), are not only offen- sive intrinsically, but actually destructive to intestinal entozoa. 2, Bitters being almost universally tonic, are calculated to tone up the system, and thus tend to environ, or dispose it against their generation, or morbid accumulation. Indeed, the doctrine is not without plausible foundation, that worms are dependent entirely for their generation upon a debilitated or ill habit of the system. Some, in the investigation of the pathology of their existence, have invoked various plausible abnormal conditions of the intestines, for evidence in favor of a theory which contemplates the ucold slime," or mucous accu- mulations of the intestines, as the essential grounds of their existence, and which supposes that without this nourishment the worms could not find means of subsistence, and that by consequence their being would be ephemeral, or at least very contingent. The prophylactic power of bitter tonics against worms was therefore chiefly ascribed to their power of improving the physiological condition of the intestines, so as to change their secretions, and thus remove their liability of being infested by these parasites. The following articles are among the bitter tonics that have proved themselves the best prophylactics against intes- tinal worms : 1. Artemisia. 2. Absinthium. 3. Aloes. 4. Liriodendron Tulipifera. 5. Populus Tremuloides. 6. Sabadilla. 7. Tanacetum Vulgare. 8. Hydrastis. 9. Colombo. 10. Cornus, etc. SIALAGOGUES.—ERRHINES. 369 Class VIII.—SIALAGOGUES. The term Sialagogue (from oia\oq, ' saliva,' and ayo, ' to drive or excite), is applied to such medical agents as are used for the purpose of promoting the flow of saliva. In producing their sialagogue effect, they evince no peculiar power, except that which characterizes all the more pungent stimulants, and prominent nauseants. They are applicable in fever, when the mouth is dry and parched, as well as in various inflammations of the mouth and throat. Sialagogues simply involve the topical application of stimu- lants and nauseants. They may be divided into two orders, viz.: I.—Stimtdating Sialagogues. II.—Nauseating Sialagogues. 1. Capsicum. 1. Lobelia. 2. Xanthoxylum. 2. Tobacco, etc. 3. Polygala Senega. 4. Canella. 5. Aralia Spinosa. 6. Myrica Cerifera. Class IX.—ERRHINES. Errhines (from ev, 'in,' and pev, 'the nose'—Errhinas, Lat.) as already stated, do not constitute a very important class of remedies. They have but a limited application, it being only in a few affections of the head, as in catarrh, cephalalgia, and in cases of mechanical obstructions in the nasal fossae. The modus operandi of Errhines is very simple, consisting solely of an irritation and stimulation of the nerves supply- ing the Schneiderian membrane, as the olfactory and the nasal branch of the trigeminum, and thus occasioning a flow of the natural secretion. When the irritation produced by Errhines is extensive, it is reflected upon the respiratory nerves, or phrenic, par vagum, pneumogastric, etc., and thus a kind of a convulsive motion, sneezing is occasioned. This latter effect is generally promoted when the thorough effects of Errhines are desired. 24 370 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. ASARUM EUROPIUM—The Leaves. Synonyms.—'A